Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 8, 2005

 

Registration No. 333-124349

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


 

AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 


 

WEBSITE PROS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   7372   94-3327894
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

 

12735 Gran Bay Parkway West, Building 200

Jacksonville, Florida 32258

(904) 680-6600

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

David Brown

Chief Executive Officer and President

Website Pros, Inc.

12735 Gran Bay Parkway West, Building 200

Jacksonville, Florida 32258

(904) 680-6600

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 


Copies To:

 

James F. Fulton, Jr., Esq.

Cooley Godward LLP

Five Palo Alto Square

3000 El Camino Real

Palo Alto, CA 94306

(650) 843-5000

Telecopy: (650) 849-7400

 

Brent B. Siler, Esq.

Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP

The Willard Office Building

1455 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.

Washington, DC 20004

(202) 942-8400

Telecopy: (202) 942-8484

 


Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

 


 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), check the following box. ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨                        

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨                        

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨                        

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box. ¨

 


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE


Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

   Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering Price (1)
   Amount of
Registration Fee
 

Common Stock, par value $.001 per share

   $ 70,000,000    $ 8,239.00  (2)

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes the offering price attributable to shares available for purchase by the underwriters to cover over-allotments.
(2) Previously paid.

 


 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, dated June 8, 2005

 

PROSPECTUS

 

                     Shares

 

LOGO

 

Common Stock

 


 

 

We are offering for sale                      shares of our common stock. The selling stockholders included in this prospectus are offering an additional                      shares of common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $              and $              per share.

 

We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ National Market under the symbol “WSPI.”

 

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 7.

 


 

     Per Share

   Total

Public offering price

   $                 $             

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $      $  

Proceeds, before expenses, to Website Pros

   $      $  

Proceeds, before expenses, to selling stockholders

   $      $  

 

We and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters a right to purchase up to              additional shares of common stock to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares on or about                     , 2005.

 

F RIEDMAN B ILLINGS R AMSEY

 


 

P IPER J AFFRAY   RBC C APITAL M ARKETS

 

                    , 2005

 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

Prospectus Summary

   1

Risk Factors

   7

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

   18

Use of Proceeds

   19

Dividend Policy

   19

Capitalization

   20

Dilution

   21

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

   23

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   24

Business

   47

Management

   61
     Page

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

   77

Principal and Selling Stockholders

   81

Description of Capital Stock

   84

United States Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-United States Holders

   88

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

   90

Underwriting

   93

Legal Matters

   95

Experts

   95

Where You Can Find More Information

   96

Index to Financial Statements

   F-1


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

Because this is a summary, it may not contain all the information that may be important to you. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, especially “Risk Factors” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

 

Website Pros

 

Our Business

 

We believe we are a leading provider, based on our number of subscribers, of Web services and products that enable small and medium-sized businesses to establish, maintain, promote and optimize their Internet presence. Our primary service offering, eWorks! XL, is a comprehensive package that includes Website design and publishing, Internet marketing and advertising, search engine optimization, search engine submission, and lead generation. As an application service provider, or ASP, we offer our customers a full range of Web services and products on an affordable subscription basis. In addition to our primary service offering, we provide a variety of premium Web services to customers who desire more advanced capabilities, such as e-commerce solutions and more sophisticated Internet marketing services. The breadth and flexibility of our offerings allow us to address the Web services needs of a wide variety of customers, ranging from those just establishing their Websites to those requiring a more robust Internet presence.

 

Through the combination of our proprietary Website publishing and management software, automated workflow processes, and specialized workforce development and management techniques, we believe we achieve production efficiencies that enable us to offer sophisticated Web services at affordable rates. Our technology automates many aspects of creating, maintaining, enhancing and marketing Websites on behalf of our customers. With over 43,000 paying subscribers to our eWorks! XL and premium subscription-based services as of March 31, 2005, we believe we are currently one of the industry’s largest providers of affordable Web services and products enabling small and medium-sized businesses to have an effective Internet presence. We define paying subscribers as unique user accounts that are current in their payments.

 

We primarily sell our Web services and products to customers identified through strategic marketing relationships with established brand name companies that have large numbers of small and medium-sized business customers, including Discover Financial Services, Inc., Network Solutions, and IBM. We have a sales force primarily based at our national sales center in Spokane, Washington, that utilizes leads generated by our strategic marketing relationships to acquire new customers. Our sales force specializes in selling to small and medium-sized businesses across a wide variety of industries throughout the United States.

 

Market Opportunity

 

There are over 21 million small and medium-sized businesses in the United States. This target market consists of approximately 13.5 million income-generating home-based businesses and approximately 8.2 million additional businesses with fewer than 100 employees that are not home-based businesses, as estimated by the International Data Corporation, or IDC, in March 2004. We believe that small and medium-sized businesses understand that an effective Web presence is important to their success because of the increasing acceptance of the Internet as a tool for both consumers and businesses. We believe our market opportunity is driven by the following factors:

 

    Small and medium-sized businesses often lack technical and marketing skills needed to create an effective Web presence;

 

    As Internet usage continues to grow, more robust and complex Web services are needed to generate customer traffic and impact buying behavior;

 

 

1


Table of Contents
    Small and medium-sized businesses are value-driven and monitor the return on their investments;

 

    Outsourcing of information technology through the Internet is growing in acceptance and use; and

 

    Profitably serving small and medium-sized businesses can be a challenge.

 

Our Approach and Solution

 

Provide Comprehensive Solutions for Small and Medium-Sized Businesses.     Our goal is to enable small and medium-sized businesses to outsource their Web services needs to us. Our experience is that many of these businesses do not have the in-house expertise to effectively design an Internet presence that will generate adequate traffic to their Websites and increase direct customer interaction. Our Web services include, among other features, Website design and publishing, local, regional, and national Internet marketing and advertising, search engine optimization, search engine submission, and lead generation.

 

Offer Affordable Subscription-Based Solutions .    Because our customers are value-driven, we provide our Web services on an affordable subscription basis. Our eWorks! XL customers typically pay a recurring monthly fee ranging from approximately $50 to over $100. Additionally, we offer a premium Internet marketing service at a price averaging approximately $375 per month that is targeted at businesses with significant spending on local print yellow pages advertising.

 

Streamline Operations for Efficient Customer Acquisition, Fulfillment, and Support.     We utilize proprietary workflow processes and customer relationship management systems, together with a combination of integrated template-driven and specialized Website design tools, to sell, design, and support our Web services and products. We believe this integrated infrastructure enables us to minimize the time between initial customer contact and service activation.

 

Form and Enhance Strategic Marketing Relationships.     We have formed strategic marketing relationships with companies that have large customer bases of small and medium-sized businesses. These companies generate leads for us by providing filtered lists of their customers, conducting e-mail marketing campaigns about our Web services and products, advertising our Web services and products on the Internet, and using other forms of both direct and indirect solicitation.

 

Our Strategy

 

Our objective is to enhance our position as a leading provider of Web services and products for small to medium-sized businesses. Key elements of this strategy are to:

 

    Target new small and medium-sized businesses that will benefit from our comprehensive Web services and products;

 

    Develop or acquire complementary services and technologies;

 

    Expand our distribution channels to increase the number of companies with which we have strategic marketing relationships as well as increase our marketing and sales activities so that a larger proportion of our customers is acquired through direct sales and new reseller programs;

 

    Sell additional Web services and products to our existing customer base of over 43,000 paying subscribers to our eWorks! XL and premium subscription-based services, as of March 31, 2005, to increase the value we provide to them and to increase our average revenue per customer;

 

 

2


Table of Contents
    Strengthen customer retention by targeting customers that understand the potential value of the Internet to their businesses and by instituting programs to maximize customer loyalty; and

 

    Extend our position as an affordable ASP.

 

Recent Acquisitions

 

In April 2005, we acquired substantially all of the assets of E.B.O.Z., Inc., or EBOZ, for 927,624 shares of our common stock, and all of the outstanding securities of Leads.com, Inc., or Leads.com, for 11,602,654 shares of our common stock and the assumption of options to purchase 366,213 shares of our common stock. We believe the EBOZ asset acquisition improves our ability to cost-effectively provide Web traffic generation solutions to our customers through the use of Internet banner advertisements, pay-per-click campaign management, and search engine optimization. We believe the Leads.com acquisition enhances our ability to provide customer leads to locally and regionally focused businesses. The Leads.com solution is offered through subscription-based packages. These packages can include local pay-per-click advertising, online yellow page advertisement creation, and industry-specific customer leads.

 

We acquired these businesses to expand our ability to serve small and medium-sized businesses within a subscription-based revenue model. We believe they increase the breadth of our offering, enable us to appeal to a broader customer base and allow us to provide valuable lead generating solutions that could increase the benefit customers can derive from our Web services and products.

 

Corporate Information

 

Website Pros, Inc. was incorporated under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware on March 2, 1999. Our principal offices are located at 12735 Gran Bay Parkway West, Building 200, Jacksonville, Florida 32258. Our telephone number is (904) 680-6600 and our Website is located at www . websitepros.com . Our Website and the information contained therein or connected thereto shall not be deemed to be incorporated into this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part. Unless the context indicates otherwise, as used in this prospectus, the terms “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to Website Pros, Inc.

 

Quikpage, eBoz, eMarketing Answers, SiteToolBox, LinkBuddies, SmartClicks, and Smart Age are registered trademarks or service marks of Website Pros, Inc. The following are trademarks and service marks of Website Pros, Inc., that are pending registration: Website Pros, the Website Pros logo, SiteStyles, eWorks! XL, Visibility Online, Leads.com Bringing Customers to Your Front Door, LeadLogic, TrafficJumper and Bring the World to Your Web Page. All other trademarks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are either unregistered marks of ours or the property of their respective holders.

 

3


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by Website Pros

                 shares

 

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

                 shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after the offering

                 shares

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds for working capital and general corporate purposes. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of common shares by the selling stockholders.

 

Proposed NASDAQ National Market symbol

WSPI

 

The number of shares to be outstanding after this offering is based on the number of shares outstanding as of April 22, 2005. This number does not include:

 

    18,155,085 shares of common stock subject to options outstanding under our Amended and Restated 1999 Equity Incentive Plan, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.62 per share;

 

    1,768,380 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.46 per share; and

 

    13,258,923 shares of common stock reserved for future grant or issuance under our existing stock option plans and those equity incentive plans that will become effective upon the closing of this offering.

 

Except as otherwise indicated in this prospectus, all of the information in this prospectus reflects:

 

    the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of convertible redeemable preferred stock into 31,624,832 shares of common stock, which will occur automatically upon the completion of this offering;

 

    the issuance of 927,624 shares of our common stock in April 2005 in connection with our acquisition of assets from E.B.O.Z., Inc.;

 

    the issuance of 11,602,654 shares of our common stock and the assumption of options, exercisable for 366,213 shares of our common stock, in April 2005 in connection with our acquisition of Leads.com, Inc.;

 

    no exercise of outstanding options and warrants to purchase common stock; and

 

    no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 

Except as otherwise indicated in this prospectus, none of the information reflects an anticipated reverse stock split of our common stock to be effected prior to the completion of this offering.

 

4


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

 

The following table summarizes our consolidated financial data. The summary financial data for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. The summary financial data for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2005 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. You should read this data together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations data and the pro forma consolidated balance sheet data each give effect to our acquisition of Leads.com, Inc., and our issuance of 11,602,654 shares of our common stock in connection with the acquisition, which occurred in April 2005. The pro forma as adjusted consolidated balance sheet data reflects the pro forma consolidated balance sheet data as adjusted to give effect to our receipt of the estimated net proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock by us in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $                  per share, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses and the conversion of all of our outstanding convertible redeemable preferred stock into 31,624,832 shares of common stock, which will occur automatically at the closing of this offering.

 

     Year Ended December 31,

    Three Months Ended
March 31,


 
     2002

    2003

    2004
As Restated


    2004
As Restated


    2005
As Restated


 
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                                        

Total revenue

   $ 13,651     $ 16,947     $ 23,402     $ 4,783     $ 7,318  

Total cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization)

     6,796       8,397       11,244       2,385       3,335  
    


 


 


 


 


Gross profit

     6,855       8,550       12,158       2,398       3,983  

Total operating expenses

     12,961       9,878       12,096       2,337       3,823  
    


 


 


 


 


Income (loss) from operations

     (6,106 )     (1,328 )     62       61       160  
    


 


 


 


 


Income (loss) before extraordinary item

     (6,276 )     (1,487 )     121       72       186  
    


 


 


 


 


Extraordinary item

     —         —         209       —         —    
    


 


 


 


 


Net income (loss)

     (6,276 )     (1,487 )     330       72       186  
    


 


 


 


 


Preferred stock dividends

     —         (46 )     (1,294 )     (274 )     (340 )
    


 


 


 


 


Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (6,276 )   $ (1,533 )   $ (964 )   $ (202 )   $ (154 )
    


 


 


 


 


Basic and diluted net loss attributable per common share

   $ (0.24 )   $ (0.05 )   $ (0.06 )   $ (0.01 )   $ (0.01 )
    


 


 


 


 


Basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

     26,108       28,790       15,012       20,157       13,957  
    


 


 


 


 


 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2004
As Restated


   

Three Months Ended
March 31,

2005
As Restated


 
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Unaudited Pro Forma Statement of Operations Data:

                

Total revenue

   $ 27,030     $ 8,663  

Total cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization)

     12,993       4,006  
    


 


Gross profit

     14,037       4,657  

Total operating expenses

     16,731       5,012  
    


 


Loss from operations

     (2,694 )     (355 )
    


 


Preferred stock dividends

     (1,294 )     (340 )
    


 


Loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (3,988 )   $ (695 )
    


 


Basic and diluted net loss attributable per common share

   $ (0.15 )   $ (0.03 )
    


 


Basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

     26,615       25,560  
    


 


 

5


Table of Contents
     As of March 31, 2005

     Actual
As Restated


    Pro Forma
As Restated


   

Pro Forma

As Adjusted


     (in thousands)

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 10,374     $ 10,661      

Working capital

     8,059       7,466      

Total assets

     17,643       31,679      

Note payable

     —         355      

Convertible redeemable preferred stock

     20,829       20,829      

Accumulated deficit

     (69,696 )     (69,696 )    

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (9,257 )     3,475      

 

6


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

 

You should consider carefully the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before you decide to buy our common stock. We believe the risks and uncertainties described below are the most significant risks we face. If any of the following events actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects would likely be materially and adversely affected. In these circumstances, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of the money you paid to buy our common stock.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

We depend primarily on a small number of strategic marketing relationships—and one key strategic marketing relationship in particular—to identify prospective customers. The loss of one or more of our strategic marketing relationships, or a reduction in the referrals and leads they generate, would significantly reduce our future revenue and increase our expenses.

 

As a key part of our strategy, we have entered into agreements with a number of companies pursuant to which these parties provide us with access to their customer lists and allow us to use their names in marketing our Web services and products. Approximately 97% of our new customers in the year ended December 31, 2004, and approximately 98% in the three months ended March 31, 2005, were identified through our strategic marketing relationships. We believe these strategic marketing relationships are critical to our business because they enable us to penetrate our target market with a minimum expenditure of resources. If these strategic marketing relationships are terminated or otherwise fail, our revenue would likely decline significantly and we could be required to devote additional resources to the sale and marketing of our Web services and products. We have no long-term contracts with these organizations, and these organizations are generally not restricted from working with our competitors. Accordingly, our success will depend upon the willingness of these organizations to continue these strategic marketing relationships.

 

Our strategic marketing relationship with Discover Financial Services, Inc., or Discover, is particularly important to us and accounted for approximately 86% of our new customers in the year ended December 31, 2004, and approximately 78% in the three months ended March 31, 2005. Customers attributable to our relationship with Discover represented approximately 65% of our total revenue during the year ended December 31, 2004, and approximately 66% in the three months ended March 31, 2005. We expect that customer relationships enabled by our strategic marketing relationship with Discover will continue to account for a significant portion of our new customers and our revenue in the future. Discover is under no obligation to continue to contract with us or continue this strategic marketing relationship, and either Discover or we can terminate our agreement with short notice and no penalty. We therefore cannot assure you that we will continue to have a relationship with Discover. If our strategic marketing relationship with Discover ends, we will need to take remedial measures to generate customer leads, which could be expensive, and if such efforts fail, our business would be materially harmed.

 

To successfully execute our business plan, we must also establish new strategic marketing relationships with additional organizations that have strong relationships with small and medium-sized businesses that would enable us to identify additional prospective customers. If we are unable to diversify and extend our strategic marketing relationships, our ability to grow our business may be compromised.

 

Most of our Web services are sold on a month-to-month basis, and if our customers either are unable or choose not to subscribe to our Web services, our revenue may decrease.

 

Typically, our Web service offerings are sold pursuant to month-to-month subscription agreements, and our customers can generally cancel their subscriptions to our Web services at any time with little or no penalty. Historically, we have experienced a high turnover rate in our customer base. For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, 60% and 56%, respectively, of our subscribers who were customers at the beginning of the respective year were no longer subscribers at the end of the respective year. While we cannot determine with certainty why our subscription renewal rates are not higher, we believe there are a variety of factors, which have in the past led, and may in the future lead, to a decline in our subscription renewal rates. These factors include the

 

7


Table of Contents

cessation of our customers’ businesses, the overall economic environment in the United States and its impact on small and medium-sized businesses, the services and prices offered by us and our competitors, and the evolving use of the Internet by small and medium-sized businesses. If our renewal rates are low or decline for any reason, or if customers demand renewal terms less favorable to us, our revenue may decrease, which could adversely affect our stock price.

 

If economic or other factors negatively affect the small and medium-sized business sector, our customers may become unwilling or unable to purchase our Web services and products, which could cause our revenue to decline and impair our ability to operate profitably.

 

Our existing and target customers are small and medium-sized businesses. These businesses are more likely to be significantly affected by economic downturns than larger, more established businesses. Additionally, these customers often have limited discretionary funds, which they may choose to spend on items other than our Web services and products. If small and medium-sized businesses experience economic hardship, they may be unwilling or unable to expend resources to develop their Internet presences, which would negatively affect the overall demand for our services and products and could cause our revenue to decline.

 

We may expand through acquisitions of, or investments in, other companies or technologies, which may result in additional dilution to our stockholders and consume resources that may be necessary to sustain our business.

 

One of our business strategies is to acquire complementary services, technologies or businesses. In connection with one or more of those transactions, we may:

 

    issue additional equity securities that would dilute our stockholders;

 

    use cash that we may need in the future to operate our business; and

 

    incur debt that could have terms unfavorable to us or that we might be unable to repay.

 

Business acquisitions also involve the risk of unknown liabilities associated with the acquired business. In addition, we may not realize the anticipated benefits of any acquisition, including securing the services of key employees. Incurring unknown liabilities or the failure to realize the anticipated benefits of an acquisition could seriously harm our business.

 

We may find it difficult to integrate recent and potential future business combinations, which could disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value, and adversely affect our operating results.

 

During the course of our history, we have completed several acquisitions of other businesses, and a key element of our strategy is to continue to acquire other businesses in the future. In particular, we completed the Leads.com and EBOZ acquisitions in April 2005. Integrating these recently acquired businesses and any businesses we may acquire in the future could add significant complexity to our business and additional burdens to the substantial tasks already performed by our management team. In the future, we may not be able to identify suitable acquisition candidates, and if we do, we may not be able to complete these acquisitions on acceptable terms or at all. In connection with our recent and possible future acquisitions, we may need to integrate operations that have different and unfamiliar corporate cultures. Likewise, we may need to integrate disparate technologies and Web service and product offerings, as well as multiple direct and indirect sales channels. The key personnel of the acquired company may decide not to continue to work for us. These integration efforts may not succeed or may distract our management’s attention from existing business operations. Our failure to successfully manage and integrate Leads.com, EBOZ, or any future acquisitions could seriously harm our business.

 

We have only recently become profitable and may not maintain our level of profitability.

 

Although we generated net income for the year ended December 31, 2004, we have not historically been profitable, were not profitable in any other period since our inception, and may not be profitable in future periods. As of March 31, 2005, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $69.7 million. We expect that

 

8


Table of Contents

our expenses relating to the sale and marketing of our Web services, to technology improvements and to general and administrative functions, as well as the costs of operating and maintaining our technology infrastructure, will increase in the future. Accordingly, we will need to increase our revenue to be able to maintain our profitability. We may not be able to reduce in a timely manner or maintain our expenses in response to any decrease in our revenue, and our failure to do so would adversely affect our operating results and our level of profitability.

 

Our reported operating results for future periods could be adversely affected by ongoing stock-based compensation expense associated with our historic repricing of options.

 

In November 2003, our board of directors authorized the repricing of options exercisable for an aggregate of 684,841 shares of common stock, representing all outstanding stock options with an exercise price of greater than $0.40 per share, to have an exercise price of $0.40 per share. We account for these options using variable accounting as prescribed by applicable accounting rules. Under variable accounting, we are required to determine the fair value of the common stock underlying these options at the end of each quarterly reporting period and reflect any increase in that value in our consolidated statement of operations as stock-based compensation for the quarter. Conversely, any decrease in value during a quarter would be reflected as a benefit in our consolidated statement of operations for the quarter. Variable accounting will continue to be applicable with respect to these options until they are exercised, forfeited, or expire. As a result of this variable accounting, we recognized $673 thousand in stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2004 and $107 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2005. It is not possible for us at this time to quantify the effect of variable accounting in future periods because it will depend upon whether our stock price increases or decreases and by how much. Stock-based compensation expenses could be significant and could materially affect our reported results of operations in future reporting periods.

 

Our operating results are difficult to predict and fluctuations in our performance may result in volatility in the market price of our common stock.

 

Due to our limited operating history, our evolving business model, and the unpredictability of our emerging industry, our operating results are difficult to predict. We expect to experience fluctuations in our operating and financial results due to a number of factors, such as:

 

    our ability to retain and increase sales to existing customers, attract new customers, and satisfy our customers’ requirements;

 

    the effects of variable accounting for our repriced options;

 

    the renewal rates for our services;

 

    changes in our pricing policies;

 

    the introduction of new services and products by us or our competitors;

 

    the rate of expansion and effectiveness of our sales force;

 

    technical difficulties or interruptions in our services;

 

    general economic conditions;

 

    additional investment in our services or operations;

 

    bulk licenses of our software; and

 

    regulatory compliance costs.

 

These factors and others all tend to make the timing and amount of our revenue unpredictable and may lead to greater period-to-period fluctuations in revenue than we have experienced historically.

 

9


Table of Contents

As a result of these factors, we believe that our quarterly revenue and results of operations are likely to vary significantly in the future and that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful. You should not rely on the results of one quarter as an indication of future performance. If our quarterly revenue or results of operations fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, the price of our common stock could decline substantially.

 

Our business depends in part on our ability to continue to provide value-added Web services and products, many of which we provide through agreements with third parties, and our business will be harmed if we are unable to provide these Web services and products in a cost-effective manner.

 

A key element of our strategy is to combine a variety of functionalities in our Web service offerings to provide our customers with comprehensive solutions to their Internet presence needs, such as Internet search optimization, local yellow pages listings, and e-commerce capability. We provide many of these services through arrangements with third parties, and our continued ability to obtain and provide these services at a low cost is central to the success of our business. For example, we currently have agreements with several service providers that enable us to provide, at a low cost, Internet yellow pages advertising. However, these agreements may be terminated on short notice, typically 60 to 90 days, and without penalty. If any of these third parties were to terminate their relationships with us, or to modify the economic terms of these arrangements, we could lose our ability to provide these services at a cost-effective price to our customers, which could cause our revenue to decline or our costs to increase.

 

Our systems, and those of our co-location provider, are vulnerable to natural disasters and other unexpected problems that could lead to interruptions, delays, loss of data, or the inability to accept and fulfill customer subscriptions.

 

Our network operating center, containing substantially all of our communications hardware, nearly all of our non-sales staff, and much of our other computer hardware operations, and our co-location facility are both located in Jacksonville, Florida. Additionally, one of our sales centers, from which the majority of our sales are made, is located in Spokane, Washington. Hurricanes, fire, floods, earthquakes, power loss, telecommunications failures, break-ins, computer sabotage, and similar events could damage or destroy these systems and facilities and temporarily stop a majority of our business activities in fulfilling customer orders and in securing new customers. Our business could be seriously harmed, our revenues could decline and we could be required to make significant expenditures if our systems were damaged or destroyed, or if our customer fulfillment were delayed or stopped, by any of these occurrences.

 

We rely heavily on the reliability, security, and performance of our internally developed systems and operations, and any difficulties in maintaining these systems may result in service interruptions, decreased customer service, or increased expenditures.

 

The software and workflow processes that underlie our ability to deliver our Web services and products have been developed primarily by our own employees. The reliability and continuous availability of these internal systems are critical to our business, and any interruptions that result in our inability to timely deliver our Web services or products, or that materially impact the efficiency or cost with which we provide these Web services and products, would harm our reputation, profitability, and ability to conduct business. In addition, many of the software systems we currently use will need to be enhanced over time or replaced with equivalent commercial products, either of which could entail considerable effort and expense. If we fail to develop and execute reliable policies, procedures, and tools to operate our infrastructure, we could face a substantial decrease in workflow efficiency and increased costs, as well as a decline in our revenue.

 

We face intense and growing competition. If we are unable to compete successfully, our business will be seriously harmed.

 

The market for our Web services and products is competitive and has relatively low barriers to entry. Our competitors vary in size and in the variety of services they offer. We encounter competition from a wide variety of company types, including:

 

10


Table of Contents
    Website design and development service and software companies;

 

    Internet service providers and application service providers;

 

    Internet search engine providers;

 

    Local business directory providers; and

 

    Website domain name providers and hosting companies.

 

In addition, due to relatively low barriers to entry in our industry, we expect the intensity of competition to increase in the future from other established and emerging companies. Increased competition may result in price reductions, reduced gross margins, and loss of market share, any one of which could seriously harm our business. We also expect that competition will increase as a result of industry consolidations and formations of alliances among industry participants.

 

Many of our current and potential competitors have longer operating histories, significantly greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we do, greater brand recognition and, we believe, a larger installed base of customers. These competitors may be able to adapt more quickly to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements. They may also be able to devote greater resources to the promotion and sale of their services and products than we can. If we fail to compete successfully against current or future competitors, our revenue could increase less than anticipated or decline, and our business could be harmed.

 

Our failure to build brand awareness quickly could compromise our ability to compete and to grow our business.

 

As a result of the anticipated increase in competition in our market, and the likelihood that some of this competition will come from companies with established brands, we believe brand name recognition and reputation will become increasingly important. Our strategy of relying significantly on third-party strategic marketing relationships to find new customers may impede our ability to build brand awareness, as our customers may wrongly believe our Web services and products are those of the parties with which we have strategic marketing relationships. If we do not continue to build brand awareness quickly, we could be placed at a competitive disadvantage to companies whose brands are more recognizable than ours.

 

If our security measures are breached, our services may be perceived as not being secure, and our business and reputation could suffer.

 

Our Web services involve the storage and transmission of our customers’ proprietary information. Although we employ data encryption processes, an intrusion detection system, and other internal control procedures to assure the security of our customers’ data, we cannot guarantee that these measures will be sufficient for this purpose. If our security measures are breached as a result of third-party action, employee error or otherwise, and as a result our customers’ data becomes available to unauthorized parties, we could incur liability and our reputation would be damaged, which could lead to the loss of current and potential customers. If we experience any breaches of our network security or sabotage, we might be required to expend significant capital and other resources to remedy, protect against or alleviate these and related problems, and we may not be able to remedy these problems in a timely manner, or at all. Because techniques used by outsiders to obtain unauthorized network access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventative measures.

 

Accounting for acquisitions under generally accepted accounting principles could adversely affect our reported financial results.

 

Under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, we could be required to record charges for in-process research and development or other charges in connection with future acquisitions, which would

 

11


Table of Contents

reduce any future reported earnings or increase any future reported loss. Acquisitions could also require us to record substantial amounts of goodwill and other intangible assets. For example, in connection with our recent acquisition of Leads.com, we have recorded $9.7 million of goodwill. Any future impairment of this goodwill, and the ongoing amortization of other intangible assets, could adversely affect our reported financial results.

 

If we cannot adapt to technological advances, our Web services and products may become obsolete and our ability to compete would be impaired.

 

Changes in our industry occur very rapidly, including changes in the way the Internet operates or is used by small and medium-sized businesses and their customers. As a result, our Web services and products could become obsolete quickly. The introduction of competing products employing new technologies and the evolution of new industry standards could render our existing products or services obsolete and unmarketable. To be successful, our Web services and products must keep pace with technological developments and evolving industry standards, address the ever-changing and increasingly sophisticated needs of our customers, and achieve market acceptance. If we are unable to develop new Web services or products, or enhancements to our Web services or products, on a timely and cost-effective basis, or if new Web services or products or enhancements do not achieve market acceptance, our business would be seriously harmed.

 

Providing Web services and products to small and medium-sized businesses designed to allow them to Internet-enable their businesses is a new and emerging market; if this market fails to develop, we will not be able to grow our business.

 

Our success depends on a significant number of small and medium-sized business outsourcing Website design, hosting, and management as well as adopting other online business solutions. The market for our Web services and products is relatively new and untested. Custom Website development has been the predominant method of Internet enablement, and small and medium-sized businesses may be slow to adopt our template-based Web services and products. Further, if small or medium-sized businesses determine that having an Internet presence is not giving their businesses an advantage, they would be less likely to purchase our Web services and products. If the market for our Web services and products fails to grow or grows more slowly than we currently anticipate, or if our Web services and products fail to achieve widespread customer acceptance, our business would be seriously harmed.

 

We are dependent on our executive officers, and the loss of any key member of this team may compromise our ability to successfully manage our business and pursue our growth strategy.

 

Our future performance depends largely on the continuing service of our executive officers and senior management team, especially those of David Brown, our chief executive officer. Our executives are not contractually obligated to remain employed by us. Accordingly, any of our key employees could terminate their employment with us at any time without penalty and may go to work for one or more of our competitors after the expiration of their non-compete period. The loss of one or more of our executive officers could make it more difficult for us to pursue our business goals and could seriously harm our business.

 

Our growth could strain our resources and our business may suffer if we fail to implement appropriate controls and procedures to manage our growth.

 

We are currently experiencing a period of rapid growth in employees and operations, with our employee base increasing from 240 full-time employees as of March 31, 2004, to 337 full-time employees as of March 31, 2005. This growth has placed, and will continue to place, a strain on our management, administrative, and sales and marketing infrastructure. If we fail to successfully manage our growth, our business could be disrupted, and our ability to operate our business profitably could suffer. We anticipate that further growth in our employee base will be required to expand our customer base and to continue to develop and enhance our Web service and product offerings. To manage the growth of our operations and personnel, we will need to enhance our

 

12


Table of Contents

operational, financial, and management controls and our reporting systems and procedures. This will require additional personnel and capital investments, which will increase our cost base. The growth in our fixed cost base may make it more difficult for us to reduce expenses in the short term to offset any shortfalls in revenue.

 

We may be unable to protect our intellectual property adequately or cost-effectively, which may cause us to lose market share or force us to reduce our prices.

 

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to protect and preserve the proprietary aspects of our technology, Web services, and products. If we are unable to protect our intellectual property, our competitors could use our intellectual property to market services and products similar to those offered by us, which could decrease demand for our Web services and products. We may be unable to prevent third parties from using our proprietary assets without our authorization. We do not currently rely on patents we own to protect our core intellectual property, and we have not applied for patents in any jurisdictions inside or outside of the United States. To protect, control access to, and limit distribution of our intellectual property, we generally enter into confidentiality and proprietary inventions agreements with our employees, and confidentiality or license agreements with consultants, third-party developers, and customers. We also rely on copyright, trademark, and trade secret protection. However, these measures afford only limited protection and may be inadequate. Enforcing our rights to our technology could be costly, time-consuming and distracting. Additionally, others may develop non-infringing technologies that are similar or superior to ours. Any significant failure or inability to adequately protect our proprietary assets will harm our business and reduce our ability to compete.

 

Our growth will be adversely affected if we cannot continue to successfully retain, hire, train, and manage our key employees, particularly in the telesales and customer service areas.

 

Our ability to successfully pursue our growth strategy will depend on our ability to attract, retain, and motivate key employees across our business. We have many key employees throughout our organization who do not have non-competition agreements and may leave to work for a competitor at any time. In particular, we are substantially dependent on our telesales and customer service employees to obtain and service new customers. Competition for such personnel and others can be intense, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to attract, integrate, or retain additional highly qualified personnel in the future. In addition, our ability to achieve significant growth in revenue will depend, in large part, on our success in effectively training sufficient personnel in these two areas. New hires require significant training and in some cases may take up to three months before they achieve full productivity. Our recent hires and planned hires may not become as productive as we would like, and we may be unable to hire sufficient numbers of qualified individuals in the future in the markets where we have our facilities. If we are not successful in retaining our existing employees, or hiring, training and integrating new employees, or if our current or future employees perform poorly, growth in the sales of our services and products may not materialize and our business will suffer.

 

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately or timely report our financial results, which could cause our stock price to fall or result in our stock being delisted.

 

Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable and accurate financial reports. We will need to devote significant resources and time to comply with the new requirements of Sarbanes-Oxley with respect to internal control over financial reporting. In addition, Section 404 under Sarbanes-Oxley requires that we assess and our auditors attest to the design and operating effectiveness of our controls over financial reporting. Our ability to comply with the annual internal control report requirement for our fiscal year ending on December 31, 2006, which is the first time these new requirements will apply to us, will depend on the effectiveness of our financial reporting and data systems and controls across our company and our operating subsidiaries. We expect these systems and controls to become increasingly complex to the extent that we integrate acquisitions and our business grows. To effectively manage this complexity, we will need to continue to improve our operational, financial, and management controls and our reporting systems and procedures. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in the implementation or

 

13


Table of Contents

operation of these controls, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our financial reporting obligations, which could adversely affect our business and jeopardize our listing on the NASDAQ National Market, either of which would harm our stock price.

 

Risks Related to Our Industry

 

The success of our business depends on the continued growth of the Internet as a business tool for small and medium-sized businesses.

 

Expansion in the sales of our Web services and products will depend on the continued acceptance of the Internet as a communications and commerce platform for small and medium-sized businesses. The use of the Internet as a business tool could be adversely affected by delays in the development or adoption of new standards and protocols to handle increased demands of Internet activity, security, reliability, cost, ease-of-use, accessibility, and quality of service. The performance of the Internet and its acceptance as a business tool have been harmed in the past by viruses, worms, and similar malicious programs, and the Internet has experienced a variety of outages and other delays as a result of damage to portions of its infrastructure. If for any reason the Internet does not remain a widespread communications medium and commercial platform or businesses do not continue to become Internet enabled and maintain an online presence, the demand for our services and products would be significantly reduced.

 

We could become subject to litigation regarding intellectual property brought by other parties, which could divert management’s attention, increase our legal expenses, and prevent us from using or selling the challenged technology.

 

In recent years, there has been significant litigation in the United States involving patents and other intellectual property rights. This litigation is particularly prevalent in the technology industry. In addition, there has been an increase in the filing of suits alleging infringement of intellectual property rights. Regardless of the merits of these suits, many defendants are entering into settlement arrangements quickly to dispose of such suits to avoid publicity and the nuisance of attending to the suits. Other companies or individuals may pursue litigation against us with respect to intellectual property-based claims. The results of any litigation are inherently uncertain. In the event of an adverse result in any future litigation with respect to intellectual property rights relevant to our products, we could be required to:

 

    obtain licenses to the infringing technology;

 

    pay substantial damages under applicable law;

 

    cease the development, use, and sale of products found to be infringing; or

 

    expend significant resources to develop non-infringing technology.

 

Our insurance may not cover potential claims or may not be adequate to indemnify us for damages we incur. Also, litigation frequently involves substantial expenditures and can require significant management attention, even if we ultimately prevail.

 

Governmental regulation involving the transmission of information over the Internet is evolving, and we may face liability in connection with the information that is transmitted using our Web services and products.

 

The legal framework that applies to the Internet is continually evolving. Laws have been, and likely will continue to be, enacted that address issues of privacy, security, pricing, taxation, quality and substance of services and products, and other issues. Because our Web services and products allow customers to transmit information over the Internet on their own Websites, and because we develop and host many of these Websites,

 

14


Table of Contents

we may be found to be liable for any improper information that our customers transmit. We may face liability for defamation, negligence, copyright, patent or trademark infringement, and other claims based on the nature and content of the materials being transmitted by our Web services. Although we retain discretion to cancel the Web services being provided to customers if we learn such content is being transmitted, there can be no guarantee that our customers will refrain from such transmission or that we will not be deemed responsible for the content being transmitted or hosted using our Web services, products or infrastructure. Government regulations also could affect the cost of communicating on the Internet and could negatively affect the demand for our Web services and products, and our business could thereby be harmed.

 

State and local governments may in the future be permitted to levy additional taxes on Internet access and electronic commerce transactions, which could result in a decrease in the attractiveness of the Internet to our customers and potential customers, and could reduce demand for our Web services.

 

In November 2004, the federal government passed legislation placing a three-year ban on state and local governments’ imposition of new taxes on Internet access or electronic commerce transactions. Unless the ban is extended, state and local governments may begin to levy additional taxes on Internet access and electronic commerce transactions upon the legislation’s expiration in November 2007. An increase in taxes may make electronic commerce transactions less attractive for merchants and businesses, which could result in a decrease in the level of demand for our services.

 

Risks Related to this Offering

 

We cannot assure you that a market will develop for our common stock or what the market price of our common stock will be.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public trading market for our common stock, and we cannot assure you that one will develop or be sustained after this offering. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest will lead to the development of an active and liquid trading market. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between the underwriters and us, and may bear no relationship to the price at which the common stock will trade upon completion of this offering. You may not be able to resell your shares above the initial public offering price and may suffer a complete loss of your investment.

 

Our stock price may be volatile, and you may lose some or all of your investment.

 

The trading prices of the securities of companies in the Internet market have been highly volatile. Accordingly, the trading price of our common stock is likely to be subject to wide fluctuations. Factors affecting the trading price of our common stock may include, among other things:

 

    variations in our operating results;

 

    announcements of technological innovations, new services or service enhancements or significant agreements by us or by our competitors;

 

    recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

    changes in the estimates of our operating results or changes in recommendations by any securities analysts that elect to follow our common stock;

 

    sales of our common stock, including sales by officers, directors and funds affiliated with them; and

 

    market conditions in our industry, the industries of our customers and the economy as a whole.

 

In addition, we are proposing to list our common stock on the NASDAQ National Market. There are continuing eligibility requirements for companies listed on the NASDAQ National Market. If we are not able to continue to satisfy the eligibility requirements of the NASDAQ National Market, then our stock may be delisted.

 

15


Table of Contents

This could result in a lower price of our common stock and may limit the ability of our stockholders to sell our stock, any of which could result in your losing some or all of your investment.

 

We might require additional capital to support business growth, and this capital might not be available on acceptable terms, or at all.

 

We intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth and may require additional funds to respond to business challenges, including the need to develop new services and products or enhance our existing Web services, enhance our operating infrastructure and acquire complementary businesses and technologies. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock, including shares of common stock sold in this offering. Any debt financing secured by us in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. In addition, we may not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, when we require it, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly impaired.

 

There may be an adverse effect on the market price of our stock as a result of shares being available for sale in the future.

 

Immediately after this offering, there will be              shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Of these shares, the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable immediately,                  additional shares will be eligible for sale 180 days after the date of this prospectus following the expiration of lock-up agreements described in “Underwriting” and              shares will become available for sale in the public market on subsequent dates. Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc., on behalf of the underwriters, may release these stockholders from their lock-up agreements with the underwriters at any time and without notice, which would allow for earlier sale of shares in the public market. Moreover, the holders of approximately              shares of common stock will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file ourselves or for other stockholders. We also intend to register up to 32,328,344 shares of our common stock that are subject to outstanding stock options or reserved for issuance under our stock option plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the limitations of our lock-up agreements described in “Underwriting.” If any of these stockholders cause a large number of securities to be sold in the public market, or the market perceives that these holders intend to sell a large number of securities, the sales or perceived sales could result in a substantial reduction in the trading price of our common stock or impede our ability to raise future capital.

 

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the pro forma net tangible book value of the shares you purchase in this offering.

 

The initial public offering price will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock. As a result, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $             per share. This dilution is due in large part to earlier investors in our company having paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares. Investors who purchase shares of common stock in this offering will contribute approximately         % of the total amount we have raised to fund our operations but will own only approximately         % of our common stock. The exercise of outstanding options and warrants will result in further dilution to investors.

 

16


Table of Contents

Our principal stockholders have significant voting power and may take actions that may not be in the best interests of our other stockholders.

 

Upon completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors, and principal stockholders will, in the aggregate, beneficially own approximately         % of our outstanding common stock. As a result, these stockholders, acting together, will have the ability to exert substantial influence over all matters requiring approval of our stockholders, including the election and removal of directors and the approval of mergers or other business combinations. This concentration of control could be disadvantageous to other stockholders whose interests are different from those of our officers, directors, and principal stockholders.

 

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws or under Delaware law might discourage, delay, or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our management and, therefore, depress the trading price of our common stock.

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could depress the trading price of our common stock by acting to discourage, delay, or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our management that the stockholders of our company may deem advantageous. These provisions:

 

    establish a classified board of directors so that not all members of our board are elected at one time;

 

    provide that directors may only be removed for cause and only with the approval of 66  2 / 3 % of our stockholders;

 

    require super-majority voting to amend some provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws;

 

    authorize the issuance of blank check preferred stock that our board of directors could issue to increase the number of outstanding shares to discourage a takeover attempt;

 

    prohibit stockholder action by written consent, which requires all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

 

    provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, or repeal our bylaws; and

 

    establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our board or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

 

Additionally, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder and which may discourage, delay, or prevent a change of control of our company.

 

Because management has broad discretion as to the use of the net proceeds from this offering, you may not agree with how we use them, and such proceeds may not be invested successfully.

 

The proceeds from this offering have not been allocated for a particular purpose, and our management will have broad discretion with respect to the use of the net proceeds. We currently intend to use the net proceeds from the offering for working capital and general corporate purposes. You will be relying on the judgment of our management concerning these uses and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. The failure of our management to apply these funds effectively could result in unfavorable returns and uncertainty about our prospects, each of which could cause the price of our common stock to decline.

 

17


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Business.” In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “could,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “plans,” “potential,” “predicts,” “projects,” “should,” “will,” “would,” and similar expressions intended to identify forward-looking statements.

 

Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance, or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performances, or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. We discuss many of these risks in this prospectus in greater detail under the heading “Risk Factors.” Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Also, forward-looking statements represent our management’s beliefs and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we currently expect.

 

Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update these forward-looking statements publicly, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future.

 


 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. Neither we nor the selling stockholders have authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of our common stock.

 

 

18


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We estimate that our net proceeds from the offering will be approximately $             million, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, we estimate that our net proceeds will be approximately $             million. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.

 

The principal purpose of this offering is to obtain a public market for our common shares, which we believe will facilitate our future access to the capital markets and enhance our ability to use our common shares for acquisitions.

 

We have not made any specific plans with respect to the use of net proceeds of this offering. We expect to use the net proceeds for working capital and general corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire businesses, services, products, or technologies complementary to our current business, although we have no specific acquisitions planned. The amount and timing of our actual expenditures for general corporate purposes will vary significantly depending on a number of factors, including such factors as the amount of cash generated by our operations. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds generated from this offering. You will not have the opportunity to evaluate the economic, financial or other information on which we base our decisions on how to use these proceeds.

 

Pending final use, we expect to invest the net proceeds of this offering in short-term, investment grade, interest-bearing securities or guaranteed obligations of the United States or its agencies.

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

We have not paid any dividends since inception, and we currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to finance the further development and expansion of our business and do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, restrictions contained in future financing instruments, and other factors our board of directors deems relevant.

 

 

19


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2005:

 

    on an actual basis;

 

    on a pro forma basis to reflect the acquisition of Leads.com, Inc. in April 2005 and our issuance of 11,602,654 shares of common stock in connection with the acquisition, and the conversion of all convertible redeemable preferred stock into 31,624,832 shares of common stock, which will occur automatically upon the closing of this offering; and

 

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect the pro forma capitalization as adjusted to give effect to the sale by us of              shares of common stock at the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share in this offering and our receipt of the net offering proceeds therefrom, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses.

 

You should read the following table together with our financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     March 31, 2005

    

Actual

As Restated


   

Pro Forma

As Restated


    Pro Forma
As Adjusted


     (in thousands)

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 10,374     $ 10,661     $             
    


 


 

Note payable

   $ —       $ 355     $  

Convertible redeemable preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 33,300,693 shares authorized, 31,624,832 issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma; and no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     20,829       —          

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

                      

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 98,200,000 shares authorized; 13,957,353 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 98,200,000 shares authorized, 57,184,839 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; and              shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     30       73        

Treasury stock, at cost

     (6,372 )     (6,372 )      

Additional paid-in capital

     67,049       100,020        

Deferred stock-based compensation

     (268 )     (551 )      

Accumulated deficit

     (69,696 )     (68,866 )      
    


 


 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (9,257 )     24,304        
    


 


 

Total capitalization

   $ 11,572     $ 24,659     $             
    


 


 

 

The number of shares in the table above excludes as of March 31, 2005:

 

    14,518,111 shares of common stock subject to options outstanding under our Amended and Restated 1999 Equity Incentive Plan, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.33 per share;

 

    1,768,380 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.46 per share; and

 

    1,145,897 shares of common stock reserved for future grant or issuance under our stock option plans.

 

In addition, the pro forma and pro forma as adjusted information does not give effect to our acquisition of assets from E.B.O.Z., Inc., in April 2005, or to our issuance of 927,624 shares of common stock to EBOZ in connection with that acquisition.

 

Share amounts have not been retroactively adjusted to give effect to an anticipated reverse stock split to be effected prior to the completion of this offering.

 

20


Table of Contents

DILUTION

 

If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. As of March 31, 2005, we had a net tangible book value of $8.1 million, or $0.14 per share of common stock, on a pro forma basis. Pro forma net tangible book value per share is equal to our total tangible assets, or total assets less intangible assets, less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of our outstanding common stock, after giving effect to our issuance of 11,602,654 shares of common stock in connection with our acquisition of Leads.com, Inc. in April 2005 and to the conversion of all of our outstanding convertible redeemable preferred stock into 31,624,832 shares of common stock, but without giving effect to our acquisition of assets from E.B.O.Z., Inc. in April 2005 or to our issuance of 927,624 shares of common stock to EBOZ in connection with that acquisition. After giving effect to the sale of                      shares of common stock by us in this offering and our receipt of the estimated net proceeds therefrom, at the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and our offering expenses, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2005 would have been $             million, or $             per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $             per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $             per share to new investors in this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

          $             
               

Pro forma net tangible book value per share before this offering as of March 31, 2005

   $ 0.14       

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

             
    

      

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

             
           

Dilution per share to new investors

          $  
           

 

The following table summarizes, as of March 31, 2005, on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, the differences between existing stockholders and the new investors with respect to the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and our offering expenses.

 

     Shares Purchased

    Total Consideration

   

Average Price

Per Share


     Number

   Percentage

    Amount

   Percentage

   

Existing stockholders

                %     $                         %     $             

New investors

                              
    
  

 

  

     

Total

        100 %   $      100 %      
    
  

 

  

     

 

The sale of              shares of common stock to be sold by the selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares held by existing stockholders to                     , or         % of the total shares outstanding, and will increase the number of shares held by new investors to                     , or         % of the total shares outstanding. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the shares held by existing stockholders will further decrease to                     , or         % of the total shares outstanding, and the number of shares held by new investors will further increase to                     , or         % of the total shares outstanding.

 

 

21


Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2005, there were 14,518,111 shares of common stock subject to options outstanding, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.33 per share, and 1,145,897 shares available for future grant or issuance under our 1999 Equity Incentive Plan. As of March 31, 2005, there were also 1,768,380 shares of common stock subject to warrants outstanding, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.46 per share. In April 2005, our board of directors approved an increase of 3,500,000 shares to the share reserve under our 1999 Equity Incentive Plan and approved a new 2005 Equity Incentive Plan under which they reserved 7,750,000 shares of common stock for future issuance, a 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan under which they reserved 2,250,000 shares of common stock for future issuance, and a 2005 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan under which they reserved 2,250,000 shares of common stock for future issuance. Additionally, in connection with the acquisition of Leads.com, Inc. in April 2005, we assumed options exercisable for an aggregate of 366,213 shares of our common stock. To the extent any of these options or warrants are exercised, new options are issued under our equity incentive plans or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to new investors.

 

22


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2005 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2004 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. The consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2002 are derived from audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 2001 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2000 and 2001 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The unaudited information has been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, contains all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of our operating results and financial position for these periods. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of future results. The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

    Year Ended December 31,

    Three Months Ended
March 31,


 
    2000

    2001

    2002

    2003

   

2004

As Restated


   

2004

As Restated


   

2005

As Restated


 
    (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                                                       

Revenue:

                                                       

Subscription

  $ 35     $ 167     $ 8,044     $ 138,230     $ 19,415     $ 4,044     $ 6,043  

License

    —         359       3,128       2,833       3,425       585       972  

Professional services

    2,412       3,364       2,479       884       562       154       303  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total revenue

    2,447       3,890       13,651       16,947       23,402       4,783       7,318  

Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization shown separately below):

                                                       

Subscription

    143       22       4,145       6,793       9,890       2,089       2,917  

License

    —         269       973       993       719       164       197  

Professional services

    3,652       2,321       1,678       611       620       132       216  

Stock-based compensation

    —         —         —         —         15       —         5  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total cost of revenue

    3,795       2,612       6,796       8,397       11,244       2,385       3,335  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Gross profit (loss)

    (1,348 )     1,278       6,855       8,550       12,158       2,398       3,983  

Operating expenses:

                                                       

Sales and marketing

    8,278       677       5,446       5,641       6,811       1,440       1,971  

Research and development

    5,173       525       1,278       989       1,135       261       349  

General and administrative

    12,851       5,755       4,653       2,771       3,076       499       1,277  

Goodwill and long-lived asset impairment loss

    —         10,183       —         —         —         —         —    

Stock-based compensation

    —         —         —         —         674       8       127  

Depreciation and amortization

    7,710       5,732       1,584       477       400       129       99  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total operating expenses

    34,012       22,872       12,961       9,878       12,096       2,337       3,823  

Income (loss) from operations

    (35,360 )     (21,594 )     (6,106 )     (1,328 )     62       61       160  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Interest, net

    1,231       275       (177 )     (152 )     59       11       26  

Other income (expense)

    (1,215 )     —         7       (7 )     —         —         —    
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Income (loss) before extraordinary item

    (35,344 )     (21,319 )     (6,276 )     (1,487 )     121       72       186  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Extraordinary item

    —         —         —         —         209       —         —    
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net income (loss)

    (35,344 )     (21,319 )     (6,276 )     (1,487 )     330       72       186  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Preferred stock dividends

    —         —         —         (46 )     (1,294 )     (274 )     (340 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (35,344 )   $ (21,319 )   $ (6,276 )   $ (1,533 )   $ (964 )   $ (202 )   $ (154 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Basic and diluted net loss attributable per common share

  $ (35.50 )   $ (26.26 )   $ (0.24 )   $ (0.05 )   $ (0.06 )   $ (0.01 )   $ (0.01 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

    996       812       26,108       28,790       15,012       20,157       13,957  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

     As of December 31,

   

As of

March 31,

2005

As Restated


 
     2000

    2001

   

2002

As Restated


   

2003

As Restated


   

2004

As Restated


   
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                                                

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities

   $ 14,384     $ 4,337     $ 467     $ 6,282     $ 6,621     $ 10,374  

Working capital

     10,382       4,966       (4,151 )     2,914       4,926       8,059  

Total assets

     29,938       5,676       6,289       11,869       13,370       17,643  

Convertible redeemable preferred stock

     64,066       64,066       —         9,233       17,454       20,829  

Accumulated deficit

     (39,220 )     (60,538 )     (66,814 )     (68,358 )     (69,497 )     (69,696 )

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (38,869 )     (60,188 )     (956 )     (3,153 )     (9,191 )     (9,257 )

 

23


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, such as those set forth under the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements.

 

Overview

 

We believe we are a leading provider, based on our number of subscribers, of Web services and products that enable small and medium-sized businesses to establish, maintain, promote, and optimize their Internet presence. Our primary service offering is a comprehensive package that includes Website design and publishing, Internet marketing and advertising, search engine optimization, search engine submission, and lead generation. In addition to our primary service offering, we provide a variety of premium services to customers who desire more advanced capabilities, such as e-commerce solutions and more sophisticated Internet marketing services.

 

Since our incorporation in 1999, we have developed proprietary Internet publishing and management software, automated workflow processes, and specialized workforce development and management techniques that facilitate production efficiencies that we believe enable us to offer sophisticated Web services at affordable rates. Our revenue has increased from $3.9 million in 2001 to $23.4 million in 2004.

 

We primarily sell our Web services and products to customers identified through strategic relationships with established brand name companies that have a large number of small and medium-sized business customers, including Discover Financial Services, Inc., or Discover, Network Solutions, and IBM. As an application service provider, we offer our customers a full range of Web services and products on a subscription basis. As of March 31, 2005, we had approximately 43,000 paying subscribers to our eWorks! XL and premium subscription-based services, an increase from approximately 34,000 paying subscribers to these services at March 31, 2004. We define paying subscribers as unique user accounts that are current in their payments.

 

We were incorporated in March 1999. In 1999 and 2000, we raised approximately $64 million in equity financing through the sale of shares of our preferred stock. By the middle of 2000, our board of directors determined that the proposed business model and operating plan, which at that time were focused on providing limited, non-recurring Website design services, were not likely to be successful. In response to this determination, we significantly reduced our operations and hired new management. In February 2002, we completed the acquisition of assets from Innuity, Inc. In connection with the Innuity acquisition, we completed a recapitalization of our outstanding stock in which all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock were converted into shares of common stock. The Innuity acquisition represented a shift in our business model to providing a wider range of subscription-based Web services. We obtained $10 million in equity financing in December 2003 following eighteen months of operations under our revised business model, and obtained additional equity financing in 2004 and 2005 to support our growth and provide sufficient working capital for our business.

 

To increase our revenue and take advantage of our market opportunity, we plan to expand our subscriber base as well as increase our revenue from existing subscribers. We intend to continue to invest in hiring additional personnel, particularly in sales and marketing; developing additional services and products; adding to our infrastructure to support our growth; and expanding our operational and financial systems to manage our growing business. As we have in the past, we will continue to evaluate acquisition opportunities to increase the value and breadth of our Web services and product offering and expand our subscriber base.

 

On April 19, 2005, we acquired substantially all of the assets of E.B.O.Z., Inc., or EBOZ, for an aggregate of 927,624 shares of our common stock. If the operations of EBOZ achieve specified revenue targets within 15 months of the acquisition date, we will issue up to an additional 927,624 shares of common stock to EBOZ. We

 

24


Table of Contents

believe this acquisition improves our ability to cost-effectively provide Web traffic generation solutions to our customers through the use of Internet banner advertisements, pay-per-click campaign management, and search engine optimization.

 

On April 22, 2005, we acquired Leads.com, Inc., or Leads.com, for 11,602,654 shares of our common stock and the assumption of options to purchase 366,213 shares of our common stock. During the year ended December 31, 2004 and the three months ended March 31, 2005, Leads.com had revenue of $3.6 million and $1.3 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2005, Leads.com had approximately 1,300 paying subscribers. We believe this acquisition improves our ability to provide customer leads to locally and regionally focused businesses. Leads.com offers subscription based local pay-per-click advertising packages, online yellow page advertisement creation, and industry-specific customer leads. We believe that Leads.com, while still focused on small and medium-sized businesses, increases the breadth of our offering and will enable us to broaden our customer base.

 

Key Business Metrics

 

Management periodically reviews certain key business metrics to evaluate the effectiveness of our operational strategies, allocate resources and maximize the financial performance of our business. These key business metrics include:

 

Net Subscriber Additions

 

We grow our subscriber base through a combination of adding new subscribers and retaining existing subscribers. We define net subscriber additions in a particular period as the gross number of new subscribers added during the period, less subscriber cancellations during the period. For this purpose, we only count as new subscribers those customers whose subscriptions have extended beyond the free trial period. Additionally, we do not treat a subscription as cancelled, even if the customer is not current in its payments, until we have exhausted our attempts to maintain the subscriber.

 

We review this metric to evaluate whether we are performing to our business plan. An increase in net subscriber additions could signal an increase in subscription revenue, higher customer retention, and an increase in the effectiveness of our sales efforts. Alternatively, a decrease in net subscriber additions could signal decreased subscription revenue, lower customer retention, and a decrease in the effectiveness of our sales efforts. Net subscriber additions above or below our business plan could have a long-term impact on our operating results due to the subscription nature of our business.

 

Monthly Turnover

 

Monthly turnover is a metric we measure each quarter, and which we define as customer cancellations in the quarter divided by the sum of the number of subscribers at the beginning of the quarter and the gross number of new subscribers added during the period, divided by three months. Customer cancellations in the quarter include cancellations from gross subscriber additions, which is why we include gross subscriber additions in the denominator. In measuring monthly turnover, we use the same conventions with respect to free trials and subscribers who are not current in their payments as described above for net subscriber additions.

 

Monthly turnover is the key metric that allows management to evaluate whether we are retaining our existing subscribers in accordance with our business plans. An increase in monthly turnover may signal deterioration in the quality of our service, or it may signal a behavioral change in our subscriber base. Lower monthly turnover signals higher customer retention.

 

Restatement

 

On November 26, 2003, our board of directors approved the repricing of options exercisable for an aggregate of 684,841 shares that had exercise prices in excess of $0.40 to $0.40, the per share fair value of our

 

25


Table of Contents

common stock at that date. We had previously not accounted for these options under variable accounting. We determined that variable accounting is required for these options under Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation Number 44, “ Accounting for Certain Transactions involving Stock Compensation ” and have corrected our method of accounting.

 

In addition, we determined that our convertible redeemable preferred stock is appropriately classified between liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit) in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity” and SEC Accounting Series Release No. 268 “Redeemable Preferred Stock,” or ASR 268.

 

As a result of the changes described above, the accompanying consolidated statement operations for the year ended December 31, 2004 has been adjusted to record additional compensation expense of $673 thousand and a decrease to net income of $673 thousand.

 

The consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2004 has been adjusted to increase additional paid in capital and accumulated deficit by $673 thousand. The consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2004 has also been adjusted along with the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2003 to reclassify our convertible redeemable preferred stock from stockholders’ equity (deficit) to between liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit).

 

The consolidated statement of cash flows for December 31, 2004 has been adjusted to decrease net income and increase stock-based compensation expense by $673 thousand.

 

Sources of Revenue

 

We derive our revenue from sales of subscriptions, licenses, and services to our customers. Our revenue generally depends on the sale of a large number of subscriptions to small and medium-sized businesses. Most of these sales are generated by leads provided by a relatively small number of companies with which we have strategic marketing relationships. Customers acquired through our strategic marketing relationship with Discover accounted for 65% of our revenue in 2004.

 

Subscription Revenue

 

We currently derive a substantial majority of our revenue from fees associated with our subscription services, which are generally sold through our eWorks! XL or Visibility Online offerings. A majority of our subscription contracts include the design of a five-page Website, its hosting, and several additional Web services. In the case of eWorks! XL, upon the completion and initial hosting of the Website, our subscription services are offered free of charge for a 30-day trial period during which the customer can cancel at any time. After the 30-day trial period has ended, the revenue is recognized on a daily basis over the life of the contract. No 30-day free trial period is offered to customers for our Visibility Online services, and revenue is recognized on a daily basis over the life of the contract.

 

The typical subscription is a monthly contract, although terms range up to 12 months. We bill a majority of our customers on a monthly basis through their credit cards, bank accounts, or business merchant accounts. Subscription revenue accounted for more than 59%, 78%, and 83% of our total revenue in 2002, 2003, and 2004, respectively. Subscription revenue is driven primarily by the number of paying subscribers to our Web services and the subscription price that we charge for these services. The number of paying subscribers is affected both by the number of new customers we acquire in a given period and by the number of existing customers we retain during that period. Subscription revenue increased as a percentage of total revenue during the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, as our principal business focus has been, and continues to be, on growing our subscription customer base. We expect other sources of revenue to continue to decline as a percentage of total revenue over time.

 

26


Table of Contents

We report any unearned portion of payments received from subscription customers as deferred revenue. Deferred revenue balances at year end have decreased as a percentage of subscription revenue for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, due to the discontinuation of the annual discounted prepayment billing option during 2003. We expect deferred revenue related to subscription customers billed on a monthly and quarterly basis to continue to become a greater percentage of total deferred revenue as compared to customers billed on an annual basis.

 

License Revenue

 

We generate license revenue from the sale of perpetual licenses to use our software products. Our software products enable customers to build Websites either for themselves or for others. License revenue consists of all fees earned from granting customers licenses to use our software products. Software may be delivered indirectly by a channel distributor, through download from our Website, or directly to end users by us. We recognize license revenue from packaged products upon shipment to end users. We consider delivery of licenses under electronic licensing agreements to have occurred when the related products are shipped and the end user has been electronically provided with the licenses and software activation keys that allow the end user to take immediate possession of the software. In periods during which we release new versions of our software, our license revenue is likely to be higher than in periods during which no new releases occur.

 

Professional Services Revenue

 

We also receive professional services revenue from custom Website design, customer support, and technical support services. Our custom Website design work is typically billed on a fixed price basis. Our professional services also generate a relatively small amount of subscription revenue.

 

Cost of Revenue

 

Cost of Subscription Revenue

 

Cost of subscription revenue primarily consists of expenses related to marketing fees we pay to companies with which we have a strategic marketing relationship as well as compensation expenses related to our Web page development staff, directory listing fees, customer support costs, domain name and search engine registration fees, allocated overhead costs, billing costs, and hosting expenses. We allocate overhead costs such as rent and utilities to all departments based on headcount. Accordingly, general overhead expenses are reflected in each cost of revenue and operating expense category. As our customer base and Web services usage grows, we intend to continue to invest additional resources in our Website development and support staff.

 

Cost of License Revenue

 

Cost of license revenue consists of costs attributable to the manufacture and distribution of the software, compensation expenses related to our technical support staff, as well as allocated overhead costs.

 

Cost of Professional Services Revenue

 

Cost of professional services and custom design primarily consists of compensation expenses related to our Web page development and customer support staff and allocated overhead costs. We plan to add additional resources in this area to support the expected growth in our professional services and custom design functions.

 

Operating Expenses

 

Sales and Marketing Expense

 

Sales and marketing expenses are our largest indirect cost and consist primarily of salaries and related expenses for our sales and marketing staff. Sales and marketing expenses also include commissions, marketing

 

27


Table of Contents

programs, including advertising, events, corporate communications, other brand building and product marketing expenses, and allocated overhead costs.

 

We plan to continue to invest heavily in sales and marketing by increasing the number of direct sales personnel in order to add new subscription customers as well as increase sales of additional and new services and products to our existing customer base. Our investment in this area will also help us to expand our strategic marketing relationships, to build brand awareness, and to sponsor additional marketing events. We expect that, in the future, sales and marketing expenses will increase in absolute dollars and continue to be our largest indirect cost.

 

Research and Development Expense

 

Research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and related expenses for our research and development staff, outsourced software development expenses, and allocated overhead costs. We have historically focused our research and development efforts on increasing the functionality of the technologies that enable our Web services and products. Our technology architecture enables us to provide all of our customers with a service based on a single version of our application. As a result, we do not have to maintain multiple versions of our software, which enables us to have lower research and development expenses as a percentage of total revenue. We expect that, in the future, research and development expenses will increase as we upgrade and extend our service offerings and develop new technologies.

 

General and Administrative Expense

 

General and administrative expenses consist of salaries and related expenses for executive, finance, administration, and management information systems personnel, as well as professional fees, other corporate expenses, and allocated overhead costs. We expect that general and administrative expenses will increase as we continue to add personnel to support the growth of our business. We anticipate that we will also incur additional employee salaries and related expenses, professional service fees, and insurance costs necessary to meet the requirements of being a public company.

 

Depreciation and Amortization Expense

 

Depreciation and amortization relate primarily to our computer equipment and software and other intangible assets recorded in purchase accounting for acquisitions we have completed.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We review our estimates on an ongoing basis. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus, we believe the following accounting policies to be critical to the judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

We recognize revenue in accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104 and other related generally accepted accounting principles.

 

28


Table of Contents

We recognize revenue when all of the following conditions are satisfied: (1) there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement; (2) the service has been provided to the customer; (3) the amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable; and (4) the collection of our fees is probable.

 

Thus, we recognize subscription revenue on a daily basis, as services are provided. Customers are billed for the subscription on a monthly, quarterly, semi-annual, or annual basis, at the customer’s option. For all of our customers, regardless of their billing method, subscription revenue is recorded as deferred revenue in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. As services are performed, we recognize subscription revenue on a daily basis over the applicable service period. When we provide a free trial period, we do not begin to recognize subscription revenue until the trial period has ended and the customer has been billed for the services.

 

License revenue is derived from sales of software licenses directly to end users as well as through value-added resellers and distributors. Software may be delivered indirectly by a distributor, through download from our Website, or directly to end users by our company. We recognize revenue generated by the distribution of software licenses directly by us in the form of a boxed software product or a digital download upon sale and delivery to the end-user. End-users who purchase a software license online pay for the license at the time of order. We do not offer extended payment terms or make concessions for software license sales. We recognize revenue generated from distribution agreements where the distributor has a right of return as the distributor sells and delivers software license product to the end-user. We recognize revenue from distribution agreements where no right of return exists when a licensed software product is shipped to the distributor. We are not obligated to provide technical support in connection with software licenses and do not provide technical support services to our software license customers. Our revenue recognition policies are in compliance with Statement of Position 97-2 (as amended by SOP 98-4 and SOP 98-9), “ Software Revenue Recognition .”

 

Professional services revenue was generated from custom Website design in 2003 and 2004. In 2002 and prior periods, professional services revenue also included revenue from customer support and technical support services outsourced to us by a third party, which were recognized as revenue as services were rendered and earned. Our professional services revenue from contracts for custom Website design is recorded using a proportional performance model based on labor hours incurred. The extent of progress toward completion is measured by the labor hours incurred as a percentage of total estimated labor hours to complete. Labor hours are the most appropriate measure to allocate revenue among reporting periods as they are the primary input to the provision of our professional services.

 

We account for our multi-element arrangements, such as in the instances where we design a custom Website and separately offer other services such as hosting and marketing, in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force 00-21, “Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables.” We identify each element in an arrangement and assign the respective fair value to each element. The additional services provided with a custom Website are recognized separately over the period for which services are performed.

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

In accordance with our revenue recognition policy, our accounts receivable are based on customers whose payment is reasonably assured. We monitor collections from our customers and maintain an allowance for estimated credit losses based on historical experience and specific customer collection issues. While credit losses have historically been within our expectations and the provisions established in our financial statements, we cannot guarantee that we will continue to experience the same credit loss rates that we have in the past. Because we have a large number of customers, we do not believe a change in liquidity of any one customer or our inability to collect from any one customer would have a material adverse impact on our consolidated financial position.

 

29


Table of Contents

We also monitor failed direct debit billing transactions and customer refunds and maintain an allowance for estimated losses based upon historical experience. These provisions to our allowance are recorded as an adjustment to revenue. While losses from these items have historically been minimal, we cannot guarantee that we will continue to experience the same loss rates that we have in the past.

 

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

 

We measure compensation expenses for our employee and director stock-based compensation plans using the fair value of our company and of our common stock in determining whether we are required to recognize compensation expense as a result of any of our stock option grants. Accordingly, compensation expense for stock options is measured as the excess, if any, of the fair value of our common stock at the date of grant over the amount an employee must pay to acquire the stock. Stock-based compensation is amortized over the related vesting periods.

 

Valuation at the Time of Grant.     We granted to our employees options to purchase common stock at exercise prices equal to the values of the underlying stock at the time of each grant, as determined by our board of directors at that time. Our board determined these values principally based upon valuations performed by management as well as arms-length transactions involving our common and preferred stock. We did not obtain contemporaneous valuations by an unrelated valuation specialist, because prior to December 2003, our efforts were focused on product and business development and the financial and managerial resources for doing so were limited. During and subsequent to December 2003, we completed several arms-length preferred stock and common stock transactions and believed that they represented the best indication of the fair value of our stock.

 

Reassessment of Fair Value.     As described above, at the time we granted stock options, we believed that the per share exercise price of the shares of common stock subject to options represented the fair value of that stock as of the grant date. However, in connection with the preparation of the financial statements for our initial public offering and solely for the purposes of accounting for employee stock-based compensation, we considered whether the equity awards granted in 2003 and 2004 had a compensatory element that should be reflected in our financial statements. We noted that the fair value of the shares subject to the equity awards granted during this period, as determined by our board of directors at the time of grant, were less than the potential valuations implied by comparable company multiples that our underwriters were identifying for us in connection with our preparations for this offering. We believed we should not ignore the discrepancies in valuation in determining whether the equity awards granted during this time had a compensatory element. As a result, we applied hindsight to reassess the fair value of our common stock for all equity awards granted in 2003 and 2004.

 

In reassessing the fair value of the shares of common stock underlying the equity awards granted in 2004, our board of directors used a valuation methodology it believes is consistent with the practices recommended by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Audit and Accounting Practice Aid Series Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, or the practice aid. Our board reviewed the guidance set forth in the practice aid and determined that the recently completed arms-length cash transactions with unrelated parties for the issuances and repurchases of our equity securities represented observable prices that serve the same purpose as a quoted market price. In light of the recommendations detailed in the practice aid, our board decided to give substantially more weight to these transactions than the underwriters’ anticipated initial public offering price in reassessing equity award valuations.

 

In applying this reassessment methodology to value the shares of common stock underlying the awards granted since November 2003, our board grouped the awards into four categories based on chronology: awards granted in November 2003; awards granted in March 2004 through May 2004; awards granted in June 2004 through August 2004; and awards granted in September through December 2004.

 

Equity awards granted in November 2003 .    For equity awards granted in November 2003, our board noted that we had completed a significant arms-length repurchase of common stock in December 2003 at a price of

 

30


Table of Contents

$0.29 per share for 2,305,782 shares, representing the entire holdings of an existing shareholder. Our board determined the fair value of the securities underlying the awards granted in this period to be $0.29 per share.

 

Equity awards granted in March 2004 through May 2004 .    For equity awards granted in March 2004 through May 2004, our board noted that we had completed significant arms-length repurchases of our common stock at prices that represented observable prices. During January 2004, we repurchased an aggregate of 1,006,036 shares at a price of $0.38 per share. In February and March 2004, we repurchased 12,321,231 shares from 30 stockholders at a per share price of $0.43185. Based upon these transactions, our board determined the fair value of the securities underlying the awards granted in this period to be $0.43 per share.

 

Equity awards granted in June through August 2004.     For equity awards granted in June through August 2004, our board noted that we completed several issuances of preferred stock that provided a basis for establishing the value of our common stock during this period. In December 2003 and February 2004, we issued 17,367,141 and 12,156,998 shares, respectively, of Series A preferred stock at $0.5758 per share. In December 2004, we received an offer from an unrelated investment firm to purchase up to 7,000,000 shares of preferred stock at a per share price of $1.4281. We ultimately issued 2,100,693 shares of Series B preferred stock to one of our current stockholders at a price of $1.4281 per share. For purposes of establishing a basis for valuing the common stock, our board assumed a straight-line appreciation of the preferred stock from its value of $0.5758 in February 2004 to $1.4281 in December 2004. For awards granted in June through August 2004, our board assumed that the common stock was valued at a 25% discount to the value of the preferred at that time. The discount was based upon the most recent and most significant repurchase of common stock at $0.43 per share, representing a 25% discount to the $0.5758 price of preferred stock issued in the same month.

 

Equity awards granted in September 2004 through December 2004 .    For equity awards granted in September 2004 through December 2004, our board used the straight-line appreciation of the preferred stock value between February 2004 and December 2004, for purposes of establishing value. For this period, our board did not apply a discount to the value of the preferred but assumed that the common stock and preferred stock were equally valued based upon discussions regarding the probability of an initial public offering and likelihood of the conversion of the preferred stock into common stock if such initial public offering were completed.

 

The table below summarizes our options granted during the year ended December 31, 2004, which resulted in stock-based compensation expense.

 

Month


     Number of Shares

     Exercise Price
Per Share


     Intrinsic Value
Per Share


    

Fair Value

Per Share


March

     43,500      $ 0.43      $ 0.00      $ 0.43

April

     9,000        0.43        0.00        0.43

May

     12,000        0.43        0.00        0.43

June

     13,500        0.43        0.32        0.75

July

     9,000        0.65        0.10        0.75

August

     643,000        0.65        0.10        0.75

September

     13,500        0.65        0.57        1.22

October

     21,000        0.89        0.33        1.22

November

     34,000        0.89        0.33        1.22

December

     400,000        0.89        0.54        1.43
      
                          
       1,198,500                           
      
                          

 

The expense associated with the amortization of deferred stock-based compensation related to these options is classified in our 2004 consolidated statement of operations as follows: $3 thousand in cost of revenue, $3 thousand in research and development, $7 thousand in sales and marketing and $3 thousand in general and administrative. The expense associated with the amortization of deferred stock-based compensation related to

 

31


Table of Contents

these options is classified in our consolidated statement of operations for the quarter ended March 31, 2005 as follows: $3 thousand in cost of sales, $9 thousand in research and development, $6 thousand in sales and marketing and $7 thousand in general and administrative.

 

As of March 31, 2005, we had an aggregate of $268 thousand of unearned stock-based compensation expenses remaining to be amortized in future periods. Assuming no change in the accounting rules related to stock-based compensation and assuming all optionees remain employed by us for the remaining vesting periods, we currently expect unearned stock-based compensation expense to be amortized in future periods as follows: $77 thousand during the last three quarters of 2005, $103 thousand during 2006, and $87 thousand during 2007.

 

In November 2003, our board of directors authorized the repricing of options exercisable for an aggregate of 684,841 shares of common stock, representing all outstanding stock options with an exercise price of greater than $0.40 per share, to have an exercise price of $0.40 per share. We account for these options using variable accounting as prescribed by the Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation 44, “Accounting for Certain Transactions involving Stock Compensation .” We recognized $673 thousand and $107 thousand in stock-based compensation expense related to these options for the year ended December 31, 2004 and the three months ended March 31, 2005, respectively.

 

The variable accounting expense for the year ended December 31, 2004 is reported in our consolidated statement of operations as stock-based compensation but, if allocated, would be classified as follows: $12 thousand in cost of sales, $32 thousand in research and development, $66 thousand in sales and marketing and $563 thousand in general and administrative. The expense for the three months ended March 31, 2005, if allocated, would be classified as follows: $2 thousand in cost of sales, $2 thousand in research and development, $11 thousand in sales and marketing and $92 thousand in general and administrative.

 

Under variable accounting, we are required to determine the fair value of the common stock underlying these options at the end of each quarterly reporting period and reflect any increase in that value in our statement of operations as stock-based compensation for the quarter. Conversely, any decrease in value during a quarter would cause previously recognized stock-based compensation expense for these options to be reversed. Variable accounting will continue to be applicable with respect to these options until they are exercised or expire. It is not possible for us at this time to quantify the effect of variable accounting in future periods because it will depend upon whether our stock price increases or decreases and by how much. Stock-based compensation expense could be significant and could materially affect our reported results of operations in future reporting periods.

 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

 

In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 “ Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets ,” we periodically evaluate goodwill and intangible assets for potential impairment. We test for the impairment of goodwill and intangible assets annually, and between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of goodwill below its carrying amount. Other intangible assets include, among other items, electronic images and domain names, and they are amortized using the straight-line method over the periods benefited, which range from two to three years. Other intangible assets represent long-lived assets and are assessed for potential impairment whenever significant events or changes occur that might impact recovery of recorded costs. While we believe it is unlikely that any significant changes to the useful lives of our tangible and intangible assets will occur in the near term, rapid changes in technology or changes in market conditions could result in revisions to such estimates that could materially affect the carrying value of these assets and our future operating results. See Note 5 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

 

Accounting for Purchase Business Combinations

 

All of our acquisitions were accounted for as purchase transactions, and the purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the fair value of the acquired company’s then-current assets,

 

32


Table of Contents

purchased technology, property and equipment, and liabilities. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired or net liabilities assumed has been allocated to goodwill. The fair value of amortizable intangibles, primarily consisting of purchased technology, was determined using a replacement cost analysis and an estimate of discounted future cash flows related to the technology. Actual future cash flows from purchased technology could differ from estimated future cash flows. The allocation between amortizable intangibles and goodwill affects future amortization expense in our financial statements.

 

In connection with the Leads.com acquisition, we currently expect to record intangible assets of $2.7 million and goodwill of $9.7 million. We will amortize these intangible assets over periods ranging from 9 months to three years, beginning in the quarter ending June 30, 2005, and we currently expect amortization expense with respect to these intangible assets will total approximately $1.2 million during the last three quarters of 2005.

 

Provision for Income Taxes

 

We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities on differences between the book and tax basis of assets and liabilities using currently effective tax rates. Further, deferred tax assets are recognized for the expected realization of available net operating loss carryforwards. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce a deferred tax asset to an amount that we expect to realize in the future. At March 31, 2005, we had recorded a full valuation allowance based on our belief that available objective evidence created sufficient uncertainty regarding the realizability of our deferred tax assets. We review the adequacy of the valuation allowance on an ongoing basis and recognize these benefits if a reassessment indicates that it is more likely than not that these benefits will be realized. In addition, we evaluate our tax contingencies on an ongoing basis and recognize a liability when we believe that it is probable that a liability exists.

 

33


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

 

The following table presents our selected consolidated statement of operations data expressed as a percentage of our total revenue for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

   

Three Months Ended

March 31,


 
     2002

    2003

   

2004

As Restated


   

2004

As Restated


   

2005

As Restated


 

Revenue:

                              

Subscription

   59 %   78 %   83 %   85 %   83 %

License

   23     17     15     12     13  

Professional services

   18     5     2     3     4  
    

 

 

 

 

Total revenue

   100     100     100     100     100  

Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization shown separately below):

                              

Subscription

   30     40     42     44     40  

License

   7     6     3     3     3  

Professional services

   12     4     3     3     3  

Stock-based compensation

   —       —       0     —       0  
    

 

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

   50     50     48     50     46  
    

 

 

 

 

Gross profit

   50     50     52     50     54  

Operating expenses:

                              

Sales and marketing

   40     33     29     30     27  

Research and development

   9     6     5     6     5  

General and administrative

   34     16     13     10     17  

Stock-based compensation

   —       —       3     0     2  

Depreciation and amortization

   12     3     2     3     1  
    

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   95     58     52     49     52  

Income (loss) from operations

   (45 )   (8 )   0     1     2  
    

 

 

 

 

Interest, net

   (1 )   (1 )   (0 )   (0 )   (0 )

Other income (expense)

   0     (0 )   0     (0 )   (0 )
    

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before extraordinary item

   (46 )   (9 )   0     2     3  
    

 

 

 

 

Extraordinary item

   —       —       1     —       —    
    

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   (46 )%   (9 )%   1 %   2 %   3 %
    

 

 

 

 

 

The following table sets forth, for each component of revenue, the cost of the revenue expressed as a percentage of the related revenue for each of the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

    Three Months Ended
March 31,


 
     2002

    2003

    2004

    2004

    2005

 

Cost of subscription revenue

   52 %   51 %   51 %   52 %   48 %

Cost of license revenue

   31     35     21     28     20  

Cost of professional services revenue

   68     69     110     86     71  

 

34


Table of Contents

Comparison of Three Months Ended March 31, 2004 to Three Months Ended March 31, 2005

 

Revenue

 

Total revenue increased by 53% from $4.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004 to $7.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2005.

 

Subscription Revenue .    Subscription revenue increased 49% from $4.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2004 to $6.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2005. Approximately $903 thousand of subscription revenue growth was driven by an expansion of our subscription package to include additional Web services and related price increases applied to a majority of our subscription customers.

 

Approximately $1.1 million of the increase in subscription revenue was due to an increase of approximately 26% in our total number of paying subscribers to our eWorks! XL and premium subscription-based services from approximately 34,000 as of March 31, 2004 to approximately 43,000 as of March 31, 2005. Our net subscriber additions increased 126% from 1,365 for the three months ended March 31, 2004 to 3,087 for the three months ended March 31, 2005. The increase in our total paying subscriber base and our net subscriber additions can be primarily attributed to an increase in our outbound telesales staff from 89 to 132 as of March 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively.

 

Our monthly turnover decreased from 6.5% in the three months ended March 31, 2004 to 6.0% in the three months ended March 31, 2005, which also had a positive impact on our total subscriber base and our net subscriber additions. We believe that this improvement in monthly turnover was the result of better customer service and the increased effectiveness and breadth of our services.

 

License Revenue.     License revenue increased 66% from $585 thousand in the three months ended March 31, 2004 to $972 thousand in the three months ended March 31, 2005. This increase was primarily due to a $206 thousand increase in sales through our online channels, of which approximately $144 thousand was attributable to the success of our NetObjects Fusion version 8.0 release and approximately $62 thousand was related to the introduction of ancillary products including NetObjects Fusion SiteStyles. The increase in license revenue was also driven by a $102 thousand increase in bulk license sales through our original equipment manufacturer, or OEM, channel.

 

Professional Services.     Professional services revenue increased 97% from $154 thousand in the three months ended March 31, 2004 to $303 thousand in the three months ended March 31, 2005. This increase was primarily due to the implementation of a custom website development program with a third party that generated $116 thousand in professional services revenue in the three months ended March 31, 2005.

 

Cost of Revenue

 

Subscription Revenue.     Cost of subscription revenue increased 40% from $2.1 million in the three months ended March 31, 2004 to $2.9 million in the three months ended March 31, 2005. The increase in costs was primarily the result of the growth in our number of paying subscribers to our eWorks! XL and premium subscription-based services from the three months ended March 31, 2004 to the three months ended March 31, 2005. This subscriber growth increased the absolute amount of marketing fees by $429 thousand that we pay to companies with which we have strategic marketing relationships. Additionally, the growth in our subscriber base resulted in increased compensation expenses of $215 thousand associated with Website development and customer support and an increase of $145 thousand in search engine registration and Internet advertising listing costs. Although our cost of subscription revenue increased from 2003 to 2004, the gross margin on subscription revenue increased from 48% during the three months ended March 31, 2004 to 52% during the three months ended March 31, 2005.

 

License Revenue.     Cost of license revenue increased 20% from $164 thousand in the three months ended March 31, 2004 to $197 thousand in the three months ended March 31, 2005. The increase in cost of license

 

35


Table of Contents

revenue can be attributed to increases of $41 thousand and $31 thousand in manufacturing costs and online distribution costs, respectively. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in technical support resources of $36 thousand. Although the total cost of license revenue increased, the gross margin on license revenue increased from 72% in the three months ended March 31, 2004 to 80% during the three months ended March 31, 2005.

 

Professional Services.     Cost of professional services increased 64% from $132 thousand in the three months ended March 31, 2004 to $216 thousand in the three months ended March 31, 2005. The increase resulted from the addition of management resources to this business unit during 2004 to improve our capabilities and drive revenue growth in this area. Although our cost of professional services increased, our gross margin on professional services revenue improved from 14% during the three months ended March 31, 2004 to 29% in the three months ended March 31, 2005.

 

Operating Expenses

 

Sales and Marketing Expense.     Sales and marketing expenses increased 37% from $1.4 million, or 30% of total revenue, during the three months ended March 31, 2004 to $2.0 million, or 27% of total revenue, during the three months ended March 31, 2005. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $471 thousand in employee compensation costs, $42 thousand in recruiting and employee relations costs, and $38 thousand in telecom and facility rent expense. We increased our number of sales and marketing personnel by 44% from the three months ended March 31, 2004 to the three months ended March 31, 2005 so that we could focus on adding new customers, increasing penetration within our existing customer base, and improving customer retention.

 

Research and Development Expense.     Research and development expenses increased 34% from $261 thousand, or 5% of total revenue, during the three months ended March 31, 2004 to $349 thousand, or 5% of total revenue, during the three months ended March 31, 2005. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $95 thousand in consulting expenses resulting from two related factors. First, we increased our outsourced development resources by 70% from 2004 to 2005 so that we could upgrade and extend our Web service offerings, resulting in an increase of $81 thousand in consulting expense. Second, our outsourced development consulting rate increased during 2005 resulting in an increase of $14 thousand in consulting expense.

 

General and Administrative Expense.     General and administrative expenses increased 156% from $499 thousand, or 10% of total revenue, during the three months ended March 31, 2004 to $1.3 million, or 17% of total revenue, during the three months ended March 31, 2005. Employee compensation costs and professional and outside service costs increased $290 thousand and $337 thousand, respectively. Our general and administrative headcount increased by 13% from 2004 to 2005 as we added personnel to support our growth and we prepared our company to meet the additional requirements of being a public company.

 

Depreciation and Amortization Expense.     Depreciation and amortization expense decreased 23% from $129 thousand, or 3% of total revenue, in the three months ended March 31, 2004 to $99 thousand, or 1% of total revenue, in the three months ended March 31, 2005. This decrease was primarily due to $50 thousand less in depreciation expense in 2005 related to fixed assets acquired as part of a business acquisition in February 2002. This was offset in part by a $20 thousand increase in depreciation related to other fixed assets.

 

Interest and Other Income.     Interest income increased from $15 thousand in the three months ended March 31, 2004 to $26 thousand in three months ended March 31, 2005, due to an increase in cash and short-term marketable securities balances during 2005 associated with cash provided by financing activities.

 

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2003 and 2004

 

Revenue

 

Total revenues increased by 38% from $16.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 to $23.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004.

 

36


Table of Contents

Subscription Revenue .    Subscription revenue increased 47% from $13.2 million in 2003 to $19.4 million in 2004. Approximately $2.1 million of subscription revenue growth was driven by an expansion of our subscription package to include additional Web services and related price increases applied to a majority of our subscription customers.

 

Approximately $4.1 million of the increase in subscription revenue was due to an increase of approximately 29% in our total number of paying subscribers to our eWorks! XL and premium subscription-based services from approximately 31,000 as of December 31, 2003 to approximately 40,000 as of December 31, 2004. The increase in our total paying subscriber base can be attributed primarily to an increase in our outbound telesales staff from 90 to 103 as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively. Our net subscriber additions decreased approximately 8% from 8,737 in the year ended December 31, 2003 to 8,028 in the year ended December 31, 2004. We believe that increased prices on our subscription services contributed to this decrease in net subscriber additions, even though the price increases enabled us to increase our total subscription revenue.

 

We continued to see improvement in our monthly turnover as it decreased from 6.8% for the three months ended December 31, 2003 to 6.0% for the three months ended December 31, 2004. The average of our monthly turnover for the four quarters of 2003 and the four quarters of 2004, decreased from 6.9% to 6.4%, respectively. We believe this improvement was the result of our decision to focus on selling shorter term contracts to our customers. This decrease in the average monthly turnover helped offset slower subscriber growth that resulted from our price increases.

 

License Revenue.     License revenue increased 21% from $2.8 million in 2003 to $3.4 million in 2004. This increase was primarily due to a $1.3 million increase in sales through our online and distributor channels, of which approximately $1.2 million was attributable to the success of our 2004 NetObjects Fusion version 8.0 release and approximately $98 thousand was attributable to the introduction of ancillary products including NetObjects Fusion SiteStyles. The increase in license revenue was partially offset by a $615 thousand decrease in sales through our OEM channel, due primarily to a $660 thousand bulk sale in 2003 to a large hosting company in Germany that did not recur in 2004.

 

Professional Services.     Professional services revenue decreased 36% from $884 thousand in 2003 to $562 thousand in 2004. This decrease was primarily due to the discontinuation of a strategic relationship in 2004 and our increased emphasis on subscription services.

 

Cost of Revenue

 

Subscription Revenue.     Cost of subscription revenue increased 46% from $6.8 million in 2003 to $9.9 million in 2004. The increase in costs was primarily the result of the growth in our number of subscribers from 2003 to 2004. This subscriber growth increased the absolute amount of marketing fees by $1.4 million that we pay to companies with which we have strategic marketing relationships. Additionally, the growth in our subscriber base resulted in increased compensation expenses of $1.0 million associated with Website development and customer support. Although our cost of subscription revenue increased from 2003 to 2004, the gross margin on subscription revenue remained constant at 49% during 2003 and 2004.

 

License Revenue.     Cost of license revenue decreased 28% from $993 thousand in 2003 to $719 thousand in 2004. The decrease in cost of license revenue was attributable to a decrease in technical support resources of $178 thousand and a decrease in third-party license royalty fees of $180 thousand. These decreases were partially offset by a $107 thousand increase in online distribution costs. The overall decrease in the cost of license revenue resulted in an increase in gross margin on license revenue from 65% in 2003 to 79% in 2004.

 

Professional Services.     Cost of professional services revenue increased 1% from $611 thousand in 2003 to $620 thousand in 2004. Management resources were retained in this business unit during 2004 to maintain our capabilities in this area. The retention of costs coupled with the decline in professional services revenue resulted in a positive gross margin of 31% in 2003 compared to a negative gross margin on professional services revenue of 10% in 2004.

 

37


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

 

Sales and Marketing Expense.     Sales and marketing expenses increased 21% from $5.6 million, or 33% of total revenue during 2003, to $6.8 million, or 29% of total revenue, during 2004. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $1.1 million in employee-related costs. We increased our number of sales and marketing personnel by 34% from the end of 2003 to the end of 2004 so that we could focus on adding new customers, increasing penetration within our existing customer base, and improving customer retention.

 

Research and Development Expense.     Research and development expenses increased 15% from $1.0 million, or 6% of total revenue, during 2003 to $1.1 million, or 5% of total revenue, during 2004. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $343 thousand in consulting expenses, which resulted from two factors. First, we increased our outsourced development resources by 62% from 2003 to upgrade and extend our Web services offerings, resulting in increased consulting expense of $265 thousand. Second, our outsourced development consulting rate increased during 2004, resulting in an increase in consulting expense of $78 thousand. The increase in outsourced development expense was partially offset by a decrease in in-house development compensation expense of $214 thousand during 2004.

 

General and Administrative Expense.     General and administrative expenses increased 11% from $2.8 million, or 16% of total revenue, during 2003 to $3.1 million, or 13% of total revenue, during 2004. Employee-related costs and contractor labor costs increased $743 thousand and $65 thousand, respectively. Our general and administrative headcount increased by 6% from the end of 2003 to the end of 2004 as we added personnel to support our growth. However, these increases were partially offset by a decrease of $120 thousand in professional and outside service costs, $152 thousand in bad debt expense, and $180 thousand in rent and other facility costs. Bad debt expense reported in general and administrative expense excludes provisions made to our allowance for doubtful accounts for anticipated refunds, automated clearinghouse returns, and chargebacks that are recorded as an adjustment to revenue.

 

Depreciation and Amortization Expense.     Depreciation and amortization expense decreased 16% from $477 thousand, or 3% of total revenue, in 2003 to $400 thousand, or 2% of total revenue, in 2004. This decrease was primarily due to approximately $260 thousand less in depreciation expense in 2004 related to fixed assets acquired as part of a business acquisition in February 2002. This decrease was offset in part by approximately $183 thousand of additional depreciation expense, of which $145 thousand was related to software acquired during 2004.

 

Interest and Other Income.     Interest expense decreased 94% from $161 thousand in 2003 to $10 thousand in 2004, as all long-term debt was fully paid in December 2003. Interest income increased from $9 thousand in 2003 to $69 thousand in 2004, due to an increase in cash and short-term marketable securities balances during 2004 associated with cash provided by financing activities.

 

Extraordinary Item.     We had an earnout obligation to NetObjects, Inc., in connection with our acquisition of assets from NetObjects in October 2001. We initially estimated the earnout obligation would be $628 thousand based upon a three-year forecast of revenue related to software products acquired from NetObjects. The actual earnout obligation, which was ultimately determined to be only $419 thousand, was paid in December 2004. As the related acquired assets had a zero book value at the time of payment, we recognized in 2004 an extraordinary gain before taxes of $209 thousand.

 

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2002 and 2003

 

Revenue

 

Total revenue increased by 24% from $13.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 to $16.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

Subscription Revenue .    Subscription revenue increased 64% from $8.0 million in 2002 to $13.2 million in 2003. We believe this increase was due to an increase in our total number of paying subscribers to our eWorks! XL and premium subscription-based services from December 31, 2002 to December 31, 2003. The increase in

 

38


Table of Contents

our paying subscriber base can be attributed primarily to an increase in our outbound telesales staff from 71 to 90 as of December 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively.

 

Our monthly turnover increased slightly from 6.7% for the three months ended December 31, 2002 to 6.8% for the three months ended December 31, 2003. However, the average of our monthly turnover for the four quarters of 2002 and the four quarters of 2003, decreased from 8.3% to 6.9%, respectively. This improvement over 2002 was the result of a focus by management in 2002 on promptly cancelling subscriptions held by customers who were not current in their payments.

 

License Revenue .    License revenue decreased 9% from $3.1 million in 2002 to $2.8 million in 2003. This decrease was primarily due to a reduction of approximately $1.0 million associated with our decision to deemphasize the retail distribution sales channel during 2003. This revenue decrease was partially offset by an increase of $480 thousand in bulk license sales through our OEM channel, and $70 thousand in bulk license sales to a digital camera retailer.

 

Professional Services .    Professional services revenue decreased 64% from $2.5 million in 2002 to $884 thousand in 2003. This decrease was primarily due to a change in our strategy to emphasize our subscription services and our decision to discontinue a significant business relationship in which we provided Website development services on an outsourced basis.

 

Cost of Revenue

 

Subscription Revenue .    Cost of subscription revenue increased 64% from $4.1 million in 2002 to $6.8 million in 2003. The increase in costs was primarily the result of the growth in our number of subscribers from 2002 to 2003. This subscriber growth increased the fees that we pay to companies with which we have strategic marketing relationships. Additionally, more productive strategic marketing relationships increased the percentage of our subscription revenue that we paid to companies with which we have strategic marketing relationships from 13% in 2002 to 17% in 2003. In total, subscriber growth and higher fees as a percentage of subscription revenue increased our costs by $1.3 million. Further, the customer growth resulted in increased Website development and customer support compensation expenses of $1.2 million, as resources were redeployed from our professional services organization. Finally, product costs for the subscription marketing services increased by $343 thousand with an offsetting decrease of $115 thousand in hosting and other costs. The gross margin on subscription revenue increased from 48% in 2002 to 49% in 2003.

 

License Revenue .    Cost of license revenue increased 2% from $973 thousand in 2002 to $993 thousand in 2003. The increase in cost of license revenue was attributable to an increase in technical support compensation expense of $200 thousand, which was partially offset by a $101 thousand decrease in fees paid to distribution partners. The result was a decrease in gross margin on license revenue from 69% in 2002 to 65% in 2003.

 

Professional Services .    Cost of professional services revenue decreased 64% from $1.7 million in 2002 to $611 thousand in 2003. The decrease in cost of professional services revenue was attributable to the redeployment of professional services headcount to support the growth in subscription services revenue. This represents a decrease in gross margin on professional services revenue from 32% in 2002 to 31% in 2003.

 

Operating Expenses

 

Sales and Marketing Expense.     Sales and marketing expenses increased 4% from $5.4 million, or 40% of total revenue, during 2002 to $5.6 million, or 33% of total revenue, during 2003. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $608 thousand in employee-related costs, partially offset by decreases of $182 thousand in travel and entertainment and $272 thousand in bad debt expense. Bad debt expense reported in sales and marketing expense excludes provisions made to our allowance for doubtful accounts for anticipated refunds, automated clearinghouse returns, and chargebacks that are recorded as an adjustment to revenue. We increased

 

39


Table of Contents

our number of sales and marketing personnel by 29% from the end of 2002 to the end of 2003 so that we could focus on adding new customers, increasing penetration within our existing customer base, and improving customer retention.

 

Research and Development Expense.     Research and development expenses decreased 23% from $1.3 million, or 9% of total revenue, during 2002 to $1.0 million, or 6% of total revenue, during 2003. The decrease was primarily due to reduced research and development headcount and consulting expense associated with the integration of the acquired NetObjects software assets that was completed in 2002 that did not recur in 2003.

 

General and Administrative Expense .    General and administrative expenses decreased by 40% from $4.7 million, or 34% of total revenue, during 2002 to $2.8 million, or 16% of total revenue, during 2003. The decrease was primarily due to approximately $1.2 million in professional service and integration costs during 2002 related to the acquisition of Innuity assets in February 2002 that did not recur in 2003. In addition, we renegotiated our facility lease in Jacksonville, reducing our rent expense by approximately $470 thousand during 2003, and our general and administrative headcount decreased by 6% from the end of 2002 to the end of 2003.

 

Depreciation and Amortization Expense .    Depreciation and amortization expense decreased 70% from $1.6 million, or 12% of total revenue in 2002, to $477 thousand, or 3% of total revenue, in 2003. This decrease was primarily due to approximately $1.2 million in amortization expense during 2002, which did not recur in 2003, related to customer relationships acquired in February 2002. This decrease was offset in part by an increase in depreciation expense of $52 thousand from fixed assets acquired in February 2002.

 

Interest and Other Income .    Interest expense decreased by 13% from $184 thousand in 2002 to $161 thousand in 2003 as interest bearing, long-term debt was reduced by principal payments made during the year and paid in full by December 31, 2003. Interest income increased by $2 thousand from $7 thousand in 2002 to $9 thousand in 2003.

 

40


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

 

The following tables set forth selected unaudited quarterly consolidated statement of operations data for the eight most recent quarters, as well as each line item expressed as a percentage of total revenue. The information for each of these quarters has been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the results of operations for such periods. This data should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included in this prospectus. These quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for any future period.

 

     Three Months Ended

 
    

Jun

30, 2003


   

Sept

30, 2003


    Dec 31,
2003


   

Mar 31,
2004

As Restated


   

Jun 30,
2004

As Restated


   

Sept 30,
2004

As Restated


   

Dec 31,
2004

As Restated


   

Mar 31,
2005

As Restated


 
     (in thousands)  

Revenue:

                                                                

Subscription

   $ 3,012     $ 3,548     $ 3,960     $ 4,044     $ 4,535     $ 5,067     $ 5,769     $ 6,043  

License

     477       658       567       585       1,217       786       837       972  

Professional services

     233       238       177       154       128       117       163       303  
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total revenue

     3,722       4,444       4,704       4,783       5,880       5,970       6,769       7,318  

Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization shown separately below):

                                                                

Subscription

     1,599       1,813       2,028       2,089       2,390       2,667       2,744       2,917  

License

     264       187       309       164       221       153       181       197  

Professional services

     114       160       131       132       125       167       196       216  

Stock-based compensation

     —         —         —         —         3       6       6       5  
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total cost of revenue

     1,977       2,160       2,468       2,385       2,739       2,993       3,127       3,335  
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Gross profit

     1,745       2,284       2,236       2,398       3,141       2,977       3,642       3,983  

Operating expenses:

                                                                

Sales and marketing

     1,384       1,452       1,559       1,440       1,555       1,810       2,006       1,971  

Research and development

     234       230       274       261       280       284       310       349  

General and administrative

     734       591       738       499       845       795       937       1,277  

Stock-based compensation

     —         —         —         8       143       331       192       127  

Depreciation and amortization

     116       77       73       129       83       94       94       99  
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total operating expenses

     2,468       2,350       2,644       2,337       2,906       3,314       3,539       3,823  
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Income (loss) from operations

     (723 )     (66 )     (408 )     61       235       (337 )     103       160  

Interest, net

     (39 )     (40 )     (31 )     11       14       15       19       26  

Other income (expense)

     —         —         (7 )     —         —         —         —         —    
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Income (loss) before extraordinary item

     (762 )     (106 )     (446 )     72       249       (322 )     122       186  

Extraordinary item

     —         —         —         —         —         —         209       —    
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net income (loss)

     (762 )     (106 )     (446 )     72       249       (322 )     331       186  
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Preferred dividends

     —         —         (46 )     (274 )     (340 )     (340 )     (340 )     (340 )
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

   $ (762 )   $ (106 )   $ (492 )   $ (202 )   $ (91 )   $ (662 )   $ (9 )   $ (154 )
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

41


Table of Contents
    Three Months Ended

 
    Jun 30,
2003


    Sept 30,
2003


    Dec 31,
2003


   

Mar 31,
2004

As Restated


   

Jun 30,
2004

As Restated


   

Sept 30,
2004

As Restated


   

Dec 31,
2004

As Restated


   

Mar 31,
2005

As Restated


 

As a percentage of total revenue:

                                               

Revenue:

                                               

Subscription

  81 %   80 %   84 %   85 %   77 %   85 %   85 %   83 %

License

  13     15     12     12     21     13     12     13  

Professional services

  6     5     4     3     2     2     3     4  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenue

  100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100  

Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization shown separately below):

                                               

Subscription

  43     41     43     44     41     45     41     40  

License

  7     4     7     3     4     2     3     3  

Professional services

  3     4     3     3     2     3     3     3  

Stock-based compensation

  —       —       —       —       0     0     0     0  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

  53     49     53     50     47     50     46     46  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit

  47     51     47     50     53     50     54     54  

Operating expenses:

                                               

Sales and marketing

  37     33     32     30     26     30     30     27  

Research and development

  6     5     6     6     5     5     5     5  

General and administrative

  20     13     16     10     15     14     13     17  

Stock-based compensation

  —       —       —       —       2     6     3     2  

Depreciation and amortization

  3     2     2     3     1     1     1     1  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  66     53     56     49     49     56     52     52  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

  (19 )   (1 )   (9 )   1     4     (6 )   2     2  

Interest, net

  (1 )   (1 )   (1 )   0     0     0     0     0  

Other income (expense)

  —       —       (0 )   —       —       —       —       —    
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before extraordinary item

  (20 )   (2 )   (10 )   2     4     (5 )   2     3  

Extraordinary item

  —       —       —       —       —       —       3     —    
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  (20 )%   (2 )%   (10 )%   2 %   4 %   (5 )%   5 %   3 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subscription revenue increased sequentially in each of the eight quarters presented, due primarily to increases in the number of subscription customers.

 

Our quarterly operating results are likely to fluctuate in the future, and if we fail to meet or exceed the expectations of securities analysts or investors, the trading price of our common stock could decline. Some of the important factors that could cause our revenue and operating results to fluctuate from quarter to quarter include:

 

    our ability to retain and increase sales to existing customers, attract new customers and satisfy our customers’ requirements;

 

42


Table of Contents
    the effects of variable accounting for our repriced options;

 

    the renewal rates for our service;

 

    our success in maintaining and adding strategic marketing relationships;

 

    changes in our pricing policies;

 

    the introduction of new features to our service;

 

    the rate of expansion and effectiveness of our sales force;

 

    bulk licenses of our software;

 

    new product and service introductions by our competitors;

 

    technical difficulties or interruptions in our service;

 

    general economic conditions in our geographic markets; and

 

    additional investment in our service or operations.

 

The occurrence of one or more of these factors might cause our operating results to vary widely. As such, we believe that quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our revenue and operating results may not be meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.

 

Net Operating Losses and Tax Credit Carryforwards

 

At December 31, 2004 and March 31, 2005, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $55.6 million and $55.6 million, respectively. The federal and state net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2019 if not realized. During 2004, a change in ownership of more than 50% occurred, which, in accordance with provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, limits the amount of net operating losses that may be utilized in subsequent periods. The annual limitation results in a reduction of available net operating loss carryforwards due to expiring net operating losses in subsequent carryforward periods. Accordingly, we estimate that approximately $35.6 million of net operating loss carryforwards will be available during the carryforward period. An additional amount may be available as a result of recognized built in gains during the five-year period following the change in ownership. A valuation allowance has been established to reserve the potential benefits of these carryforwards in our financial statements to reflect the uncertainty of future taxable income required to utilize available tax loss carryforwards and other deferred tax assets.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

To date, we have funded our operations primarily through the sale of equity securities as well as through equipment and capital lease obligations. As of March 31, 2005, we had received approximately $84.5 million from the sale of equity securities. In addition, as of March 31, 2005, we had no debt obligations.

 

As of March 31, 2005, we had $10.4 million of cash and cash equivalents and $8.1 million in working capital, as compared to $6.6 million of cash and cash equivalents and $4.9 million in working capital as of December 31, 2004.

 

Net cash provided by operations for the three months ended March 31, 2005 increased 25% to $806 thousand from $643 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2004. The increase in net cash provided by operations was primarily due to an increase in net income of $114 thousand, which included the effect of an increase in non-cash stock compensation expense of $124 thousand and an increase in our provision for doubtful accounts of $77 thousand. The increase in net income was primarily attributable to a 53% increase in total revenue during the same period. Net cash provided by operations during the three months ended March 31, 2005 was provided primarily by net income of $186 thousand, which included the effect of non-cash stock compensation expense of $132 thousand and a provision for doubtful accounts of $77 thousand, and an increase

 

43


Table of Contents

in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $854 thousand. The increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses was driven by an increase in accrued professional fees associated with the planned initial public offering and increased compensation related accruals. These increases were offset in part by a $432 thousand increase in accounts receivable, of which $144 thousand was related to increased subscription revenue, $258 thousand was related to an increase in software license sales, and $30 thousand was related to an increase in professional services revenue.

 

Net cash provided by operations in 2004 was $184 thousand, an improvement of $228 thousand from 2003. This increase was driven primarily by an improvement in net income of $1.8 million which included the effect of an increase in non-cash stock compensation expense of $689 thousand and a non-cash extraordinary gain of $209 thousand associated with the NetObjects acquisition earnout obligation. The increase in net income from 2003 was driven by an increase of $6.5 million in total revenue. This increase was offset by a decrease of approximately $1.0 million in cash provided by customers paying in advance for annual, semi-annual, and quarterly subscriptions. During late 2003, we discontinued the annual billing option for new customers. In addition, our receivables increased by $556 thousand during 2004 as compared to a decrease of $315 thousand in 2003. The increase in accounts receivables was driven primarily by the increase in subscription revenue. Net cash used by operations in 2003 improved by $2.8 million from 2002 due primarily to a $4.8 million decrease in net losses, which included the effect of a decrease of $1.1 million in noncash depreciation and amortization expense and a decrease of $1.3 million in non-cash provisions for doubtful accounts, plus a decrease in accounts receivable of $315 thousand. Losses continued to decrease in 2003, with continued revenue growth over 2002 and accounts receivable decreased due to a continued shift away from billing through the local exchange carriers toward other billing methods.

 

Net cash used in investing activities in the three months ended March 31, 2005 was $43 thousand as compared to $268 thousand in the three months ended March 31, 2004. In the three months ended March 31, 2004, we acquired a perpetual license for database software for $235 thousand. During 2004, net cash used in investing activities was $590 thousand as compared to $87 thousand during 2003, representing an increase of $503 thousand. The increase was related to investments in database, application and operating system software and investments in general computer equipment and storage devices to support our overall expansion of operations. We also made investments in furniture, equipment, and leasehold improvements related to the expansion of our sales operations.

 

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities was $(892 thousand), $5.9 million, $745 thousand, $1.1 million, and $3.0 million for 2002, 2003, 2004 and the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively. Our financing activities during 2002 consisted of debt principal payments of $893 thousand. Our financing activities during 2003 consisted primarily of $9.2 million from the issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock, the repayment of $2.6 million of debt and the repurchase of $669 thousand of common stock. Our financing activities during 2004 and the three months ended March 31, 2004 consisted primarily of $6.8 million from the issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock and the repurchase of $5.7 million of common stock. Our financing activities during the three months ended March 31, 2005 consisted of $3.0 million from the issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock.

 

Our principal commitments consist of obligations under leases for office space. The following summarizes our long-term contractual obligations as of December 31, 2004:

 

     Payments Due by Period

Contractual Obligations


   Total

   2005

   2006

   2007

   2008

   2009

     (in thousands)

Operating lease obligations

   $ 1,692    $ 551    $ 565    $ 477    $ 98    $ 1

 

Purchase orders are not included in the table above. Our purchase orders represent authorizations to purchase, rather than actual binding agreements. The contractual commitment amounts in the table above are

 

44


Table of Contents

associated with agreements that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum services to be used; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. Obligations under contracts that we can cancel without a significant penalty are not included in the table above.

 

Our future capital uses and requirements depend on numerous forward-looking factors. These factors include but are not limited to the following:

 

    the costs involved in the expansion of our customer base;

 

    the costs involved with investment in our servers, storage and network capacity;

 

    the costs associated with the expansion of our domestic and international activities;

 

    the costs involved with our research and development activities to upgrade and expand our service offerings; and

 

    the extent to which we acquire or invest in other technologies and businesses.

 

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, excluding the proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to meet our projected operating requirements for at least the next 12 months.

 

As of March 31, 2004 and 2005, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

 

Our results of operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly changes in the Euro. We will analyze our exposure to currency fluctuations and may engage in financial hedging techniques in the future to reduce the effect of these potential fluctuations. We have not entered into any hedging contracts since exchange rate fluctuations have had little impact on our operating results and cash flows. The majority of our subscription agreements are denominated in U.S. dollars. To date, our foreign sales have been primarily in Euros. Sales to customers domiciled outside the United States were approximately 8% and 7% of our total revenues in the year ended December 31, 2003 and the year ended December 31, 2004, respectively. Sales in Germany represented approximately 91% of our international revenue in 2004.

 

Interest Rate Sensitivity

 

We had unrestricted cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities totaling $7.7 million and $10.4 million at March 31, 2004, and March 31, 2005, respectively. These amounts were invested primarily in money market funds. The unrestricted cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities are held for working capital purposes. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we believe that we do not have any material exposure to changes in the fair value of our investment portfolio as a result of changes in interest rates. Declines in interest rates, however, will reduce future investment income.

 

Recently Adopted and Recently Issued Accounting Standards

 

In January 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51 ,” or FIN 46. In December 2003,

 

45


Table of Contents

the FASB modified FIN 46 to make certain technical corrections and address certain implementation issues that had arisen. FIN 46, as so modified, or FIN 46R, provides a new framework for identifying variable interest entities, or VIEs, and determining when a company should include the assets, liabilities, noncontrolling interests and results of activities of a VIE in its consolidated financial statements. FIN 46R requires certain variable interest entities to be consolidated by the primary beneficiary of the entity if the equity investors of the entity do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties. FIN 46R is effective upon initial involvement for VIEs created after December 31, 2003 and beginning no later than the first annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2004 for variable interests in all other entities in financial statements. We have completed our evaluation and concluded that none of our investments meet the requirements for consolidation under FIN 46R.

 

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity .” SFAS No. 150 modifies the accounting for certain financial instruments that, under previous guidance, issuers could account for as equity and now requires that those instruments be classified as liabilities in statements of financial position. SFAS No. 150 was generally effective in 2003, except for mandatorily redeemable financial instruments of nonpublic entities which are subject to SFAS No. 150 for 2004. We adopted SFAS No. 150 in 2003 and, based on consideration of the additional guidance in ASR 268, because our preferred stock is redeemable, we believe it is properly included between liabilities and stockholders’ equity.

 

In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, “ Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure—and amendment of SFAS 123 .” SFAS 148 amends SFAS 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” to provide alternative methods of transition to SFAS 123’s fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation and required disclosure of the effects of an entity’s accounting policy with respect to stock-based employee compensation. We adopted the disclosure requirements of SFAS 148.

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment.” This statement is a revision of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued for Employees.” SFAS 123R requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair values. The provisions of this statement will be effective for us on January 1, 2006. Management is currently evaluating the provisions of SFAS 123 and SFAS 123R to determine the impact on our financial statements and the timing of implementing their provision.

 

46


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

 

We believe we are a leading provider, based on our number of subscribers, of Web services and products that enable small and medium-sized businesses to establish, maintain, promote, and optimize their Internet presence. Our primary service offering, eWorks! XL, is a comprehensive package that includes Website design and publishing, Internet marketing and advertising, search engine optimization, search engine submission, and lead generation. As an application service provider, or ASP, we offer our customers a full range of services and products on an affordable subscription basis. In addition to our primary service offering, we provide a variety of premium services to customers who desire more advanced capabilities, such as e-commerce solutions and more sophisticated Internet marketing services. This breadth and flexibility of our offerings allows us to address the Web services needs of a wide variety of customers, ranging from those just establishing their Websites to those requiring a more robust Internet presence.

 

Through the combination of our proprietary Website publishing and management software, automated workflow processes, and specialized workforce development and management techniques, we believe we achieve production efficiencies that enable us to offer sophisticated Web services at affordable rates. Our technology automates many aspects of creating, maintaining, enhancing, and marketing Websites on behalf of our customers. With over 43,000 paying subscribers to our eWorks! XL and premium subscription-based services as of March 31, 2005, we believe we are currently one of the industry’s largest providers of affordable Web services and products enabling small and medium-sized businesses to have an effective Internet presence.

 

We primarily sell our services and products to customers identified through strategic marketing relationships with established brand name companies. These companies have large numbers of small and medium-sized business customers and include Discover Financial Services, Inc., or Discover, Network Solutions, and IBM. We have a direct sales force based at our national sales center in Spokane, Washington, that utilizes leads generated by our strategic marketing relationships to acquire new customers. Our sales force specializes in selling to small and medium-sized businesses across a wide variety of industries throughout the United States.

 

We were incorporated in March 1999. In 1999 and 2000, we raised approximately $64 million in equity financing through the sale of shares of our preferred stock. By the middle of 2000, our board of directors determined that the proposed business model and operating plan, which at that time were focused on providing limited, non-recurring Website design services, were not likely to be successful. In response to this determination, we significantly reduced our operations and hired new management. In February 2002, we completed the acquisition of assets from Innuity, Inc. In connection with the Innuity acquisition, we completed a recapitalization of our outstanding stock in which all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock were converted into shares of common stock. The Innuity acquisition represented a shift in our business model to providing a wider range of subscription-based Web services. We obtained $10 million in equity financing in December 2003 following eighteen months of operations under our revised business model, and obtained additional equity financing in 2004 and 2005 to support our growth and provide sufficient working capital for our business.

 

In April 2005, we acquired substantially all of the assets of E.B.O.Z., Inc., or EBOZ, and all of the outstanding securities of Leads.com, Inc., or Leads.com. We believe the EBOZ acquisition improves our ability to cost-effectively provide Web traffic generation solutions to our customers through the use of Internet banner advertisements, pay-per-click campaign management, and search engine optimization. We believe the Leads.com acquisition enhances our ability to provide customer leads to locally and regionally focused businesses. The Leads.com solution is offered through subscription-based packages. These packages can include local pay-per-click advertising, online yellow page advertisement creation, and industry-specific customer leads. While still focused on small and medium-sized businesses, we believe these acquisitions increase the breadth of our offering, enable us to appeal to a broader customer base, and allow us to provide valuable lead generating solutions that could increase the value our customers can derive from our Web services and products.

 

Industry Background

 

Large Numbers of Small and Medium-Sized Businesses

 

Small and medium-sized businesses continue to represent a major opportunity for technology solutions providers. In March 2004, International Data Corporation, or IDC, an independent market research firm,

 

47


Table of Contents

estimated that there were approximately 13.5 million income-generating home-based businesses in the United States and approximately 8.2 million additional businesses with fewer than 100 employees that are not home-based businesses. We refer to this market, consisting of more than 21 million businesses, as the small and medium-sized business, or SMB, market.

 

Growth in Internet Usage Enables Outsourcing

 

According to a March 2004 report by IDC, approximately 76% of U.S. small businesses then had Internet access, which is expected to grow to nearly 83% by 2008. The pervasiveness of the Internet has enabled companies to deliver important components of information technology infrastructure remotely as a service. Businesses can now outsource systems and software to ASPs, which allows the implementation, hosting, maintenance, and upgrading of systems and software to be done in a more cost-effective manner than a business may have been able to do internally. In a May 2004 report, IDC projected that the market for software delivered as a service through ASPs will grow from $1.6 billion in 2003 to over $3.5 billion in 2008 in the United States.

 

Increasing Consumer Use of the Internet to Locate Local Businesses

 

Use of the Internet by consumers is widespread and growing. Jupiter Research, an independent market research firm, in a report dated February 2004, projected that the percentage of U.S. households with Internet access will increase from 66% in 2003 to 79%, or 91.2 million households, in 2008. Consumers searching the Internet for local businesses and services typically use two types of services: Internet yellow pages Websites and geographically targeted searches. We believe consumers will increasingly choose to use the Internet to find local merchants, retailers, and service providers, rather than using the print yellow pages.

 

Adoption of the Internet by Small and Medium-Sized Businesses

 

While small and medium-sized businesses have generally been slower than larger businesses to adopt the Internet as an integral part of their business strategies, we believe that an Internet presence is seen by most small business owners today as a business necessity, similar to a phone and fax number. We believe that small and medium-sized businesses increasingly understand the Internet’s usefulness and importance in promoting their businesses and selling their services and products. According to a March 2004 IDC report, 46% of small businesses, excluding home-based businesses, were estimated to have Websites in 2003, with the number projected to grow at a compound annual growth rate of 8.1% through 2008.

 

Website Pros Market Opportunity

 

Lack of Technical and Marketing Skills Within Small and Medium-Sized Businesses

 

Our experience is that most small and medium-sized businesses lack the technical and marketing resources and the time necessary to create a distinctive Web presence and manage its ongoing maintenance and optimization. Small and medium-sized businesses can either construct their own Websites or have someone else build them. From our experience, small and medium-sized businesses that build their own Web presence often end up with Websites that are not much more sophisticated than personal home pages and are not easily found by their target customers. We believe this lack of technical and marketing skills, when coupled with the increasing need to have an Internet presence, will lead many small and medium-sized businesses to seek an affordable outsourced solution to their Web services needs.

 

Need for More Robust and Complex Web Services

 

Until recently, many small and medium-sized businesses have focused on establishing an initial Internet presence. However, in many cases, simply having a presence on the Web does not provide the optimum return on investment, nor does it help these businesses to compete successfully. Many small and medium-sized businesses therefore are beginning to realize that to differentiate their Internet presence and effectively market their services

 

48


Table of Contents

and products online, they need specialized assistance to identify and implement more robust and complex Web services. According to a March 2004 IDC report, the number of U.S. small businesses upgrading their Websites will grow at a compound annual growth rate of 14.3% from 2003 to 2008. The small and medium-sized business market has generally been served by a large number of smaller service providers that typically offer only a limited range of services, often on a local or regional basis. We believe small and medium-sized businesses need a more robust offering, which could include Web services such as search engine optimization, e-commerce capabilities, e-mail marketing campaigns, Internet advertising, and lead generation.

 

Small and Medium-Sized Businesses are Value Driven

 

Not only do small and medium-sized businesses find it difficult to create and manage an effective Web presence, but with their limited financial resources the cost can become prohibitive. As a result, we believe most of these businesses will continue to measure and monitor the value that they receive from the effort and cost expended to create their Internet presence. To serve these value-driven customers, we believe vendors must provide Web services that add measurable returns to their customers’ businesses at a reasonable cost.

 

Increasing Trend Towards Outsourcing

 

Using services and products delivered over the Internet offers several advantages to the end user over traditional services and products installed on the end user’s computer, including minimizing implementation, software installation, and upfront integration costs. Using services and products delivered over the Internet also reduces the number of information technology support staff required for maintenance at customer facilities, facilitates customization and upgrades, and enables remote administration. Additionally, our experience leads us to believe that even businesses that have previously created online marketing campaigns are very interested in outsourcing these campaigns to entities with more experience and efficiencies in managing local Internet searches. Accordingly, we believe that a significant market opportunity exists to deliver a comprehensive, affordable and easy-to-use suite of outsourced Web services and products designed to help small and medium-sized businesses meet their online business objectives.

 

Challenge of Serving Small and Medium-Sized Businesses Profitably

 

Many software vendors have had limited success in profitably reaching, acquiring, and servicing small and medium-sized businesses as customers. We believe that this is the result of two primary factors. First, the large number of small and medium-sized businesses represents an expensive marketing challenge. Without significant spending on sales and marketing, we believe most vendors have not cost-effectively made their products and services known to a large number of potential small and medium-sized business customers. Second, we believe a vendor in this market often must have a costly infrastructure to service a large number of customers, which can impair the vendor’s ability to operate profitably. Thus, we believe that services and product vendors that address the small and medium-sized business market must have cost-effective and efficient processes established to both identify likely buyers of their services and service those resulting customers.

 

Our Approach and Solution

 

We have built our business around a subscription-based ASP model that allows small and medium-sized businesses to affordably outsource their Web services to us. The key elements of our business model and approach are:

 

Providing Comprehensive Solutions for Small and Medium-Sized Businesses.     Our goal is to enable small and medium-sized businesses to outsource their Web services needs to us. Our experience is that many small and medium-sized businesses do not have the in-house expertise to effectively design an Internet presence that will generate adequate traffic to their Websites and increase direct consumer interaction. As a result, our customers look to us to provide these services. Our Web services include, among other features, Website design and

 

49


Table of Contents

publishing, local, regional, and national Internet marketing and advertising, search engine optimization, search engine submission, and lead generation. We believe this combination provides our customers with a comprehensive solution to their Web services needs.

 

Offering Affordable Subscription-Based Solutions .    Because our customer base is value-driven, we provide our Web services on an affordable subscription basis. Our eWorks! XL customers typically pay a recurring monthly fee ranging from approximately $50 to over $100, depending on which services and products they purchased. Additionally, we offer a premium Internet marketing service targeted at businesses with significant spending on local print yellow pages advertising. This service is priced at an average of approximately $375 per month, which we believe is significantly less than the typical cost of traditional campaigns such as half- or full-page print yellow pages advertisements.

 

Streamlining Operations for Customer Acquisition, Fulfillment, and Support.     We utilize proprietary workflow processes and customer relationship management systems, together with a combination of integrated template-driven and specialized Website design tools, to sell, design, and support our Web services and products. We believe this integrated infrastructure has enabled us to significantly reduce the time from initial customer contact to site completion. Our goal is to design a Website and have it complete and visible on the Internet within 72 hours from the time we receive initial information from the customer. Additionally, we have extensive experience promoting, selling, and supporting our Web services and products to small and medium-sized businesses.

 

Forming and Enhancing Strategic Marketing Relationships.     We focus on forming strategic marketing relationships with companies that have large customer bases of small and medium-sized businesses. These companies generate leads for us by providing lists of their customers, conducting e-mail marketing campaigns about our Web services and products, advertising our Web services and products on the Internet, and using other forms of both direct and indirect solicitation. These companies filter the customer lists they provide to us using a number of criteria that we believe indicate when a small or medium-sized business is likely to understand the value of our Web services and products. Our most productive strategic marketing relationships include Discover, Network Solutions, and IBM.

 

Our Strategy

 

Our objective is to enhance our position as a leading provider of Web services and products for small to medium-sized businesses. Key elements of our strategy include:

 

Continuing to Target the Small and Medium-Sized Business Market Segment .    We believe the small and medium-sized business market offers us the best opportunity to continue building a leading national Web services company. We believe this is an attractive market because it is large and because these businesses need a comprehensive, affordable solution to their Web services requirements. Our Web services meet critical business needs of these businesses that they often do not have the time, resources, or technical skills to fulfill themselves.

 

Developing or Acquiring Complementary Services and Technologies.     We sell Web services and products that are essential to an effective Internet presence such as local and regional lead generation, search engine optimization, Website search tools, affiliate marketing networks, and Web analytics. While we currently provide many of these services through our relationships and agreements with other vendors, we will seek opportunities either to internally develop some or all of these services and products or acquire businesses that provide them. Additionally, we may seek to acquire companies with existing customer bases in our target market into which we can cross-sell our Web services and products.

 

Expanding our Distribution Channels.     To sell our Web services and products cost efficiently, we capitalize on the connection that organizations with which we have strategic marketing relationships already have with their small and medium-sized business customers. We plan both to expand the scope of our current strategic marketing relationships, as well as to develop additional strategic marketing relationships with organizations that

 

50


Table of Contents

have strong brand recognition with small and medium-sized businesses. We also expect to increase our marketing and sales activities so that a larger proportion of our customers is acquired through increased direct sales and new reseller programs.

 

Selling Additional Services and Products to Existing Customers.     As of March 31, 2005, we had over 43,000 paying subscribers to our eWorks! XL and premium subscription-based services. As customers build their Internet presence, we believe that we can demonstrate the value of the additional premium services and products we offer, which can increase our average revenue per customer and improve our revenue growth. For example, we can provide paid search and e-commerce capabilities to our current customers’ Websites, enabling additional sources of revenue for them while also contributing to a measurable return on their investment.

 

Strengthening Customer Retention.     We are dedicated to enhancing customer retention and building lasting relationships with our customers. We believe it is critical to customer retention to target small and medium-sized businesses that already understand the value of the Internet to their success. Improving customer retention also requires maximizing customer loyalty. Therefore, we are focused on customer satisfaction, consistent communication, Web service and product enhancements, and high quality customer service. Additionally, we believe that by educating our existing and prospective customers about the value of our services to their businesses we can build lasting customer relationships.

 

Extending Our Position as an Affordable ASP.     Through the combination of our operational scale and geographical locations, we believe that we have been able to minimize the cost of delivering our Web services and products. Our template-driven processes enable us to handle orders efficiently. We have also strategically located our primary sales and fulfillment facilities in the lower-cost areas of Jacksonville, Florida, and Spokane, Washington, which helps us to better manage our cost of operations even as we expand. In the future, we may look to new international labor markets to further reduce the cost of providing our Web services and products.

 

Our Services and Products

 

Our goal is to provide a broad range of Web services and products that enable small and medium-sized businesses to establish, maintain, promote, and optimize their Internet presence. By providing a comprehensive offering, we are able to sell to customers whether or not they have already established an Internet presence. Our Web services and products can be categorized into the following offerings:

 

eWorks! XL Subscription-Based Services

 

Using our proprietary software and workflow enabled processes, we develop and support subscription Web service packages that include a 5, 10, 20, or 40 page semi-custom Website and related services. These comprehensive packages include the tools and functionality necessary for a business to create, maintain, enhance, and market a successful and effective online presence. We build, test, and publish the Websites and provide related services on behalf of our customers. We also provide tutorials and tools for customers to edit and manage their sites themselves. Alternatively, a customer can select from one of several levels of support programs for ongoing management and maintenance of its Website.

 

Our primary subscription offering is eWorks! XL, a comprehensive Website design and publishing package targeted at getting small and medium-sized businesses online quickly, effectively, and affordably when they have no Internet presence, or a limited one. The package includes a five-page semi-custom Website built on our proprietary self-editing tool, which allows for easy maintenance by the customer. By using our comprehensive package of services, customers eliminate the need to buy, install, or maintain hardware or software to manage their Internet presence. This offering includes a broad set of configuration and customization options using a Web browser.

 

We build the initial Website for the customer using the content and design information the customer provides. Our goal is to have a customer’s Website visible on the Internet within 72 hours from the time we receive initial information from the customer.

 

51


Table of Contents

eWorks! XL includes:

 

    Initial Site Design.     One of our design specialists begins the process by interviewing the customer and collecting data about the customer’s business. Using our NetObjects MatrixBuilder software, we then create a unique Website tailored to the customer’s specific needs using one of our templates. Every site we build goes through an extensive quality review and assurance process prior to being published on the Internet. Additionally, every site undergoes a thorough Website optimization process to enhance search engine placement.

 

    Online Marketing.     We offer our customers online marketing capabilities that cost-effectively promote their Websites on a local and national basis. The package includes initial submission and ongoing submissions on a regular basis of the customer’s Website to over 125 popular search engines. Additionally, eWorks! XL includes listings in online yellow page directories, banner advertisements, search engine optimization tools, and educational guides targeted to small businesses.

 

    E-mail Marketing.     We provide an e-mail marketing tool that enables our customers to easily communicate with their customers and prospects. To assist our customers in collecting e-mail addresses, every Website includes a subscription sign-up box for site visitors to provide their e-mail information.

 

    Webmail.     Every customer receives three e-mail boxes tied to its domain name. Webmail is compatible with MS Outlook and features advanced filtering and search capabilities and automatic mail forwarding and responding.

 

    Online Web Tools.     eWorks! XL includes advanced online tools such as a forms manager, polling and survey capabilities, a guest book, and site search that offer interactive Website management capabilities.

 

    Modifications and Redesign Service.     Customers can choose between several different levels of support, which range from having us make ongoing changes to using the self-edit tools we provide. The basic service included with eWorks! XL includes 30 minutes per month of free modification and phone consultation with one of our Web designers.

 

    Domain Name Registration.     We obtain, purchase, and register a domain name appropriate for the business selected by the customer.

 

    Hosting and Technical Support.     Our hosting platform offers technology and security designed to ensure the reliable daily operation of a customer’s Website. Our secure Web hosting includes disk storage, daily backups, and a monthly data transfer allotment. We also offer technical support, including services to our customers to provide the information and consultation they need to build and manage an effective online presence.

 

Premium Subscription-Based Services

 

In addition to our eWorks! XL subscription-based Web services, we offer a number of premium subscription-based services and functionalities for an additional fee. These premium subscription-based services are available to our eWorks! XL customers, to customers of our custom Website design services and, in most cases, to customers for whom we have not built a Website but who otherwise require these Web services. These premium subscription-based services include:

 

    E-Commerce Solutions.     We offer a comprehensive set of services that enable businesses to sell their services and products online. Our service offerings include creating the online store catalog and secure shopping cart, establishing an online merchant account and assisting in setting up online payment and order processing.

 

    Power Marketing Bundles.     Our Power Marketing package is an array of additional services and products we sell to customers that want increased local or national exposure on the Internet. Options include geographically targeted banner advertisements, additional online yellow page listings, and search engine submission tools.

 

52


Table of Contents
    Visibility Online.     We bundle a number of different services contained in our eWorks! XL package into our Visibility Online offering, which is designed to enhance the effectiveness of an online marketing program for our non-eWorks! XL customers. These services include initial search engine optimization, search engine inclusion, Yahoo! Site Match paid inclusion, listing in Yahoo! Yellow Pages, AOL Yellow Pages Promotional listing, site submission to over 125 search engines, banner advertisements, and search submission tools.

 

    Internet Yellow Pages.     We work with customers to design an advertising program using several Internet yellow page directories. This provides our customers the ability to target specific buyers for their own services and products locally, regionally, or nationally.

 

    Leads.com Total Coverage.     Through our Leads.com subsidiary, we create custom-designed local Internet advertising campaigns for businesses that want to generate business leads in one or more local markets. These Total Coverage campaigns appear on leading local sites such as Yahoo! Yellow Pages, Yahoo! Local Search, Google, Google Local, AOL, Switchboard, and Looksmart.

 

    Custom Design Extras.     We offer several additional custom design features and services, including map and directions pages, external links pages, the ability to increase the number of products listed on a customer’s Website, more advanced Website statistics, database applications, password security, expanded e-mail services, and premium hosting services.

 

Custom Web Design

 

We offer complete custom Website design services that provide sophisticated functionality and interactivity beyond those available under eWorks! XL. These sites are typically built for larger, more established customers that have had an Internet presence in the past, or that are designing the first Website with unique specifications. Customers work directly with our experienced Web designers to build a fully customized Website. Additionally, we are able to sell any of our subscription-based Web services and products to our custom Web design customers.

 

Our team of custom design professionals includes experienced Web designers, programmers, copywriters, and search engine optimization experts who work together to ensure that the customer’s online business objectives are met. Custom sites are built on our NetObjects Fusion software or other sophisticated design tools that provide the flexibility and functionality to meet advanced business needs. Custom sites can include flash, animation, e-commerce solutions, sophisticated interactivity and database functionality.

 

Web Authoring Software

 

We offer NetObjects Fusion, our desktop Web authoring software, for businesses that want to design Websites either for themselves or for others. Combining easy-to-use wizards, drag-and-drop simplicity, and design tools, NetObjects Fusion offers the flexibility to be an intuitive Website building software for novices, as well as an advanced tool for Website development professionals. NetObjects Fusion offers features that allow Website professionals to build Websites quickly, while still enabling these professionals to offer the flexibility and functionality their clients often require. NetObjects Fusion includes e-commerce capabilities, database functionality, and image manipulation tools that Website professionals find useful in building clients’ sites.

 

53


Table of Contents

Operations

 

We have invested significant time and capital resources in a set of internal processes and proprietary technologies designed to enable high-scale, high-quality mass customization of our Web services.

 

eWorks! XL

 

The workflow of our sales and fulfillment process for eWorks! XL is illustrated below.

 

LOGO

 

Utilizing leads provided by our strategic marketing relationships, we identify our new customers through a combination of our outbound and inbound telesales programs. Once our sales specialists have determined that a lead is a potential customer, the customer call is transferred directly to a Web services consultant. In most cases, this transfer takes place immediately so that customer contact is not interrupted. The Web services consultant conducts a Web design interview during which we collect information about the customer, request customer-specific content, and proactively help the customer design an effective Internet presence based on the goals for its business. Several discrete quality checks on each sale help us maximize the quality of the sale.

 

Using our proprietary workflow process and customer relationship management software, the interview notes and content gathered by our Web services consultants are then transmitted to our national design center. At this point, our design specialists use the notes and content collected, our proprietary design tool and one of hundreds of design templates that can be modified using a wide variety of color themes and graphics to design a semi-custom Website for the customer. After completion of the Website, a separate quality assurance process is automatically triggered by our proprietary workflow process and customer relationship management software. This quality assurance process includes testing of the Website, reviewing notes and customer-supplied content, confirming appropriateness of styles used, and generally ensuring that the quality of the resulting Internet presence is consistent with our high standards. Following quality assurance, the Website is published and hosted, and the customer is notified that the Website is complete.

 

By utilizing our proprietary workflow process and customer relationship management software, specialized design tools, a large database of design templates, and several years of experience, we have been able to decrease the time of development and increase the utilization rate of our sales, design, and support staff. Our goal is to complete this process, from customer call to initial Website deployment, within 72 hours. After the Website is available on the Internet, we help our customers maintain, modify, and upgrade their Internet presence.

 

For all of our customers, we also provide periodic newsletters and other informational items to increase our number of customer contact events. We actively seek to interact with our customers a number of times through different media. Through experience and testing, we have found increased contact with customers helps to improve customer loyalty and enhance their understanding of the value of our services and products. We have also initiated several programs to foster customer loyalty, including numerous customer surveys that measure the

 

54


Table of Contents

quality of our service and the effectiveness of our products, a dedicated customer satisfaction team that follows up telephonically with every customer responding negatively to any of our surveys, segmented design experts for handling design changes quickly and professionally, and the introduction of an intensive training curriculum required for all customer care agents.

 

We maintain two data centers located in Jacksonville, Florida and Spokane, Washington, for most of our internal operations. Servers that provide our customers’ Website data to the Internet are located within a third-party co-location facility located in Jacksonville, Florida. This co-location facility has a secured network infrastructure including intrusion detection at the router level and virus control at the server level. Our contract obligates our co-location provider to provide us a secured space within their overall data center. The facility is secured through card-key numeric entry and biometric access. Infrared detectors are used throughout the facility. In addition, the co-location facility is staffed 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, with experts to manage and monitor the carrier networks and network access. The co-location facility staff provides 24-hour security through camera-controlled views of our equipment. The co-location facility provides multiple Internet carriers to help ensure bandwidth availability to our customers. The availability of electric power at the co-location facility is provided through multiple uninterruptible power supply and generator systems should power supplied by the Jacksonville Electrical Authority fail. Our agreement with the co-location facility expires on April 1, 2006.

 

Customer data is redundant through the use of multiple application and Web servers. Customer data is backed up to other disk arrays with fail-over to help ensure high availability. Customer data is also maintained at our national design center and can be republished from archival data at any time through our Oracle 9i database system. Currently, this process could take approximately 24 hours. Our financial system reporting also uses our redundant Oracle systems and can be reconstituted in approximately 12 hours.

 

We are currently working with our co-location provider to establish a disaster recovery backup operation at one of the provider’s alternative locations. This would provide a working fail-over site to prevent a disruption of our customers’ Websites should the Jacksonville co-location site become unavailable. The facilities are connected by fiber-optic rings to our co-location provider’s other centers.

 

Leads.com Total Coverage

 

Potential customers for our Total Coverage Internet advertising packages are identified primarily using an outbound telesales program based in Manassas, Virginia. This program targets businesses with established traditional print yellow pages advertising campaigns. Customers who purchase our Total Coverage offering are interviewed and advertising information is entered into our proprietary publishing system. Local advertisements are then customized for several distribution platforms, such as Yahoo! Yellow Pages and Google search, and then published to these platforms. Customers receive a monthly report that tracks the number of impressions, clicks, and calls generated by each advertisement that we place on their behalf.

 

Technology

 

Our hardware and software infrastructure provides an advanced set of integrated tools for design, service, modifications, and billing. NetObjects MatrixBuilder enables Website design, end user modification and administration, and includes a variety of other tools accessible by our customers. Our Oracle-based proprietary workflow processes and customer relationship management software, which we developed internally, helps ensure that our production staff provides timely and efficient design services and helps us to efficiently and cost-effectively manage our customer base.

 

Our proprietary workflow processes and customer relationship management software enables us to build, maintain, and track large numbers of customer Websites. The configuration of software and hardware includes four key modules:

 

   

Account Management.     The account management module facilitates the creation and maintenance of a customer account and the consolidation, either manually or electronically through external submission,

 

55


Table of Contents
 

of pertinent customer demographics, product specifics, and billing information. We track critical aspects of customer activity, which allows customer service representatives to have immediate access to a customer’s complete account history.

 

    Design Tool.     Our design tool, NetObjects MatrixBuilder, is browser based, supports major Web services standards, and can be easily co-branded or private labeled for an organization with which we have a strategic relationship. NetObjects MatrixBuilder is template-based, yet can provide thousands of different Website styles by using hundreds of design templates that can be modified using a wide variety of color themes and graphics. The design tool generates the HTML code, so no manual coding is required, and facilitates the generation of a domain name registration, an e-commerce storefront, and a number of other extended and value added services that our customers can access from any Web browser.

 

    Workflow Module .    The workflow module expedites service and product delivery by automatically determining the required production path, such as design, quality control, or submission to search engines, based on the specific attributes of the customer or service. The workflow module also controls production flow through our organization, enabling our design and customer support staff to individually service our Website customers either by routing their work automatically to the correct department or handling the request themselves.

 

    Billing Module.     The billing module enables us to bill our subscription and custom design customers directly or to bill a third party in the aggregate for its end users. The billing module is integrated with a number of transaction processing tools enabling support for many different payment types.

 

    Leads.com Publishing and Tracking System.     For our Leads.com subsidiary, we operate a proprietary publishing and tracking system that allows the automated building, publishing, and tracking of advertisement campaigns. These campaigns currently are published on Yahoo!, Google, AOL, Switchboard, Looksmart and other sites affiliated with these providers.

 

Sales Channels

 

Sales of Subscription Services

 

Our sales organization for our subscription Web services and products comprises several distinct sales channels, including:

 

Outbound Telesales.     The organizations with which we have strategic marketing relationships provide us with lists of their small and medium-sized business clients who meet a broad set of criteria. We analyze these customer lists to determine which of these customers best match our criteria for long-term clients. Our sales specialists call these prospective customers during regular business hours to discuss their Web services needs. We believe the brand and affinity relationship these prospective customers have with the parties with which we have strategic marketing relationships enhances our ability to reach a decision maker, make a presentation, have our offer considered, and close the sale during the initial call.

 

As of March 31, 2005, we had 132 employees in our outbound telesales unit located in our national sales center in Spokane, Washington. With the benefit of having conducted several years of outbound telesales activities, we have significant management, business process, training, and product expertise within our sales team. Additionally, we employ practices designed to optimize the management of our employees and increase their sales performance.

 

Inbound Telesales.     We maintain a separate team of sales specialists specifically focused on responding to inbound inquiries generated by programs initiated by us and the organizations with which we have strategic marketing relationships. We and these organizations employ a mix of e-mail, direct mail, Website, and other marketing efforts to help promote our services to prospective clients. As of March 31, 2005, we had 7 employees in our inbound telesales unit.

 

56


Table of Contents

Leads.com.     We maintain a separate team of specialists in Manassas, Virginia, dedicated to sales of our Total Coverage Internet advertising subscription services. As of March 31, 2005, Leads.com had 24 online marketing specialists who conduct both inbound and outbound telesales activities and create local Internet advertising campaigns for the customers they identify.

 

Reseller Program.     Several of the parties with which we have strategic marketing relationships have their own direct sales organizations. We have worked closely with these resellers to develop sales support and fulfillment processes that integrate with the resellers’ sales, service, support, and billing practices. Additionally, we provide these resellers with training and sales materials to support the Web services being offered. Companies that currently resell our services and products through their sales organizations include Network Solutions and Register.com.

 

Sales of NetObjects Fusion

 

We sell NetObjects Fusion through direct sales, original equipment manufacturer, or OEM, software bundles, and retail and reseller distribution.

 

Direct Sales.     We sell NetObjects Fusion through strategic e-mail marketing campaigns aimed at users of prior versions of the software, people that use the product on a trial basis, newsletter subscribers, and Website visitors. In Europe, we also utilize magazine covermounts, which European magazines utilize to differentiate themselves. With a covermount, a copy of an older version of NetObjects Fusion is provided free with the purchase of the magazine. We require the recipient of the free version to register with us directly to be able to use the free copy of the software. The new user of the software becomes a prospect for new versions of NetObjects Fusion and for the other software products we offer.

 

OEM Software Bundles .     A number of OEMs are offering NetObjects Fusion as part of their packaged product offerings. As needed, we customize the NetObjects Fusion application to meet the OEM’s specifications and to feature the OEM’s products and brands within the software. Typically, an older version of NetObjects Fusion is offered through OEM bundles, which we believe facilitates later sales of newer versions to these users. The OEMs with which we currently work include Deutsche Telekom and Ritz Camera.

 

Retail and Reseller Distribution.     We work with resellers in the United States, Europe and Australia to sell NetObjects Fusion. These distributors supply smaller resellers, retailers and value added resellers in their markets with NetObjects Fusion.

 

Strategic Marketing Relationships

 

A key part of our sales strategy is to leverage the brand and distribution of organizations with which we have strategic marketing relationships to sell our Web services and products. We have developed strategic marketing relationships with well-known, brand name companies, including Discover, Network Solutions, and IBM. We create sales material with each of these organizations, highlighting our Web services and products while also leveraging their brand. Then, on behalf of these companies, we initiate programs where our sales representatives directly contact their small and medium-sized business customers using telesales solicitation, direct mail, and online contact.

 

Pursuant to our agreement with Discover, Discover provides us with customer lists and related billing services, and we share revenue derived from sales of our Web services and products to customers derived from Discover’s lists. Our agreement with Discover is terminable by Discover or us on short notice.

 

Customers attributable to our strategic marketing relationship with Discover, Network Solutions, and IBM represented approximately 65%, 5%, and 5%, respectively, of our total revenue during the year ended December 31, 2004 and approximately 66%, 9%, and 3%, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2005. We expect our sales program with Network Solutions to expand and to represent an increasing percentage of total revenue in future periods. IBM, in addition to making its customer list available to us for a sales program, historically has been a key reference for us and has facilitated other strategic marketing relationships.

 

57


Table of Contents

We offer a number of benefits to the companies with whom we have established strategic marketing relationships. First, they are able to increase their revenue through the marketing fees we pay them. Second, we allow these companies to offer a comprehensive solution for delivering Web services to their small and medium-sized business customers. This can result in increased loyalty of their customer base and an overall strengthening of their customer relationships. Third, by providing our Web services to their customers through us, we enable them to differentiate their offering from that of their competitors.

 

Marketing

 

We engage in a variety of marketing activities to increase awareness of our services and products, to sell additional services and products to our existing customer base, and to enhance the value we provide to small business entities. Our marketing activities include:

 

    Targeted e-mail and direct response campaigns to prospects and customers;

 

    Search engine advertising;

 

    Electronic customer newsletters;

 

    Website Pros, Leads.com, and NetObjects Fusion corporate Websites;

 

    Online customer tutorials; and

 

    Affiliate programs.

 

Customers

 

We generally target small and medium-sized businesses having fewer than 100 employees. These customers normally are focused on regional or local markets. We seek to create long-term relationships with our customers, who cover a diverse set of industries and geographies in the United States. Our customers fall into over 80 discrete industry classification categories. As of March 31, 2005, the ten largest categories consisted of automobile repair and services, business and professional services, clothing accessories and footwear, furniture, gift, novelty and promotional items, health foods and supplements, jewelry and time pieces, plumbing and HVAC, restaurants, and salons and barbershops. As of March 31, 2005, we had over 43,000 paying subscribers to our eWorks! XL and premium subscription-based services.

 

Our Leads.com subsidiary targets small and medium-sized businesses with significant monthly spending on local print yellow pages advertising. We seek to create long-term relationships with these businesses by helping them find new customers at a significantly lower cost per lead compared to traditional print yellow pages marketing campaigns. As of March 31, 2005, Leads.com had over 1,300 paying subscribers to Leads.com services. As of March 31, 2005, a significant majority of our customers fell into the following yellow pages categories: computers and Internet, health and medicine, home and garden, food and dining, other professional services, personal care, real estate, retail shopping, and travel/transportation.

 

58


Table of Contents

Third-Party Providers

 

We offer some of our services to our customers through third-party technology vendors, which helps us to expand our services and create additional revenue opportunities. The following table provides an overview of some of our current third-party providers:

 

Company


  

Technology or Service


AOL (Mapquest)

   Mapping services

Constant Contact

   E-mail marketing

eBay (Kurant)

   E-commerce storefront software

eBay (PayPal)

   E-commerce payment systems

Google

   Local and national search engine submission

Google (Urchin)

   Website analytics

Network Solutions

   Domain name services and security certificate services

Switchboard

   Online directory / yellow pages

Yahoo!

   Yahoo!’s Internet yellow pages

Yahoo! (Overture)

   Search engine submission services (Alltheweb, AltaVista, Excite)

 

We do not have long-term contracts with any of these third parties. Accordingly, we or any of these providers can terminate the relationship at any time, for any reason or no reason, on short notice, often as little as 30 days. If any of these relationships terminate, we may need to seek an alternative provider of services or develop the covered services independently.

 

Competition

 

The market for Web services is highly competitive and evolving. We expect competition to increase from existing competitors as well as new market entrants. Most existing competitors typically offer a limited number of specialized solutions and services, but may provide a more comprehensive set of services in the future. These competitors include, among others, Website designers, Internet service providers, Internet search engine providers, local business directory providers, Website domain name registrars, and hosting companies. These competitors may have greater resources, more brand recognition, and larger installed bases of customers than we do, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to compete favorably against them. Our NetObjects Fusion software has three principal competitors: Microsoft FrontPage, Macromedia Dreamweaver, and Adobe Go Live.

 

We believe the principal competitive factors in the small and medium-sized business segment of the Web services industry include:

 

    Ability to reference strategic partners;

 

    Value and flexibility of the service offerings;

 

    Brand name and reputation;

 

    Price;

 

    Quality of customer support;

 

    Speed of customer service;

 

    Ease of implementation, use, and maintenance; and

 

    Industry expertise and focus.

 

Intellectual Property

 

Our success and ability to compete is dependent in significant part on our ability to develop and maintain the proprietary aspects of our technology and operate without infringing upon the proprietary rights of others. We

 

59


Table of Contents

do not own any patents. We currently rely primarily on a combination of copyright, trade secret and trademark laws, confidentiality procedures, contractual provisions, and other similar measures to protect our proprietary information. Due to the rapidly changing nature of applicable technologies, we believe that the improvement of existing offerings, reliance upon trade secrets and unpatented proprietary know-how and development of new offerings generally will continue to be our principal source of proprietary protection. While we have hired third party contractors to help develop our software and to design Websites, we own the intellectual property created by these contractors. Our software is not substantially dependent on any third party software, although our software does utilize open source code. Notwithstanding the use of this open source code, we do not believe our usage requires public disclosure of our own source code.

 

We also have an ongoing service mark and trademark registration program pursuant to which we register some of our product names, slogans and logos in the United States and in some foreign countries. License agreements for our software include restrictions intended to protect our intellectual property. These licenses are generally non-transferable and are perpetual. In addition, we require all of our employees, contractors and many of those with whom we have business relationships to sign non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements and to assign to us in writing all inventions created while working for us. Some of our products also include third-party software that we obtain the rights to use through license agreements. In such cases, we have the right to distribute or sublicense the third-party software with our products.

 

Employees

 

As of March 31, 2005, we had a total of 337 full-time employees. Of our full-time employees, 156 are in direct sales, of which 132 are in outbound telesales, 7 are in inbound telesales, and 17 are in management and support functions. Of the remaining full-time employees, 4 are in channel business development, 9 are in marketing and product management, 16 are in general and administration, 21 are in engineering and product development, and 131 are in customer care and Web services production. In addition to our full-time employees, we also had 20 contracted offshore developers, 10 contracted Web services designers and editors, and 4 part-time employees. None of our employees are represented by unions. We consider our relationships with our employees to be good and have not experienced interruptions of operations due to labor disagreements.

 

Facilities

 

Our headquarters and principal administrative, finance, and marketing operations are located in approximately 31,307 square feet of leased office space in Jacksonville, Florida under a lease that expires in March 2008. We also have 15,931 square feet of leased office space for our national sales center in Spokane, Washington under a lease that expires in June 2007, 1,820 square fee of leased office space in Los Angeles, California under a lease that expires in February 2008, and 24,081 square feet of leased office space in Manassas, Virginia under a lease that expires in September 2014.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

We are from time to time a party to various litigation matters incidental to the conduct of our business. There is no pending or threatened legal proceeding to which we are a party that, in our opinion, is likely to have a material adverse effect on our future financial results.

 

60


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Other Key Employees

 

The following table sets forth certain information about our directors, executive officers and key employees, including their ages as of March 31, 2005:

 

Name


   Age

  

Position


Executive officers and directors:

         

David Brown

   51    Director, Chief Executive Officer and President

Kevin Carney

   41    Chief Financial Officer

Darin Brannan

   37    Senior Vice President, Business & Corporate Development

Roseann Duran

   53    Senior Vice President, Marketing

Edward Hechter

   41    Executive Vice President

Jeffrey Lieberman*

   30    Director

Deven Parekh*

   35    Director

Timothy Maudlin*

   54    Director

George Still*

   47    Director

Other key employees:

         

Lisa Anteau

   33    Vice President, Acquisition Services

Tobias Dengel

   34    Executive Vice President, Leads.com

Stephen Raubenstine

   38    Vice President, NetObjects Fusion Group

Todd Walrath

   38    Executive Vice President, Leads.com

Joel Williamson

   57    Vice President, Operations

* Denotes independent directors.

 

Executive Officers

 

David Brown.     Mr. Brown has been our chief executive officer, president and a board member since August 1999. Mr. Brown founded Atlantic Teleservices, a technology services company, in 1997, and served as its chief executive officer from 1997 until its acquisition by us in August 1999. Mr. Brown holds a B.A. in general studies from Harvard College.

 

Kevin Carney.     Mr. Carney has been our chief financial officer since August 1999. Mr. Carney served as the chief financial officer of Atlantic Teleservices from June 1998 until its acquisition by us in August 1999. Mr. Carney is a certified public accountant and holds a B.S. in accounting and finance from Boston College.

 

Darin Brannan.     Mr. Brannan was one of our founders and has been our senior vice president, business and corporate development, since our inception in March 1999. Mr. Brannan holds an M.B.A from the University of Hartford.

 

Roseann Duran.     Ms. Duran has been our senior vice president, marketing, since March 2002. From January 2001 until March 2002, Ms. Duran was managing partner and founder of Odyssey, Inc., a company specializing in strategic planning and marketing for small businesses and Internet companies. From August 2000 until January 2001, Ms. Duran was vice president of e-dr.com, a business-to-business Internet company for eye care practitioners. Prior to August 2000, Ms. Duran was an independent marketing consultant. Ms. Duran holds an undergraduate degree from Pennsylvania State University and an M.B.A. from the University of North Florida.

 

Edward Hechter.     Mr. Hechter has been our executive vice president since February 2002. From September 2001 until February 2002, Mr. Hechter served as executive vice president and general manager of Innuity, Inc. a Web services company. From February 2001 until September 2001, Mr. Hechter served as Innuity’s vice president, product development and sales operations. From May 2000 until February 2001, Mr. Hechter served as Innuity’s vice president, product development. From August 1999 through May 2000, Mr. Hechter served as Innuity’s director of professional services and business development.

 

61


Table of Contents

Directors

 

Jeffrey Lieberman.     Mr. Lieberman has been a director since December 2003. Mr. Lieberman is currently a managing director of Insight Venture Partners, a venture capital firm. Mr. Lieberman has served in various positions, including as a principal, with Insight Venture Partners since 1998. Mr. Lieberman holds dual undergraduate degrees in systems engineering and finance from the University of Pennsylvania Moore School of Engineering and the Wharton School of Business.

 

Timothy Maudlin.     Mr. Maudlin has been a director since February 2002. Mr. Maudlin has been the managing partner of Medical Innovation Partners, a venture capital firm, since 1988. Mr. Maudlin also served as a principal of Venturi Group, LLC, an incubator and venture capital firm, from 1999 to October 2001 and as chief financial officer of Venturi Group, LLC in 2002. Currently, Mr. Maudlin also serves as a director of Curative Health Services, Inc. (NASDAQ: CURE), a biopharmaceutical company. Mr. Maudlin is a certified public accountant and holds a B.A. from St. Olaf College and a masters of management from the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University.

 

Deven Parekh.     Mr. Parekh has been a director since December 2003. Mr. Parekh is currently a managing director of Insight Venture Partners, a venture capital firm. Mr. Parekh has served in various positions, including managing director, with Insight Venture Partners since January 2000. Mr. Parekh holds a B.S. in economics from the University of Pennsylvania Wharton School of Business.

 

George Still.     Mr. Still has been a director since March 1999. Mr. Still has served as managing general partner of Norwest Venture Partners, a venture capital firm, since October 1999. Mr. Still holds a B.S. from Pennsylvania State University and an M.B.A. from Dartmouth College, where he currently serves on the board of advisors of the Foster Center for Private Equity.

 

Other Key Employees

 

Lisa Anteau .    Ms. Anteau has been our vice president, acquisition services, since April 2003. From February 2002 until April 2003, Ms. Anteau served as our director of sales. From August 1999 until February 2002, Ms. Anteau held various positions, including senior director of acquisition services, at Innuity, Inc. Ms. Anteau holds a B.S. in psychology from the University of North Dakota.

 

Tobias Dengel.     Mr. Dengel joined us as our executive vice president, Leads.com in April 2005. Mr. Dengel served as president and chief operating officer of Leads.com, Inc. from its inception in June 2003 until its acquisition by us in April 2005. From August 2002 until co-founding Leads.com in June 2003, Mr. Dengel was vice president, AOL Yellow Pages and Digital Cities with America Online, Inc., an Internet company. From March 1997 until August 2002, Mr. Dengel served in various roles with America Online, including vice president and director in the business affairs unit. Mr. Dengel holds a B.S. in economics and a B.S. in engineering, both from the University of Pennsylvania.

 

Stephen Raubenstine.     Mr. Raubenstine has been our vice president, NetObjects Fusion Group, since November 2001. From January 2000 to November 2001, Mr. Raubenstine served as a director of business development and then as our vice president of business development. Mr. Raubenstine holds an undergraduate degree in business management from Eastern College.

 

Todd Walrath.     Mr. Walrath joined us as our executive vice president, Leads.com in April 2005. Mr. Walrath served as Chairman and chief executive officer of Leads.com, Inc. from its inception in June 2003 until its acquisition by us in April 2005. From January 2001 until June 2003, Mr. Walrath was group vice president of AOL Local, with America Online, Inc. From April 1996 until December 2000, Mr. Walrath was chief operating officer of weather.com, a subsidiary of The Weather Channel cable network. Mr. Walrath holds a B.S. in business administration from Bucknell University and an M.B.A. from Duke University.

 

62


Table of Contents

Joel Williamson.     Mr. Williamson has been our vice president of operations since February 2002 and from August 1999 until May 2000. From May 2000 to February 2002, Mr. Williamson was president of Delta Training and Education, a technology training company. Mr. Williamson holds an undergraduate degree from the University of Georgia and an M.B.A. from Emory University.

 

Board of Directors

 

Upon the completion of this offering we will have an authorized board of directors consisting of seven members. We expect to be compliant with the independence criteria for boards of directors under applicable law at the time this offering is completed, and we will continue to evaluate our compliance with these criteria over time. To the extent we determine necessary, we will seek to appoint additional independent directors. In accordance with the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, the board of directors will be divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with each class serving staggered three-year terms. The members of the classes will be as follows:

 

    Class I, whose term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2006, will consist of Mr. Lieberman;

 

    Class II, whose term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2007, will consist of Mr. Parekh and Mr. Still; and

 

    Class III, whose term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2008, will consist of Mr. Brown and Mr. Maudlin.

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering provides that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the total number of directors. This classification of the board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in our control or management.

 

Voting Agreement

 

Our current directors have been elected pursuant to a voting agreement that we entered into with some of the holders of our common stock and holders of our preferred stock and related provisions of our certificate of incorporation in effect at the time of their election. The holders of a majority of our common stock have designated Mr. Still and Mr. Maudlin for election to our board of directors. The holders of a majority of our Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock designated Mr. Parekh and Mr. Lieberman for election to our board of directors. The holders of a majority of our common stock and preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis, designated Mr. Brown as a director. Upon the completion of this offering, the voting agreement will terminate in its entirety and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of board members.

 

Board Committees

 

The board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee.

 

Audit Committee.     Our audit committee currently consists of Mr. Maudlin as chairman and Mr. Lieberman. Mr. Maudlin is our audit committee financial expert as currently defined under applicable SEC rules. The composition of our audit committee will comply with the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations of the SEC and NASDAQ at the time of completion of this offering, although we will be required by NASDAQ rules to add one additional independent director to this committee within one year after this offering. We anticipate adding at least one independent director within the required time period, and we will add that member to our audit committee at that time. We intend to continue to evaluate the

 

63


Table of Contents

requirements applicable to us and we will comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us. The functions of our audit committee include:

 

    selecting and engaging our independent auditors;

 

    meeting with our management periodically to consider the adequacy of our internal controls, the objectivity of our financial reporting, and our accounting policies and practices;

 

    meeting with our independent auditors and with internal financial personnel regarding these matters;

 

    pre-approving audit and non-audit services to be rendered by our independent auditors;

 

    recommending to our board of directors the engagement of our independent auditors and oversight of the work of our independent auditors;

 

    reviewing our financial statements and periodic reports and discussing the statements and reports with our management, including any significant adjustments, management judgments and estimates, new accounting policies and disagreements with auditors;

 

    establishing procedures for the receipt, retention, and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls, and auditing matters;

 

    reviewing our financial plans and reporting recommendations to our full board of directors for approval and to authorize action; and

 

    carrying out the responsibilities of a qualified legal compliance committee, including, as it deems appropriate, initiating investigations, providing notices, including notices to the SEC, retaining experts, and recommending remedial or other actions.

 

Both our independent auditors and our internal financial personnel will regularly meet privately with the audit committee and have unrestricted access to this committee.

 

Compensation Committee.     Our compensation committee currently consists of Mr. Parekh as chairman and Mr. Still, and we will expand this committee when we obtain the services of an additional independent director. All members of the compensation committee are independent directors, as defined in NASDAQ rules and regulations. The functions of this committee include:

 

    reviewing and, as it deems appropriate, recommending to our board of directors, policies, practices, and procedures relating to the compensation of our directors and executive officers and the establishment and administration of our employee benefit plans;

 

    exercising administrative authority under our stock plans and employee benefit plans;

 

    reviewing and approving executive officer and director indemnification and insurance matters; and

 

    advising and consulting with our officers regarding managerial personnel and development.

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.     Our nominating and corporate governance committee currently consists of Mr. Still as chairman and Mr. Maudlin, and we will expand this committee when we obtain the services of an additional independent director. All members of the nominating and corporate governance committee are independent directors, as defined in NASDAQ rules and regulations. The functions of this committee include:

 

    identifying qualified candidates to become members of our board of directors;

 

    reviewing and recommending nominees for election as directors;

 

    selecting candidates to fill vacancies of our board of directors;

 

    developing guidelines for the composition of our board of directors;

 

    reviewing and administering our corporate governance guidelines and considering other issues relating to corporate governance; and

 

    reviewing the performance of our board of directors.

 

64


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

None of the members of our compensation committee has at any time been an officer or employee of ours. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers on our board of directors or compensation committee.

 

Director Compensation

 

In the past we have not provided cash compensation to any director for his or her service as a director. Following the completion of this offering, we intend to provide cash compensation to our non-employee directors. Each non-employee director will be eligible to receive a retainer of $1,000 for each in-person meeting of our board of directors or any committee thereof and $250 for any telephonic meeting of our board of directors or any committee thereof attended by the non-employee director; however, if board and committee meetings are held on the same day, then no additional compensation will be paid for attendance at the committee meeting. We also reimburse our directors for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with attending meetings of our board of directors and committees of the board of directors. Applicable laws prohibit us from making loans to our directors.

 

Immediately upon the effectiveness of this offering, our 2005 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan will provide for the automatic initial grant of options to purchase 200,000 shares of common stock, at an exercise price per share equal to the price per share in this offering, to each of our non-employee directors, which will vest in 36 equal monthly installments, subject in each case to the recipient’s continued service as a director. Each new non-employee director who joins our board will be granted an automatic initial grant of options to purchase 200,000 shares of our common stock, which will vest in 36 equal monthly installments, subject to the recipients’ continued service as a director. Each non-employee director serving on the date of an annual meeting of our stockholders, beginning with our annual meeting in 2006, will also be automatically granted an option to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock on such date, which will vest in 12 monthly installments from the date of grant, subject in each case to the recipient’s continued service as a director. The chairperson of each of the audit committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee serving on the date of an annual meeting of our stockholders, beginning with our annual meeting in 2006, will also be automatically granted an option to purchase an additional 25,000 shares of common stock on such date, which will vest in 12 monthly installments from the date of grant, subject in each case to the recipient’s continued service as a chairperson of the audit committee or the nominating and corporate governance committee. In addition, all of our directors are eligible to participate in our 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, and following the completion of this offering, our employee directors will be eligible to participate in our 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. For a more detailed description of these plans, see “Benefit Plans.”

 

65


Table of Contents

Executive Compensation

 

The following table shows information regarding the compensation earned by our chief executive officer and our other four most highly compensated executive officers, collectively referred to as the named executive officers in this prospectus, during the year ended December 31, 2004.

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

     Annual Compensation

  

Securities
Underlying

Options/SARS

(#)


Name and Principal Position


   Salary ($)

   Bonus ($)

  

David Brown

Chief Executive Officer and President

   $ 235,385    $ 46,000    —  

Kevin Carney

Chief Financial Officer

     143,077      20,800    —  

Darin Brannan

Senior Vice President, Business & Corporate Development

     140,192      11,658    300,000

Roseann Duran

Senior Vice President, Marketing

     114,231      12,000    —  

Edward Hechter

Executive Vice President

     165,000      20,000    —  

 

Applicable law prohibits us from providing loans to our executive officers.

 

Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year

 

The following table sets forth information regarding grants of stock options to each of the named executive officers during 2004. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 1,198,500 shares of our common stock, all of which were granted to our employees including the named executive officers. All options were granted at the fair market value of our common stock, as determined by our board of directors, on the date of grant.

 

     Individual Grants

         
    

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
Granted

(#)


  

Percentage of

Total Options

Granted to

Employees in

Fiscal

Year (%)


   

Exercise
Price
Per Share

($)


  

Expiration

Date


  

Potential Realizable
Value at Assumed

Annual Rates of Stock

Price Appreciation for

Option Term (1)


Name


                  5%    

       10%    

David Brown

   —      —         —      —        —        —  

Kevin Carney

   —      —         —      —        —        —  

Darin Brannan (2)

   300,000    25 %   $ 0.65    8/20/2014    $             $         

Roseann Duran

   —      —         —      —        —        —  

Edward Hechter

   —      —         —      —        —        —  

(1) The potential realizable value is calculated based on the term of the option at the time of grant. Assumed rates of stock price appreciation of 5% and 10% are prescribed by rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and do not represent our prediction of our stock price performance. The potential realizable values at 5% and 10% appreciation are calculated by assuming that the price of $             per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, appreciates at the indicated rates for the entire term of the option and that the option is exercised at the actual exercise price and the shares sold on the last day of its term at the appreciated price.

 

(2) Shares subject to this option vest in 36 equal monthly installments, with the first 1/36 th of the shares vesting on September 20, 2004.

 

66


Table of Contents

Option Exercises in 2004 and Option Values at December 31, 2004

 

The following table sets forth the number of shares of common stock issued upon the exercise of options during the year ended December 31, 2004 and the number of shares of common stock subject to exercisable and unexercisable stock options held as of December 31, 2004 by each of the named executive officers. The value realized and the value of unexercised in-the-money options at December 31, 2004 is calculated based on a value of $             per share of our common stock, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover of this prospectus, less the per share exercise price multiplied by the number of shares issued upon exercise of the options.

 

    

Shares
Acquired on

Exercise

(#)


  

Value

Realized

($)


  

Number of Securities Underlying

Unexercised Options at

December 31, 2004 (#)


  

Value of Unexercised

In-the-Money Options at

Fiscal Year-End ($)


Name


         Exercisable

   Unexercisable

   Exercisable

   Unexercisable

David Brown

   —        —      6,939,792    —      $               —  

Kevin Carney

   —        —      1,266,736    1,637           $  

Darin Brannan

   —        —      986,862    266,666              

Roseann Duran

   —        —      468,323    —               —  

Edward Hechter

   350,000    $           896,522    —               —  

 

Employment Agreements

 

Each of Mr. Brown and Mr. Carney has entered into an employment agreement with us that becomes effective immediately following this offering. These agreements provide for initial base salaries of $275,000 and $175,000, respectively. These agreements also provide for other customary benefits and terms, including discretionary bonus, medical insurance and participation in our 401(k) plan. The compensation committee of our board of directors may modify the compensation and benefits provided under these agreements as they deem necessary. Each of these officers is employed by us on an “at will” basis, notwithstanding the existence of these agreements.

 

Under Mr. Brown’s employment agreement, if at any time his employment is terminated by us without cause or by Mr. Brown for good reason, we would be obligated to pay Mr. Brown severance equal to eighteen months of salary plus 150% of the prior year’s bonus and health benefits, and Mr. Brown would be entitled to an additional eighteen months of vesting of shares subject to any stock options held by him at the time of such termination. Additionally the vesting of all shares subject to one of Mr. Brown’s stock option grants, which have an exercise price of $0.40 per share, will accelerate upon the closing of this offering. As of April 22, 2005, 1,683,827 shares subject to this option grant were unvested.

 

Under Mr. Carney’s employment agreement, if at any time his employment is terminated by us without cause or by Mr. Carney for good reason, we would be obligated to pay Mr. Carney severance equal to twelve months of salary plus prior year’s bonus and health benefits, and Mr. Carney would be entitled to an additional twelve months of vesting of shares subject to any stock options held by him at the time of such termination.

 

Additionally, Mr. Brown and Mr. Carney are entitled to accelerated vesting benefits described below under “Change of Control Provisions.”

 

Change of Control Provisions

 

Our named executive officers, other than David Brown and Kevin Carney, and some of our other key employees are entitled to severance and vesting acceleration benefits in connection with changes of control as described below under “Benefit Plans—Executive Severance Benefit Plan.” Mr. Brown and Mr. Carney are entitled to the following vesting acceleration in the event of a change of control:

 

    In the event of a change of control, Mr. Brown will receive accelerated vesting of all shares subject to vesting under any of his outstanding options or other stock awards effective immediately prior to the closing of the change of control.

 

67


Table of Contents
    In the event of a change of control, Mr. Carney will receive accelerated vesting of 20% of the then-unvested shares subject to his then outstanding options or other stock awards effective immediately prior to the closing of the change of control. In addition, if Mr. Carney’s employment is terminated without cause or for good reason within eighteen months following the change of control, an additional 30% of the shares subject to his then outstanding options or other stock awards that were unvested at the time of the change of control will become immediately vested upon such termination.

 

Except as otherwise described above, all options to purchase common stock issued to our named executive officers and other key employees may be subject to accelerated vesting upon a change of control as described under the “Benefit Plans—1999 Equity Incentive Plans” and “Benefit Plans—2005 Equity Incentive Plan” and “Benefit Plans—Executive Severance Benefit Plan” sections below.

 

Benefit Plans

 

1999 Equity Incentive Plan

 

In April 1999, our board of directors adopted, and our shareholders approved, the 1999 Equity Incentive Plan. Upon the signing of the underwriting agreement for this offering, the 1999 Equity Incentive Plan will terminate so that no further stock awards may be thereafter granted under the 1999 Equity Incentive Plan. Although the 1999 Equity Incentive Plan will terminate, all outstanding options thereunder will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

 

Stock Awards .    The 1999 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock purchase awards and stock bonus awards, also known collectively as stock awards, which may be granted to employees, including officers, non-employee directors, and consultants.

 

Share Reserve .    As of April 22, 2005, the aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued pursuant to stock awards under the 1999 Equity Incentive Plan is 20,078,344 shares, of which options to purchase 18,155,085 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $0.62 per share were outstanding and 1,008,923 shares of common stock remained available for future issuances.

 

If a stock award granted under the 1999 Equity Incentive Plan expires or otherwise terminates without being exercised in full, the shares of common stock not acquired pursuant to the award become available for subsequent issuance under the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan described below.

 

Changes to Capital Structure .    In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split, reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, combination of shares, or the like, appropriate adjustments will be made to the number of shares and exercise price or strike price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.

 

Corporate Transactions .    In the event of certain significant corporate transactions, such as a sale of substantially all of our assets, a merger or consolidation in which we are not the surviving entity, or a reverse merger in which we are the surviving entity but our common stock outstanding immediately prior to the transaction is converted into other property, all outstanding stock awards under the 1999 Equity Incentive Plan may be assumed, continued or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company). If the surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company) elects not to assume, continue or substitute for such stock awards, then with respect to any outstanding stock that has not terminated prior to the effective date of the corporate transaction, the vesting and exercisability provisions of such stock awards will be accelerated in full and such awards will be terminated if not exercised prior to the effective date of the corporate transaction. The completion of this offering will not constitute a change of control, change of capital structure or significant corporate transaction for purposes of our 1999 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

68


Table of Contents

2005 Equity Incentive Plan

 

In April 2005, our board of directors adopted, and in                     , 2005, our shareholders approved, the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan. The 2005 Equity Incentive Plan will become effective immediately upon the signing of the underwriting agreement for this offering. The 2005 Equity Incentive Plan will terminate on April 5, 2015, unless sooner terminated by our board of directors.

 

Stock Awards .    The 2005 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, stock purchase awards, stock bonus awards, stock appreciation rights, stock unit awards and other forms of equity compensation, also known collectively as stock awards, which may be granted to employees, including officers, non-employee directors, and consultants. The board of directors or its delegate will determine in its sole discretion what criteria shall be used in determining who shall receive stock awards under the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

Share Reserve .    Following this offering, the aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued initially pursuant to stock awards under the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan is 7,750,000 shares, plus any shares subject to a stock award granted under the 1999 Equity Incentive Plan that expires or otherwise terminates without having been exercised in full following the closing of this offering. The number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance will automatically increase on each January 1st, from January 1, 2006 through January 1, 2015, by the lesser of (i) 1% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding on December 31st of the preceding calendar year, or (ii) the number of shares of stock (not to exceed 3,000,000 shares) determined by the Board of Directors.

 

No person may be granted awards covering more than 4,000,000 shares of common stock under the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan during any calendar year pursuant to an appreciation-only stock award. An appreciation-only stock award is a stock award whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. A stock option with an exercise price equal to the value of the stock on the date of grant is an example of an appreciation-only award. This limitation is designed to help assure that any tax deductions to which we would otherwise be entitled upon the exercise of an appreciation-only stock award or upon the subsequent sale of shares purchased under such an award, will not be subject to the $1 million limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid per covered executive officer imposed under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

The following types of shares issued under the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan may again become available for the grant of new awards under the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan: (i) stock that is forfeited to or repurchased by us prior to becoming fully vested; (ii) shares withheld to satisfy income and employment withholding taxes; (iii) shares used to pay the exercise price of an option in a net exercise arrangement; (iv) shares tendered to us to pay the exercise price of an option; and (v) shares that are cancelled pursuant to an exchange or repricing program. In addition, if a stock award granted under the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan expires or otherwise terminates without being exercised in full, the shares of common stock not acquired pursuant to the award again become available for subsequent issuance under the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan. Shares issued under the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan may be previously unissued shares or reacquired shares we have bought on the market or otherwise. As of the date hereof, no shares of common stock have been issued under the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

Administration .    Our board of directors has delegated its authority to administer the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan to our compensation committee. Subject to the terms of the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, our board of directors or an authorized committee, referred to as the plan administrator, determines recipients, dates of grant, the numbers and types of equity awards to be granted, and the terms and conditions of the equity awards, including the period of their exercisability and vesting. Subject to the limitations set forth below, the plan administrator will also determine the exercise price of options granted, the purchase price of stock purchase awards, and the strike price of stock appreciation rights.

 

The plan administrator has the authority to:

 

    reduce the exercise price of any outstanding option;

 

69


Table of Contents
    cancel any outstanding option and to grant in exchange one or more of the following:

 

    new options covering the same or a different number of shares of common stock,

 

    new stock awards,

 

    cash, and/or

 

    other valuable consideration; or

 

    engage in any action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Stock Options .    Incentive and nonstatutory stock options are granted pursuant to incentive and nonstatutory stock option agreements. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for a stock option, within the terms and conditions of the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan and applicable law, provided that the exercise price of an incentive stock option cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant and the exercise price of a nonstatutory stock option cannot be less than 85% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan vest at the rate specified by the plan administrator.

 

Generally, the plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, up to a maximum of ten years (except in the case of some incentive stock options, as described below). Unless the terms of an optionee’s stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an optionee’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than disability, death, or following a change in control, the optionee may exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. If an optionee’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases due to disability or death (or an optionee dies within a specified period following cessation of service), the optionee or a beneficiary may exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months in the event of disability, and 18 months in the event of death. In no event, however, may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

 

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the plan administrator and may include (i) cash or check, (ii) a broker-assisted cashless exercise, (iii) the tender of common stock previously owned by the optionee, (iv) a net exercise of the option, (v) a deferred payment arrangement, and (vi) other legal consideration approved by the plan administrator.

 

Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, options generally are not transferable except by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a domestic relations order. An optionee may designate a beneficiary, however, who may exercise the option following the optionee’s death.

 

Tax Limitations on Incentive Stock Option Grants .    Incentive stock options may be granted only to our employees. The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of shares of our common stock with respect to incentive stock options that are exercisable for the first time by an optionee during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. No incentive stock option may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates unless (i) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant, and (ii) the term of the incentive stock option does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

 

Stock Purchase Awards .    Stock purchase awards are granted pursuant to stock purchase award agreements. The purchase price for stock purchase awards will not be less than the par value of our common stock. The purchase price for a stock purchase award may be payable (i) in cash or by check, (ii) according to a deferred payment arrangement, (iii) in consideration of the recipient’s past or future services performed for us or our affiliates, or (iv) in any other form of legal consideration. Shares of common stock acquired under a stock purchase award may, but need not, be subject to a share repurchase option in our favor in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the plan administrator. Rights to acquire shares under a stock purchase award may be transferred only upon such terms and conditions as set by the plan administrator.

 

70


Table of Contents

Stock Bonus Awards .    Stock bonus awards are granted pursuant to stock bonus award agreements. A stock bonus award may be granted in consideration for the recipient’s past or future services performed for us or our affiliates or any other form of legal consideration. Shares of common stock acquired under a stock bonus award may, but need not, be subject to forfeiture to us in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the plan administrator. Rights to acquire shares under a stock bonus award may be transferred only upon such terms and conditions as set by the plan administrator.

 

Stock Unit Awards .    Stock unit awards are granted pursuant to stock unit award agreements. Payment of any purchase price may be made in any form permitted under applicable law; however, we will settle a payment due to a recipient of a stock unit award by cash, delivery of stock, a combination of cash and stock as deemed appropriate by the plan administrator, or in any other form of consideration set forth in the stock unit award agreement. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be credited in respect to shares covered by a stock unit award. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, stock units that have not vested will be forfeited upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason.

 

Stock Appreciation Rights .    Stock appreciation rights are granted pursuant to stock appreciation rights agreements. The plan administrator determines the strike price for a stock appreciation right. Upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right, we will pay the participant an amount equal to the product of (i) the excess of the per share fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise over the strike price, multiplied by (ii) the number of shares of common stock with respect to which the stock appreciation right is exercised. A stock appreciation right granted under the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan vests at the rate specified in the stock appreciation right agreement as determined by the plan administrator.

 

The plan administrator determines the term of stock appreciation rights granted under the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan. If a participant’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases, then the participant, or the participant’s beneficiary, may exercise any vested stock appreciation right for three months (or such longer or shorter period specified in the stock appreciation right agreement) after the date such service relationship ends. In no event, however, may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

 

Other Equity Awards .    The plan administrator may grant other awards based in whole or in part by reference to our common stock. The plan administrator will set the number of shares under the award, the purchase price, if any, the timing of exercise and vesting and any repurchase rights associated with such awards.

 

Changes to Capital Structure .    In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure, or other transaction not involving the receipt of consideration by us, appropriate adjustments will be made to (i) the number of shares reserved under the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, (ii) the maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (iii) the maximum number of appreciation-only stock awards that can be granted in a calendar year, and (iv) the number of shares and exercise price or strike price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.

 

Corporate Transactions .    In the event of specified significant corporate transactions, such as a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, a sale of at least 90% of our outstanding securities, a merger in which we are not the surviving entity, or a merger in which we are the surviving entity but our common stock outstanding immediately prior to the transaction is exchanged or converted into other property, all outstanding stock awards under the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan may be assumed, continued or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company). If the surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company) elects not to assume, continue or substitute for such stock awards, then (i) with respect to any such stock awards that are held by individuals whose service with us or our affiliates has not terminated more than three months prior to the effective date of the corporate transaction, the vesting and exercisability provisions of such stock awards will be accelerated in full and such awards will be terminated if not exercised prior to the effective date of the corporate

 

71


Table of Contents

transaction, and (ii) all other outstanding stock awards will terminate if not exercised prior to the effective date of the corporate transaction. Our board of directors may also provide that the holder of an outstanding stock award not assumed in the corporate transaction will surrender such stock award in exchange for a payment equal to the excess of (i) the value of the property that the optionee would have received upon exercise of the stock award, over (ii) the exercise price otherwise payable in connection with the stock award.

 

Changes in Control .    Our board of directors has the discretion to provide that a stock award under the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan will immediately vest as to all or any portion of the shares subject to the stock award (i) immediately upon the occurrence of specified change in control transactions, such as the acquisition by a party of more than 50% of our voting securities or our consummation of a merger or similar transaction in which our stockholders immediately prior to the transaction do not hold more than 50% of the securities of the surviving entity following the transaction, whether or not such stock award is assumed, continued, or substituted by a surviving or acquiring entity in the transaction, or (ii) in the event a participant’s service with us or a successor entity is terminated actually or constructively within a designated period following the occurrence of specified change in control transactions. Stock awards held by participants under the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan will not vest on such an accelerated basis unless specifically provided by the participant’s applicable award agreement.

 

2005 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan

 

In April 2005, our board of directors adopted, and in                      2005, our stockholders approved our 2005 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan. The 2005 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan will become effective immediately upon the signing of the underwriting agreement for this offering. The 2005 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan provides for the automatic grant of nonstatutory stock options to purchase shares of common stock to our non-employee directors. The 2005 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan will terminate on April 5, 2015, unless sooner terminated by our board of directors.

 

Share Reserve .    Following this offering, the aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued pursuant to options granted under the 2005 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan initially is 2,250,000 shares. The number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance will automatically increase on each January 1st, from January 1, 2006 through January 1, 2015, by the lesser of (i) the excess of (A) the number of shares of common stock subject to options granted during the preceding calendar year, over (B) the number of shares added back to the share reserve during the preceding calendar year, or (ii) that number of shares of stock (not to exceed 1,000,000 shares) as may be determined by the board of directors. If any option expires or terminates for any reason, in whole or in part, without having been exercised in full, the shares of common stock not acquired under such option will become available for future issuance under the 2005 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan. The following types of shares issued under the 2005 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan may again become available for the grant of new options: (i) any shares withheld to satisfy withholding taxes, (ii) any shares used to pay the exercise price of an option in a net exercise arrangement, and (iii) shares tendered to us to pay the exercise price of an option. As of the date hereof, no options have been issued under the 2005 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan.

 

Automatic Grants.     Pursuant to the terms of the 2005 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan, any individual who is serving as a non-employee director upon the effectiveness of this offering, or becomes a non-employee director after this offering will automatically be granted an initial option to purchase 200,000 shares of common stock. The initial grants issued upon the effectiveness of this offering will have an exercise price per share equal to the price in this offering. The shares subject to each initial grant vest in a series of 36 successive equal monthly installments measured from the date of grant. In addition, any individual who is serving as a non-employee director immediately following an annual meeting of our stockholders, commencing with the annual meeting in 2006, will automatically be granted an option to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock on such date. The shares subject to each annual grant vest in a series of 12 successive equal monthly installments measured from the date of grant. Further, the individuals who are serving as the chairperson of each of the audit committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee immediately following an annual meeting of

 

72


Table of Contents

our stockholders, commencing with the annual meeting in 2006, will each automatically be granted an option to purchase an additional 25,000 shares of common stock on such date. The shares subject to the additional annual grant to the chairperson of each of the audit committee and the nominating and governance committee vest in a series of 12 successive equal monthly installments measured from the date of grant. The exercise price of these options will be the fair market value on the date of grant.

 

Administration .    Our board of directors will administer the 2005 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan. The exercise price of the options granted under the 2005 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan will be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. No option granted under the 2005 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan may be exercised after the expiration of ten years from the date it was granted. Options granted under the 2005 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan are generally not transferable except by will, or the laws of descent and distribution. However, an option may be transferred for no consideration upon written consent of our board of directors if (i) at the time of transfer, a Form S-8 registration statement under the Securities Act is available for the issuance of shares upon the exercise of such transferred option, or (ii) the transfer is to the optionee’s employer or its affiliate at the time of transfer.

 

If an optionee’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, whether as a non-employee director or subsequently as an employee, director or consultant of ours or an affiliate, ceases for any reason other than disability, death, or following a change in control, the optionee may exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. If an optionee’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases due to disability or death (or an optionee dies within a certain period following cessation of service), the optionee or a beneficiary may exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months in the event of disability, and 18 months in the event of death. If an optionee’s service terminates within 12 months following a specified change in control transaction, the optionee may exercise vested options for a period of 12 months following the effective date of such a transaction. In no event, however, may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

 

Changes to Capital Structure .    In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other transaction not involving the receipt of consideration by us, appropriate adjustments will be made to (i) the number of shares reserved under the 2005 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan, (ii) the maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (iii) the number of shares as to which the automatic option grants will be made, and (iv) the number of shares and exercise price or strike price of all outstanding stock options.

 

Corporate Transactions .    In the event of specific significant corporate transactions, such as a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, a sale of at least 90% of our outstanding securities in a merger, consolidation or similar transaction in which we are not the surviving entity, or a merger, consolidation or similar transaction in which we are the surviving entity but our common stock outstanding immediately prior to the transaction is exchanged for or converted into other property, all outstanding options under the 2005 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan may be assumed, continued or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company). If the surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company) elects not to assume, continue or substitute for such options, then (i) with respect to any such options that are held by optionees then performing services for us or our affiliates, the vesting and exercisability of such options will be accelerated in full and such options will be terminated if not exercised prior to the effective date of the corporate transaction, and (ii) all other outstanding options will terminate if not exercised prior to the effective date of the corporate transaction. Our board of directors may also provide that the holder of an outstanding option not assumed in the corporate transaction will surrender such option in exchange for a payment equal to the excess of (i) the value of the property that the optionee would have received upon exercise of the option, over (ii) the exercise price otherwise payable in connection with the option.

 

73


Table of Contents

Changes in Control .    The vesting and exercisability of options held by non-employee directors who are required to resign their position in connection with a specified change in control transaction, such as the acquisition by a party of more than 50% of our voting securities or our consummation of a merger or similar transaction in which our stockholders immediately prior to the transaction do not hold more than 50% of the securities of the surviving entity following the transaction, or are removed from their position in connection with such a change in control will be accelerated in full.

 

2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

In April 2005, our board of directors adopted, and in                      2005, our stockholders approved, our 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will become effective immediately upon the signing of the underwriting agreement for this offering. Unless sooner terminated by our board of directors, our 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will terminate when all shares of common stock reserved for issuance thereunder, as increased and/or adjusted from time to time, have been issued under the terms of the 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

Share Reserve .    Following this offering, the 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan authorizes the issuance of 2,250,000 shares of common stock pursuant to purchase rights granted to our employees or to employees of any of our designated affiliates. The number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance will automatically increase on each January 1st, from January 1, 2006 through January 1, 2015, by the lesser of (i) 0.25% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding on December 31st of the preceding calendar year, or (ii) that number of shares of stock (not to exceed 600,000 shares) as may be determined by the board of directors. The 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. As of the date hereof, no shares of common stock have been purchased under the 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

Administration .    Our board of directors has delegated its authority to administer the 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan to our compensation committee. The 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan is implemented through a series of offerings of purchase rights to eligible employees. Under the 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, we may specify offerings with a duration of not more than 27 months, and may specify shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of common stock will be purchased for employees participating in the offering. An offering may be terminated under specified circumstances, including following our determination that the accounting consequence of operating the 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan is not in our best interest.

 

Payroll Deductions .    Generally, all regular employees, including executive officers, employed by us or by any of our affiliates may participate in the 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and may contribute, normally through payroll deductions, up to 10% of their earnings for the purchase of common stock under the 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Unless otherwise determined by our board of directors, common stock will be purchased for accounts of employees participating in the 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan at a price per share equal to the lower of (i) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the first date of an offering, or (ii) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of purchase.

 

Reset Feature .    If the fair market value of a share of our common stock on any purchase date within a particular offering period is less than the fair market value on the start date of that offering period, then the employees in that offering period will automatically be transferred and enrolled in a new offering period which will begin on the next day following such a purchase date.

 

Limitations .    Employees may have to satisfy one or more of the following service requirements before participating in the 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as determined by our board of directors: (i) customarily employed for more than 20 hours per week, (ii) customarily employed for more than five months per calendar year, or (iii) continuous employment with us or one of our affiliates for a period of time not to exceed two years.

 

74


Table of Contents

No employee may purchase shares under the 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of our common stock valued based on the fair market value per share of our common stock at the beginning of an offering for each year such a purchase right is outstanding. No employee will be eligible for the grant of any purchase rights under the 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan if immediately after such rights are granted, such employee has voting power over 5% or more of our outstanding capital stock measured by vote or value.

 

Changes to Capital Structure .    In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split, appropriate adjustments will be made to (i) the number of shares reserved under the 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and (ii) the number of shares and purchase price of all outstanding purchase rights.

 

Corporate Transactions .    In the event of specified significant corporate transactions, any then-outstanding rights to purchase our stock under the 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will be assumed, continued or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company). If the surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company) elects not to assume, continue or substitute for such purchase rights, then the participants’ accumulated contributions will be used to purchase shares of our common stock within ten business days prior to such corporate transaction, and such purchase rights will terminate immediately thereafter.

 

Executive Severance Benefit Plan

 

In April 2005, our board of directors adopted our Executive Severance Benefit Plan, which becomes effective immediately following this offering. Under the Executive Severance Benefit Plan, executive officers, other than David Brown and Kevin Carney, and some of our other key employees, as designated by our board of directors, are eligible for severance benefits, including cash severance payments and accelerated vesting of outstanding stock and options.

 

Termination without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason.     Under the Executive Severance Benefit Plan, if a beneficiary’s employment with us terminates without cause, or the beneficiary terminates his or her employment with good reason, the beneficiary is entitled to cash severance in an amount equal to six months’ salary, payable in accordance with our standard payroll practices. Additionally, the beneficiary would be entitled to acceleration of six months worth of vesting of the shares of stock held by the beneficiary and the shares of stock subject to any options held by the beneficiary. Further, we will pay any Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, or COBRA, payments for six months.

 

Termination without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason Following a Change of Control .    Under the Executive Severance Benefit Plan, if within eighteen months following a change of control a beneficiary’s employment with us terminates without cause, or the beneficiary terminates his or her employment with good reason, the beneficiary is entitled to cash severance in an amount equal to six months’ salary, payable in accordance with our standard payroll practices. Additionally, the beneficiary would be entitled to acceleration of 50% of the then-unvested shares of stock held by the beneficiary and the shares of stock subject to any options held by the beneficiary. Further, we will pay any COBRA payments for six months.

 

Conditions to Receipt of Benefits .    To be eligible to receive benefits under the Executive Severance Benefit Plan, the beneficiary must execute a general waiver and release of claims in our favor. If a beneficiary is terminated for cause or resigns without good reason, the beneficiary is ineligible for benefits under the Executive Severance Benefit Plan.

 

Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers and Limitation on Liability

 

As permitted by Delaware law, we have adopted provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors for a breach of their fiduciary duty of care. Our amended

 

75


Table of Contents

and restated certificate of incorporation provides that a director will not be personally liable to us or to our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director to the fullest extent permitted by Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Section 102 prohibits our restated certificate of incorporation from limiting the liability of our directors from the following:

 

    any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

    acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; and

 

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

If Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating the personal liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not eliminate a director’s duty of care and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief remain available under Delaware law. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not affect a director’s responsibilities under any other laws, such as the federal securities laws.

 

Our bylaws provide that we must indemnify our directors and executive officers and may indemnify our other employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our bylaws also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, officers and other employees and agents as determined by our board of directors. These agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

 

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit our stockholders and us. A stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

 

At present we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers, employees or other agents in their capacity as such, where indemnification will be required or permitted. We are also not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that might result in a claim for indemnification.

 

76


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

The following is a description of transactions since our inception to which we have been a party, in which the amount involved in the transaction exceeds $60,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

 

Stock Transactions

 

In June and July 1999, we issued and sold to investors an aggregate of 7,822,218 shares of Series A preferred stock, or Old Series A, at a purchase price of $0.5625 per share, for aggregate consideration of $4,399,998. In August, September and November of 1999, we issued and sold to investors an aggregate of 14,054,094 shares of Series B preferred stock, or Old Series B, at a purchase price of $0.84375 per share, for aggregate consideration of $11,858,141. In December 1999 and January 2000, we issued and sold to investors an aggregate of 9,619,343 shares of Series C preferred stock, or Old Series C, at a purchase price of $4.97 per share, for aggregate consideration of $47,808,134. As described more fully in the table below, certain of our directors and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock participated in these transactions.

 

In August 1999, we issued 3,157,997 shares of our common stock to Atlantic Teleservices, L.P., or Atlantic Teleservices, in connection with our acquisition of assets from Atlantic Teleservices. In connection with our acquisition of assets from Innuity, Inc. and related recapitalization described below, each outstanding share of common stock was converted into one-seventh of a share of common stock and in connection therewith these shares converted into 451,141 shares of our common stock. As described more fully in the table below, David Brown shares voting and investment power with respect to these shares.

 

In February 2002, we issued 14,082,926 shares of common stock to Innuity in consideration of our acquisition of certain assets of Innuity. Timothy Maudlin, a current director of ours, and Edward Hechter, a current executive officer of ours, were secured noteholders of Innuity at the time of the transaction and received distributions of our common stock from Artesian Management, Inc. agent for the Innuity secured noteholders, in February 2004. Prior to the Innuity transaction, neither Mr. Maudlin nor Mr. Hechter was a director, executive officer, or stockholder of ours.

 

In February 2002, in connection with the Innuity transaction described above, we issued a warrant exercisable for 357,142 shares of our common stock (post-recapitalization basis) to Atlantic Teleservices. As described more fully in the table below, David Brown shares voting and investment power with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of this warrant.

 

In February 2002, in connection with the Innuity transaction described above, we consummated a recapitalization of the Company, which provided for each outstanding share of common stock to be combined into 0.142857 of a share of common stock, each outstanding share of the Old Series A to be converted into 0.25 of a share of common stock, each outstanding share of the Old Series B to be converted into 0.357143 of a share of common stock, and each outstanding share of the Old Series C to be converted into 0.714286 of a share of common stock. The shares of our stock issued to Innuity were issued on a post-recapitalization basis. Shares of common stock, Old Series A, Old Series B and Old Series C held by our directors, executive officers and 5% stockholders were affected by this recapitalization.

 

In November 2003, we repriced all outstanding stock options having a per share exercise price in excess of $0.40 to have an exercise price of $0.40 per share. Options held by some of our officers were affected by the repricing. David Brown held stock options to purchase 451,180 shares of our common stock at a per share exercise price of $0.70 that were repriced in connection with the repricing. Kevin Carney held stock options to purchase 49,998 shares of our common stock at a per share exercise price of $0.70 that were repriced in connection with the repricing. None of our other executive officers held stock options that were affected by this repricing.

 

77


Table of Contents

In December 2003 and February 2004, we issued and sold to investors an aggregate of 29,524,139 shares of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock, or New Series A, at a purchase price of $0.5758 per share, for aggregate consideration of $16,999,999. Upon completion of this offering, these shares will convert into 29,524,139 shares of common stock. As described more fully in the table below, certain of our directors and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock participated in these transactions.

 

In February 2004, we effected a repurchase of an aggregate of 12,015,391 shares of our common stock from investors for a total purchase price of $5,188,847. Of these shares, 774,004 were repurchased from Mr. Maudlin, one of our directors, for an aggregate purchase price of $334,254, and 388,114 were purchased from Mr. Maudlin’s wife, Janice K. Maudlin, for an aggregate purchase price of $167,607.

 

In February 2005, we issued and sold to investors an aggregate of 2,100,693 shares of Series B convertible redeemable preferred stock, or New Series B, at a purchase price of $1.4281 per share, for aggregate consideration of $3,000,000. Upon completion of this offering, these shares will convert into 2,100,693 shares of common stock. As described more fully in the table below, holders of more than 5% of our capital stock participated in these transactions.

 

In April 2005, we issued 11,602,654 shares of our common stock to the stockholders of Leads.com, Inc., as consideration for all of the outstanding capital stock of Leads.com in connection with our acquisition of Leads.com. Tobias Dengel and Todd Walrath, each of whom is currently a key employee of ours and a holder of more than 5% of our outstanding stock, received shares in this transaction as consideration for their shares of Leads.com stock. Prior to the Leads.com transaction, neither Mr. Dengel nor Mr. Walrath was a director, executive officer, or stockholder of ours.

 

Since our inception through April 22, 2005, the following executive officers, directors and 5% or more stockholders have purchased securities in the amounts and as of the dates set forth below.

 

     Common(1)

    New Series A(2)

   New Series B(3)

Directors and Executive Officers

               

David Brown

   934,603 (4)   —      —  

Darin Brannan

   232,856 (5)   —      —  

Edward Hechter

   490,829 (6)   —      —  

Timothy Maudlin

   1,162,119 (7)   —      —  

George Still

   22,222 (8)   —      —  

Joel Williamson

   19,810 (9)   —      —  

Entities Affiliated with Directors

               

Entities affiliated with Insight Venture Partners IV, LP(10)

   —       23,445,640    —  

Entities affiliated with Norwest Venture Partners VII, LP(11)

   4,150,826 (12)   6,078,499    2,100,693

Other 5% Securityholders

               

Entities affiliated with Crosspoint Venture Partners(13)

   4,150,826 (12)   —      —  

Tobias Dengel

   4,438,579 (14)   —      —  

Todd Walrath

   4,438,579 (14)   —      —  

(1) All share amounts and per share prices in the table set forth above and in the notes below have been adjusted to give effect to our February 2002 recapitalization, which resulted in a reverse split of each share of our common stock into 0.142857 of a share of common stock, the conversion of each share of our Old Series A into 0.25 of a share of common stock, the conversion of each share of our Old Series B into 0.357143 of a share of common stock, and the conversion of each share of our Old Series C into 0.714286 of a share of common stock.
(2) Upon completion of this offering, each share of New Series A will convert into one share of common stock.
(3) Upon completion of this offering, each share of New Series B will convert into one share of common stock.

 

78


Table of Contents
(4) Consists of 451,141 shares held by Atlantic Teleservices, 357,142 shares issuable upon the exercise of a warrant held by Atlantic Teleservices that are exercisable within 60 days of April 22, 2005, and 126,320 shares held by Atlantic Partners Group that were initially issued to Atlantic Partners Group as Old Series A and Old Series B. Mr. Brown is a member of CIMC Atlantic II, LLC, which is the general partner of Atlantic Teleservices and Atlantic Partners Group. Mr. Brown shares voting and investment power with respect to these shares with Alton G. Keel, Jr.
(5) Consists of 232,856 shares purchased by Mr. Brannan in April 1999 at a purchase price of $0.007 per share.
(6) Consists of 140,829 shares issued to Mr. Hechter in February 2004 in his capacity as a secured noteholder of Innuity, Inc., and 350,000 shares issued to Mr. Hechter in December 2004 upon the exercise of a fully-vested stock option at an exercise price of $0.10 per share.
(7) Consists of (i) 1,548,009 shares issued to Mr. Maudlin in February 2004 in his capacity as a secured noteholder of Innuity, Inc., (ii) 776,228 shares issued to Mr. Maudlin’s spouse, Janice K. Maudlin, in February 2004 in her capacity as a secured noteholder of Innuity, Inc., (iii) the subsequent repurchase by us of 774,004 shares of common stock from Mr. Maudlin at a purchase price of $0.43185 per share, for aggregate consideration of $334,254 in February 2004, and (iv) the subsequent repurchase by us of 388,114 shares of common stock from Ms. Maudlin at a purchase price of $0.43185 per share, for aggregate consideration of $167,607 in February 2004.
(8) Consists of 22,222 shares purchased by Mr. Still in July 1999 at a purchase price of $2.25 per share.
(9) Consists of 2,695 shares purchased by Mr. Williamson in July 1999 at a purchase price of $2.25 per share, and 17,115 shares purchased by Mr. Williamson in September 1999 at a purchase price of $2.36 per share.
(10) Consists of 18,535,912 shares held by Insight Venture Partners IV, L.P., 147,285 shares held by Insight Venture Partners (Fund B) IV, L.P., 2,284,344 shares held by Insight Venture Partners (Co-Investor) IV, L.P., and 2,478,099 shares held by Insight Venture Partners (Cayman) IV, L.P., together the Insight Partnerships. The general partner of each of the Insight Partnerships is Insight Venture Associates IV, LLC, or Insight Associates, whose managing member is Insight Holdings Group, LLC, or Insight Holdings. Insight Holdings is managed by its Board of Managers, or Insight Holdings Board of Managers. One of our directors, Deven Parekh, and each of Jeffrey Horing, Jerry Murdock, Peter Sobiloff and Scott Maxwell are members of the Insight Holdings Board of Managers. Another of our directors, Jeffrey Lieberman, is a managing director of Insight Venture Partners, an affiliate of the Insight Partnerships. As a result thereof, each of Insight Associates, Insight Holdings, and Messrs. Parekh, Horing, Murdock, Sobiloff and Maxwell may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by the Insight Partnerships.
(11) Consists of 4,150,826 shares held by Norwest Venture Partners VII, L.P., 5,498,287 shares held by Norwest Venture Partners VII-A, L.P., 2,609,014 shares held by Norwest Venture Partners IX, L.P., and 71,891 shares held by NVP Entrepreneurs Fund IX, L.P. George Still, one of our directors, is a general partner of ITASCA VC Partners VII, LP, which is the general partner of Norwest Venture Partners VII, L.P., a managing director of ITASCA VC Partners VII-A, LLC, which is the general partner of Norwest Venture Partners VII-A, L.P., and a managing director of Genesis VC Partners IX, LLC, which is the general partner of Norwest Venture Partners IX, L.P. and NVP Entrepreneurs’ Fund IX, L.P. One of our directors, George Still, shares voting and investment power with respect to these shares with Promod Haque.
(12) Reflects 933,333 shares purchased at a purchase price of $2.25 per share in June and July 1999, 1,851,852 shares purchased at a purchase price of $2.36 per share in August 1999, and 1,365,641 shares purchased at a purchase price of $6.95 in December and January 2000.
(13) Consists of 2,785,185 shares held by Crosspoint Venture Partners 1999 and 1,365,641 shares issued to Crosspoint Venture Partners LS 1999. Richard Shapero holds voting and investment power with respect to these shares.
(14) Consists of shares issued as consideration in connection with our acquisition of all the outstanding stock of Leads.com, Inc. in April 2005.

 

Insight Venture Partners Consulting Agreement

 

In December 2003, we entered into a letter agreement with Insight Venture Management, LLC, or IVM, an affiliate of Insight Venture Partners IV, L.P., whereby we received consulting services from IVM for a term of

 

79


Table of Contents

twelve months beginning January 1, 2004. This agreement expired pursuant to its terms on December 31, 2004. We paid IVM an aggregate amount of $61 thousand for these services during 2004. Two of our directors, Jeffrey Lieberman and Deven Parekh, are affiliates of Insight Venture Partners, and entities affiliated with Insight Venture Partners own more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

 

Investors’ Rights Agreement

 

We and some of our stockholders, including the preferred stockholders and some of the common stockholders described above, have entered into an investors’ rights agreement pursuant to which these stockholders will have registration rights with respect to their shares of common stock following this offering. For a further description of this agreement, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

 

Employment Agreements

 

We have entered into employment agreements with some of our executive officers. For more information regarding these agreements, see “Management—Employment Agreements” and “Change of Control Provisions.”

 

Director and Officer Indemnification

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions limiting the liability of directors. In addition, we have entered into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. See “Management—Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers and Limitation on Liability.”

 

Policy on Future Transactions

 

All future transactions between us and our officers, directors, principal stockholders and their affiliates will be approved by a majority of our board of directors, including a majority of independent and disinterested directors in these transactions.

 

80


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

 

The following table contains information about the beneficial ownership of our common stock before and after our initial public offering for:

 

    each stockholder known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

    each of our directors;

 

    each of our named executive officers;

 

    all directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

    each selling stockholder.

 

The percentage of ownership indicated in the following table is based on 58,112,581 shares of common stock outstanding on April 22, 2005 and                      shares of common stock outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering, each of which assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible redeemable preferred stock. The table assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 

Information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by each director, officer, beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock or selling stockholder and is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Except as indicated by footnote and subject to community property laws where applicable, to our knowledge, the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by them. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to options or warrants held by that person that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days after April 22, 2005 are deemed outstanding, while such shares are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each person or entity named in the table below is c/o Website Pros, Inc., 12735 Gran Bay Parkway West, Building 200, Jacksonville, Florida 32258.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner


   Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned Before
Offering


   Number of
Shares to be
Sold in the
Offering(1)


   Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
After the
Offering


   Percentage of Shares
Outstanding


            Before the
Offering


    After the
Offering


5% Stockholders

                         

Entities and individuals affiliated with Insight Venture Partners(2)

680 Fifth Avenue, 8 th Floor

New York, NY 10019

  

 

23,445,640

            

 

40.3

 

%

   

Entities and individuals affiliated with Norwest Venture Partners(3)

525 University Avenue

Suite 800

Palo Alto, CA 94301

  

 

12,330,018

            

 

21.2

 

   

Entities and individuals affiliated with
Crosspoint Venture Partners(4)

The Pioneer Hotel Building

2925 Woodside Road

Woodside, CA 94062

   4,150,826             

 

7.1

 

   

Tobias Dengel(5)

   4,438,979              7.6      

Todd Walrath(5)

   4,438,979              7.6      

 

81


Table of Contents

Name of Beneficial Owner


   Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned Before
Offering


   Number of
Shares to be
Sold in the
Offering(1)


   Number of Shares
Beneficially
Owned After
the Offering


   Percentage of Shares
Outstanding


            Before the
Offering


    After the
Offering


Directors and Named Executive Officers

                         

David Brown(6)

   7,874,395              12.0 %    

Kevin Carney(7)

   1,284,295              2.2      

Darin Brannan(8)

   1,269,718              2.1      

Roseann Duran(9)

   472,489              *      

Edward Hechter(10)

   1,505,601              2.6      

Jeffrey Lieberman(2)

   23,445,640              40.3      

Timothy Maudlin(11)

   1,162,119              2.0      

Deven Parekh(2)

   23,445,640              40.3      

George Still(3)(12)

   12,352,240              21.3      

All directors and executive officers as a group (9 persons)(13)

   49,366,497             

 

71.4

 

   

Other Selling Stockholders(14)

                         

 


*Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

(1) If the underwriters exercise in full their over-allotment option in full, the following stockholders will sell the following additional shares:
(2) Consists of 18,535,912 shares held by Insight Venture Partners IV, L.P., 147,285 shares held by Insight Venture Partners (Fund B) IV, L.P., 2,284,344 shares held by Insight Venture Partners (Co-Investor) IV, L.P., and 2,478,099 shares held by Insight Venture Partners (Cayman) IV, L.P., together the Insight Partnerships. The general partner of each of the Insight Partnerships is Insight Venture Associates IV, LLC, or Insight Associates, whose managing member is Insight Holdings Group, LLC, or Insight Holdings. Insight Holdings is managed by its Board of Managers, or Insight Holdings Board of Managers. One of our directors, Deven Parekh, and each of Jeffrey Horing, Jerry Murdock, Peter Sobiloff and Scott Maxwell are members of the Insight Holdings Board of Managers. Another of our directors, Jeffrey Lieberman, is a managing director of Insight Venture Partners, an affiliate of the Insight Partnerships. As a result thereof, each of Insight Associates, Insight Holdings, and Messrs. Parekh, Horing, Murdock, Sobiloff and Maxwell may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by the Insight Partnerships.
(3) Consists of 4,150,826 shares of common stock held by Norwest Venture Partners VII, L.P., or Norwest VII, 5,498,287 shares of common stock held by Norwest Venture Partners VII-A, L.P., or Norwest VII-A, 2,609,014 shares held by Norwest Venture Partners IX, L.P., or Norwest IX, and 71,891 shares held by NVP Entrepreneurs’ Fund IX, or NVP IX. George Still, one of our directors, is a managing director of each of Itasca VC Partners VII-A, LLC and Genesis VC Partners IX, LLC, which are the general partners of the Norwest Investing Entities. Mr. Still shares voting and investment power with respect to these shares with Promod Haque.
(4) Consists of 2,785,185 shares of common stock held by Crosspoint Venture Partners 1999 and 1,365,641 shares of common stock held by Crosspoint Venture Partners LS 1999. Richard Shapero holds voting and investment power with respect to these shares.
(5) Consists of shares issued as consideration in connection with our acquisition of all the outstanding stock of Leads.com, Inc. in April 2005.
(6) Excludes 2,500,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of options granted to Mr. Brown, which do not begin vesting until the first day our common stock is publicly traded. Consists of 451,141 shares held by Atlantic Teleservices, L.P., or Atlantic Teleservices, 357,142 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Atlantic Teleservices that are exercisable within 60 days of April 22, 2005, 126,320 shares held by Atlantic Partners Group, and 6,939,792 shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of April 22, 2005. Mr. Brown is a member of CIMC Atlantic II, LLC, which is the general partner of Atlantic Teleservices and Atlantic Partners Group. Mr. Brown shares voting and investment power with respect to these shares with Alton G. Keel, Jr.
(7) Consists of 1,284,295 shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of April 22, 2005. Excludes shares of common stock held by Atlantic Partners Group, L.P., as to which Mr. Carney has no voting or investment power, but does retain an economic interest.

 

82


Table of Contents
(8) Includes 1,036,862 shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of April 22, 2005.
(9) Consists of 472,489 shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of April 22, 2005.
(10) Includes 350,000 shares held jointly with Mr. Hechter’s wife, Lisa Jacobsen Hechter, 112,000 shares purchased from another stockholder, and 902,772 shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of April 22, 2005.
(11) Includes 388,114 shares held by Mr. Maudlin’s wife, Janice K. Maudlin.
(12) In addition to the shares described in note 3 above, includes 22,222 shares of common stock held by Mr. Still.
(13) Includes 10,993,352 shares issuable upon exercise of stock options and warrants beneficially owned by all executive officers and directors currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of April 22, 2005. See notes (2) through (12) above.
(14) Unless otherwise indicated, the shares sold to the selling stockholders were issued directly by Website Pros pursuant to private equity financings.

 

83


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

Upon completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue 150,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share. The following is a summary of the material features of our capital stock. For more detail, please see our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which are exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

Common Stock

 

Outstanding Shares

 

As of March 31, 2005, we had 59 stockholders, and, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding preferred stock into common stock, 45,582,185 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. In addition, as of March 31, 2005, options to purchase 14,518,111 shares of common stock were outstanding, and warrants to purchase 1,768,380 shares of common stock were also outstanding. Based on our outstanding capital stock as of March 31, 2005, upon completion of this offering, there will be                      shares of common stock outstanding assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option or exercise of outstanding warrants or stock options.

 

Voting Rights

 

Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, our stockholders will not have cumulative voting rights. Because of this, the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose.

 

Dividends

 

Subject to limitations under Delaware law and preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of legally available funds.

 

Liquidation

 

In the event we liquidate, dissolve or wind up, holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

 

Rights and Preferences

 

Holders of common stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

 

Fully Paid and Nonassessable

 

All outstanding shares of our common stock are, and all shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

84


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

 

Following the offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereon. Our board of directors may also increase or decrease the number of shares of any series, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding, without any further vote or action by our stockholders.

 

Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control and may adversely affect the market price of the common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. After the closing of this offering, no shares of our preferred stock will be outstanding.

 

Warrants

 

In February 2002, we issued a warrant to purchase 357,142 shares of common stock to Atlantic Teleservices, L.P. at an exercise price of $0.01 per share. The warrant will expire on February 14, 2009.

 

In February 2002, we issued a warrant to purchase 4,500 shares of common stock to PNC Bank, National Association at an exercise price of $0.01 per share. The warrant will expire on February 14, 2009.

 

In December 2003, we issued a warrant to purchase 1,042,028 shares of our Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock to Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc. at an exercise price of $0.5758 per share. The warrant will expire on December 10, 2008.

 

In April 2004, we issued a warrant to purchase 364,710 shares of our Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock to Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc. at an exercise price of $0.5758 per share. The warrant will expire on April 27, 2009.

 

Each of these warrants has a net exercise provision under which its holder may, in lieu of payment of the exercise price in cash, surrender the warrant and receive a net amount of shares based on the fair market value of our common stock at the time of exercise of the warrant after deduction of the aggregate exercise price. Each of these warrants also contains provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the aggregate number of shares issuable upon exercise of the warrant in the event of stock dividends, stock splits, reorganizations, reclassifications, mergers, certain sales or conveyances, and consolidations.

 

We have also granted registration rights to certain of our warrant holders pursuant to an investors’ rights agreement, which is more fully described below under “Registration Rights.”

 

Registration Rights

 

Demand Registration Rights

 

Beginning 180 days following the closing of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 31,624,832 shares of our common stock and the holder of warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,406,738 shares of our common stock may require us, upon written request from holders of a majority of these shares, and on not more than two occasions, to file a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to their shares.

 

Piggyback Registration Rights

 

As of March 31, 2005, if we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act of 1933 either for our own account or for the account of other stockholders, the holders of an aggregate of 43,352,083 shares of

 

85


Table of Contents

our common stock, the holder of a warrant to purchase 4,500 shares of our common stock and the holder of warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,406,738 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock, which will become exercisable for an equal number of shares of common stock upon completion of this offering, will be entitled to notice of the registration and will be entitled to include their shares of common stock in the registration statement. These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under certain circumstances. The holders of these rights have waived their rights to have their shares included in this offering. However, as set forth above under “Principal and Selling Stockholders” some of these holders are selling some of their shares in connection with this offering.

 

Registration on Form S-3

 

Beginning 12 months following the effective date of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 31,624,832 shares of our common stock and the holder of warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,406,738 shares of our common stock will be entitled, upon their written request, to have such shares registered by us on a Form S-3 registration statement at our expense provided that such requested registration has an anticipated aggregate offering size to the public of at least $500,000 and we have not already effected two registrations on Form S-3 within the preceding 12-month period.

 

Expenses of Registration

 

We will pay all expenses relating to any demand, piggyback or Form S-3 registrations, other than underwriting fees, discounts, allowances and commissions, subject to specified conditions and limitations.

 

Expiration of Registration Rights

 

The registration rights granted to a holder under the Investors’ Rights Agreement will terminate on the fifth anniversary of this offering.

 

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law and Certain Provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

 

Delaware Law

 

We are governed by Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes mergers, asset sales or other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the stockholder. An “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years did own, 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock. These provisions may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control.

 

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be effective following the completion of this offering include a number of provisions that may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying or preventing changes in our control or management, including the following:

 

    Our board of directors will be divided into three classes. The classification of our board of directors will have the effect of requiring at least two annual stockholder meetings, instead of one, to replace a majority of our directors, which could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in our control or management. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that directors may be removed only for cause;

 

86


Table of Contents
    Our board of directors can issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with any rights or preferences, including the right to approve or not approve an acquisition or other change in control;

 

    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that all stockholder actions following the completion of this offering must be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders and not by written consent;

 

    Our bylaws provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide timely notice in writing. Our bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. In addition, our bylaws provide that stockholders may not call a special meeting of the stockholders. These provisions may delay or preclude stockholders from bringing matters before a meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at a meeting of stockholders, which could delay or deter takeover attempts or changes in management;

 

    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that all vacancies, including any newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors then in office, even if less than a quorum. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors may fix the number of directors by resolution;

 

    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting for our directors. The absence of cumulative voting may make it more difficult for stockholders owning less than a majority of our stock to elect any directors to our board; and

 

    The provisions within our amended and restated certificate of incorporation relating to the corporate actions described above may only be amended with the approval of 66  2 / 3 % of our outstanding voting stock, and our amended and restated bylaws may be amended either by the board of directors or by the approval of 66  2 / 3 % of our outstanding voting stock.

 

NASDAQ National Market Listing

 

We have applied to have our common stock included for quotation on the NASDAQ National Market under the symbol “WSPI.”

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is                     .

 

87


Table of Contents

UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

TO NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS

 

The following is a general discussion of the material United States federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock to a non-United States holder. For the purpose of this discussion, a non-United States holder is any holder that for United States federal income tax purposes is not a United States person. For purposes of this discussion, the term United States person means:

 

    an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation or a partnership or entity taxable as a partnership created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;

 

    an estate whose income is subject to United States federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a United States court and which has one or more United States persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has made an election to be treated as a United States person.

 

If a partnership holds common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, we urge partnerships which hold our common stock and partners in such partnerships to consult their tax advisors.

 

This discussion assumes that non-United States holders will hold our common stock issued pursuant to the offering as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all aspects of United States federal income taxation that may be relevant in light of a non-United States holder’s special tax status or special tax situations. United States expatriates, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations and governments, dealers in securities or currency, banks or other financial institutions, investors whose functional currency is other than the United States dollar, and investors that hold common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or risk reduction transaction are among those categories of potential investors that are subject to special rules not covered in this discussion. This discussion does not address any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or non-United States taxing jurisdiction. Furthermore, the following discussion is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and Treasury Regulations and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as in effect on the date hereof, and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. Accordingly, we urge each non-United States Holder to consult a tax advisor regarding the United States federal, state, local and non-United States income and other tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of shares of our common stock.

 

Dividends

 

We have not paid any dividends on our common stock and we do not plan to pay any dividends for the foreseeable future. However if we do pay dividends on our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for United States tax purposes to the extent paid from our current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under United States federal income tax principles. To the extent those dividends exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the dividends will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce a holder’s basis, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.

 

Any dividend (out of earnings and profits) paid to a non-United States holder of common stock generally will be subject to United States withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty. To receive a reduced treaty rate, a non-United States holder must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of Form W-8 certifying qualification for the reduced rate.

 

88


Table of Contents

Dividends received by a non-United States holder that are effectively connected with a United States trade or business conducted by the non-United States holder are exempt from such withholding tax. To obtain this exemption, a non-United States holder must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to United States persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition to the graduated tax described above, dividends received by corporate non-United States holder that are effectively connected with a United States trade or business of the corporate non-United States holder may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty.

 

A non-United States holder of common stock that is eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax pursuant to a tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts currently withheld if an appropriate claim for refund is filed with the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS.

 

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

 

A non-United States holder generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

    the gain is effectively connected with a United States trade or business of the non-United States holder (which gain, in the case of a corporate non-United States holder, must also be taken into account for branch profits tax purposes);

 

    the non-United States holder is an individual who holds his or her common stock as a capital asset (generally, an asset held for investment purposes) and who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

 

    our common stock constitutes a United States real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation” for United States federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or the holder’s holding period for our common stock. We believe that we are not currently, and that we will not become, a “United States real property holding corporation” for United States federal income tax purposes.

 

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

 

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. A similar report is sent to the holder. Pursuant to tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in the recipient’s country of residence.

 

Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to a non-United States holder may be subject to backup withholding (currently at a rate of 28%) unless the non-United States holder establishes an exemption, for example, by properly certifying its non-United States status on a Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a United States person.

 

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the United States income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.

 

89


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Market sales of shares or the availability of shares for sale may decrease the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a portion of our outstanding shares of common stock will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market after these restrictions lapse, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of the common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities.

 

Upon completion of this offering,                      shares of common stock will be outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants. All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable. Except as set forth below, the remaining shares of common stock outstanding after this offering will be restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements. These remaining shares will be available for sale in the public market roughly as follows:

 

Date of Availability of Sale


   Approximate
Number of
Shares


•       As of the date of this prospectus

    

•       90 days after the date of the prospectus

    

•       180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to volume limitations pursuant to Rule 144

    

•       180 days after the date of this prospectus, not subject to volume limitations pursuant to Rule 144

    

 

Rule 144

 

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as currently in effect, a person who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least one year would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                      shares immediately after the offering; or

 

    the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the NASDAQ National Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

 

Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. Based upon the number of shares outstanding as of March 31, 2005, an aggregate of approximately                      shares of our common stock will be eligible to be sold pursuant to Rule 144, subject to the volume restrictions described above, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus; however, substantially all of these shares are subject to agreements not to sell such shares for 180 days following the completion of this offering and will only become eligible for sale upon the expiration or termination of those agreements.

 

Rule 144(k)

 

Under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act of 1933, as currently in effect, a person who is deemed not to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell the shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume

 

90


Table of Contents

limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Based upon the number of shares outstanding as of March 31, 2005, an aggregate of approximately              shares of our common stock will be eligible to be sold pursuant to Rule 144(k) after the date of this prospectus; however, substantially all of these shares are subject to agreements not to sell these shares for 180 days following the completion of this offering and will only become eligible for sale upon the expiration or termination of those agreements.

 

Rule 701

 

Rule 701 under the Securities Act of 1933, as currently in effect, permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with some of the restrictions of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement. Most of our employees, officers, directors or consultants who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract (such as our 1999 Equity Incentive Plan) may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, but all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their shares; however, substantially all of these shares are subject to agreements not to sell these shares for 180 days following the completion of this offering and will become eligible for sale upon the expiration or termination of those agreements.

 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

Each of our officers, directors and substantially all of the other stockholders, who together will hold                      shares of our common stock upon completion of this offering, have agreed, subject to specified exceptions, that without the prior consent of Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc., they will not, directly or indirectly, sell, offer, contract to sell, transfer the economic risk of ownership in, make any short sale, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any shares of our capital stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, or any other rights to purchase or acquire, our capital stock for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus. Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc. may, in its sole discretion, permit early release of shares subject to the lock-up agreements, although it has no current plans to do so. Any release of shares from the lock-up agreements by Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc. would be made only at our request or at the request of a particular stockholder who is subject to the lock-up agreement, and these requests would be considered on a case-by-case basis.

 

Registration Rights

 

Upon completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 43,352,083 shares of our common stock, the holders of warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,411,237 shares of our common stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act of 1933. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act of 1933 would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act of 1933, except for shares purchased by affiliates, immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement relating to their shares. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

 

Stock Options

 

Immediately after this offering, we intend to file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 covering the shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our stock plans and employee stock purchase plan. The registration statement is expected to be filed and become effective as soon as practicable after the closing of this offering. Accordingly, shares registered under the registration statement will, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to affiliates, be available for sale in the open market immediately upon the effectiveness of this registration statement; however, all of these shares are subject to agreements not to sell these shares for 180 days following the completion of this offering and will only become eligible for sale upon the expiration or termination of those agreements, 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

 

91


Table of Contents

Warrants

 

Each of our outstanding warrants can be exercised at any time. Additionally, subject in some cases to Rule 144 volume limitations, if the warrants are exercised, the shares issued upon exercise will be available for sale in the open market immediately upon the effectiveness of this registration statement; however, all shares issuable upon exercise of these warrants are subject to agreements not to sell these shares for 180 days following the completion of this offering and will only become eligible for sale upon the expiration or termination of those agreements, 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

 

92


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

 

Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc., Piper Jaffray & Co. and RBC Capital Markets Corporation are acting as representatives of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions in the underwriting agreement, each underwriter named below has agreed to purchase from us and the selling stockholders, on a firm commitment basis, the respective number of shares of common stock shown opposite its name below:

 

Underwriters


   Number of Shares

Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc.

    

Piper Jaffray & Co.

    

RBC Capital Markets Corporation

    
    

Total

    
    

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters’ obligations to purchase our common stock are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and the satisfaction of other conditions. These conditions include, among others, the continued accuracy of representations and warranties made by us in the underwriting agreement, delivery of legal opinions from our counsel and counsel for the selling stockholders, and the absence of material adverse changes in our assets, business or prospects after the date of this prospectus. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all of the shares (other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below) if they purchase any shares.

 

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose to offer the common stock directly to the public at the public offering price presented on the cover page of this prospectus and to selected dealers, who may include the underwriters, at the public offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $             per share. The underwriters may allow, and the selected dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $             per share to brokers and dealers. After the offering, the underwriters may change the offering price and other selling terms. The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend to confirm sales to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

 

The following table summarizes the underwriting discounts and commissions that we and the selling stockholders will pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock.

 

          Total

     Per Share

  

Without

Over-
Allotment


   With
Over-
Allotment


Public offering price

   $                 $                 $             

Underwriting discount paid by us

   $      $      $  

Underwriting discount paid by selling stockholders

   $      $      $  

 

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $            .

 

We and the selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters an option to purchase up to an aggregate of              shares of common stock (             from us and              from the selling stockholders), exercisable solely to cover over-allotments, if any, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions shown on the cover page of this prospectus. The underwriters may exercise this option in whole or in part at any time until 30 days after the date of the underwriting agreement. To the extent the underwriters exercise this

 

93


Table of Contents

option, each underwriter will be committed, so long as the conditions of the underwriting agreement are satisfied, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial commitment as indicated in the preceding table. If this option is not exercised in full, the amount of shares as to which it is exercised will be apportioned among us and each selling stockholder on a pro rata basis.

 

We and our officers, directors, substantially all of our stockholders and option holders have agreed not to, directly or indirectly, offer to sell, contract to sell, or otherwise sell, pledge, dispose of or hedge any common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated between the representatives and us. In determining the initial public offering price of our common stock, the representatives will consider:

 

    prevailing market conditions;

 

    our historical performance and capital structure;

 

    estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects;

 

    an overall assessment of our management; and

 

    the consideration of these factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

 

We have applied to have our common stock approved for quotation on the NASDAQ National Market under the symbol “WSPI.”

 

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities relating to the offering, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities arising from breaches of the representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.

 

The representatives may engage in over-allotment transactions, stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the common stock, in accordance with Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

    Over-allotment transactions involve sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any short position by either exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing shares in the open market.

 

    Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specific maximum.

 

    Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by the over-allotment option, a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

94


Table of Contents
    Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

 

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the NASDAQ National Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

 

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these stabilizing transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

 

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to              shares, or 5% of our common stock offered by this prospectus, for sale under a directed share program to our officers, directors, employees and other individuals who have family or personal relationships with our employees. All of the persons purchasing the reserved shares must commit to purchase no later than the close of business on the day following the date of this prospectus. The number of shares available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase the reserved shares. Shares committed to be purchased by directed share participants that are not so purchased will be reallocated for sale to the general public in the offering. All sales of shares under the directed share program will be made at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc. has previously acted as an exclusive placement agent for us in connection with the sale of our Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock to select accredited investors on a best efforts basis. Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc. was paid a placement fee in cash and in the form of warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,406,738 shares of our Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.5758 per share. Each share of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock upon the completion of this offering, at which time these warrants will become exercisable for an aggregate of 1,406,738 shares of common stock.

 

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. The representatives will allocate shares of common stock to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, shares of common stock may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell shares to online brokerage account holders.

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Cooley Godward LLP, Palo Alto, California. GC&H Investments, LLC, an investment fund affiliated with Cooley Godward LLP, owns an aggregate of 25,486 shares of our common stock. Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP, Washington, District of Columbia, will pass upon certain legal matters for the underwriters.

 

EXPERTS

 

The consolidated financial statements of Website Pros, Inc. at December 31, 2003 and 2004, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, and of Leads.com, Inc. at December 31, 2003 and 2004

 

95


Table of Contents

and for the year ended December 31, 2004, and the period from inception (June 30, 2003) to December 31, 2003 appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in its reports thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such reports given on the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which is a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information about us and the common stock offered by this prospectus, please see the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed with the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, we refer you to the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed with the registration statement may be inspected without charge at the public reference room maintained by the SEC, located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from such offices upon the payment of the fees prescribed by the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. The SEC also maintains an Internet Website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the Website is www.sec.gov .

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Such periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and on the Website of the SEC referred to above. We maintain a Website at www.websitepros.com . You may access our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act with the SEC free of charge at our Website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The reference to our Web address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at such site.

 

96


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page

Website Pros, Inc.

    

Report of Independent Registered Public Accountants

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2003 and 2004 and March 31, 2005 (unaudited)

   F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 and for the three months ended March 31, 2004 (unaudited) and March 31, 2005 (unaudited)

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) and Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 and for the three months ended March 31, 2005 (unaudited)

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 and for the three months ended March 31, 2004 (unaudited) and March 31, 2005 (unaudited)

   F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-7

Leads.com, Inc.

    

Report of Independent Registered Public Accountants

   F-31

Balance Sheets at December 31, 2003 and 2004 and March 31, 2005 (unaudited)

   F-32

Statements of Operations for the period from inception to December 31, 2003 and the year ended December 31, 2004 and for the three months ended March 31, 2005 (unaudited)

   F-33

Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the period from inception to December 31, 2003 and the year ended December 31, 2004 and for the three months ended March 31, 2005 (unaudited)

   F-34

Statements of Cash Flows for the period from inception to December 31, 2003 and the year ended December 31, 2004 and for the three months ended March 31, 2005 (unaudited)

   F-35

Notes to Financial Statements

   F-36

Website Pros, Inc. Unaudited Pro Forma

    

Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Condensed Balance Sheet at March 31, 2005

   F-44

Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Condensed Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2004

   F-45

Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Condensed Statement of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2005

   F-46

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Condensed Financial Statements

   F-47

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accountants

 

Board of Directors and Shareholders

Website Pros, Inc.

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Website Pros, Inc. as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit) and convertible redeemable preferred stock, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Website Pros, Inc. at December 31, 2003 and 2004 and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

As discussed in Note 2, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003 and the consolidated statement of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit), and convertible redeemable preferred stock and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2004, have been restated to correct the accounting for stock options and convertible redeemable preferred stock.

 

As discussed in Note 6, effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets .”

 

Jacksonville, Florida

April 22, 2005

 

/s/    Ernst & Young LLP

 

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Website Pros, Inc.

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

    December 31,

   

March 31,

2005

As Restated


    Pro Forma
March 31,
2005


 
   

2003

As Restated


   

2004

As Restated


     
                (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Assets

                               

Current assets:

                               

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 6,282     $ 6,621     $ 10,374     $ 10,374  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $653, $365 and $442, respectively

    1,476       2,320       2,674       2,674  

Inventories, net of reserves of $41, $61 and $36, respectively

    83       178       157       157  

Prepaid expenses

    35       87       80       80  

Prepaid marketing fees and other current assets

    738       740       760       760  
   


 


 


 


Total current assets

    8,614       9,946       14,045       14,045  

Property and equipment, net

    285       424       377       377  

Goodwill and other intangible assets

    2,933       2,987       2,979       2,979  

Other assets

    37       13       242       242  
   


 


 


 


Total assets

  $ 11,869     $ 13,370     $ 17,643     $ 17,643  
   


 


 


 


Liabilities, convertible redeemable preferred stock, and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

                               

Current liabilities:

                               

Accounts payable

  $ 1,224     $ 655     $ 910     $ 910  

Accrued expenses

    1,173       1,135       1,759       1,759  

Deferred revenue

    2,466       2,681       2,791       2,791  

Accrued marketing fees

    164       197       234       234  

Net Objects earnout, current

    628       —         —         —    

Other liabilities

    45       352       292       292  
   


 


 


 


Total current liabilities

    5,700       5,020       5,986       5,986  

Accrued rent expense

    89       87       85       85  
   


 


 


 


Total liabilities

    5,789       5,107       6,071       6,071  

Convertible redeemable preferred stock:

                               

Series A, $0.001 par value; 19,000,000 shares authorized, 17,367,141 shares issued and outstanding as at December 31, 2003; 31,200,000 shares authorized, 29,524,139 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2004 and at March 31, 2005

    9,233       17,454       17,839       —    

Series B, $0.001 par value, 2,100,693 shares authorized, 2,100,693 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2005

    —         —         2,990       —    

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

                               

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 71,000,000 shares authorized, 28,900,850 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2003; 83,200,000 shares authorized, 29,590,109 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2004; 98,200,000 shares authorized, 29,590,400 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2005

    29       30       30       62  

Treasury shares, at cost; 2,305,782 shares at December 31, 2003, 15,633,049 shares at December 31, 2004 and March 31, 2005

    (669 )     (6,372 )     (6,372 )     (6,372 )

Additional paid-in capital

    65,845       66,942       67,049       87,016  

Deferred stock-based compensation

    —         (294 )     (268 )     (268 )

Accumulated deficit

    (68,358 )     (69,497 )     (69,696 )     (68,866 )
   


 


 


 


Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

    (3,153 )     (9,191 )     (9,257 )     11,572  
   


 


 


 


Total liabilities, convertible redeemable preferred stock, and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

  $ 11,869     $ 13,370     $ 17,643     $ 17,643  
   


 


 


 


 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Website Pros, Inc.

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

    Year Ended December 31,

   

Three Months Ended

March 31,


 
    2002

    2003

   

2004

As Restated


   

2004

As Restated


   

2005

As Restated


 
                      (unaudited)  

Revenue:

                               

Subscription

  $ 8,044     $ 13,230     $ 19,415     $ 4,044     $ 6,043  

License

    3,128       2,833       3,425       585       972  

Professional services

    2,479       884       562       154       303  
   


 


 


 


 


Total revenue

    13,651       16,947       23,402       4,783       7,318  

Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization shown separately below):

                                       

Subscription (a)

    4,145       6,793       9,890       2,089       2,917  

License

    973       993       719       164       197  

Professional services

    1,678       611       620       132       216  

Stock-based compensation

    —         —         15       —         5  
   


 


 


 


 


Total cost of revenue

    6,796       8,397       11,244       2,385       3,335  
   


 


 


 


 


Gross profit

    6,855       8,550       12,158       2,398       3,983  

Operating expenses:

                                       

Sales and marketing (a)

    5,446       5,641       6,811       1,440       1,971  

Research and development (a)

    1,278       989       1,135       261       349  

General and administrative (a)

    4,653       2,771       3,076       499       1,277  

Stock-based compensation

    —         —         674       8       127  

Depreciation and amortization

    1,584       477       400       129       99  
   


 


 


 


 


Total operating expenses

    12,961       9,878       12,096       2,337       3,823  
   


 


 


 


 


Income (loss) from operations

    (6,106 )     (1,328 )     62       61       160  

Other income (expense):

                                       

Interest income

    7       9       69       15       26  

Interest expense

    (184 )     (161 )     (10 )     (4 )     —    

Other, net

    7       (7 )     —         —         —    
   


 


 


 


 


Total other income (expense)

    (170 )     (159 )     59       11       26  
   


 


 


 


 


Income (loss) before extraordinary item

    (6,276 )     (1,487 )     121       72       186  

Extraordinary item

    —         —         209       —         —    
   


 


 


 


 


Net income (loss)

    (6,276 )     (1,487 )     330       72       186  
   


 


 


 


 


Preferred stock dividends

    —         (46 )     (1,294 )     (274 )     (340 )
   


 


 


 


 


Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (6,276 )   $ (1,533 )   $ (964 )   $ (202 )   $ (154 )
   


 


 


 


 


Basic and diluted net loss attributable per common share

  $ (0.24 )   $ (0.05 )   $ (0.06 )   $ (0.01 )   $ (0.01 )
   


 


 


 


 


Basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

    26,108       28,790       15,012       20,157       13,957  
   


 


 


 


 


Unaudited pro forma net income per share attributable to common stockholders:

                                       

Basic

                  $ 0.01             $ 0.00  
                   


         


Diluted

                  $ 0.01             $ 0.00  
                   


         


Unaudited pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding used to compute pro forma net income per common share:

                                       

Basic

                    43,373               44,625  
                   


         


Diluted

                    53,900               57,167  
                   


         



(a)    Stock-based compensation expense is excluded from the following:

      

Subscription (cost of revenue)

  $ —       $ —       $ 15     $ —       $ 5  
   


 


 


 


 


Sales and marketing

  $ —       $ —       $ 73     $ 1     $ 17  

Research and development

    —         —         35       1       11  

General and administrative

    —         —         566       6       99  
   


 


 


 


 


    $ —       $ —       $ 674     $ 8     $ 127  
   


 


 


 


 


 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Website Pros, Inc.

 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) and Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 

   

Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock


    Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

 
   

Series A
Convertible
Preferred

Stock


 

Series B
Convertible
Preferred

Stock


 

Series A
Preferred

Stock


   

Series B
Preferred

Stock


   

Series C
Preferred

Stock


    Common Stock

 

Treasury
Stock

Amount


   

Additional
Paid-In

Capital


 

Deferred
Stock-Based

Compensation


   

Accumulated

Deficit


   

Total
Stockholders’
Equity

(Deficit)


 
              Shares

  Amount

         

Balance, December 31, 2001, as restated

  $ —     $ —     $ 4,400     $ 11,858     $ 47,808     5,683,408   $ 6   $ —       $ 344   $ —       $ (60,538 )   $ (60,188 )

Net loss

    —       —       —         —         —       —       —       —         —       —         (6,276 )     (6,276 )

Exercise of stock options

    —       —       —         —         —       1,762     —       —         1     —         —         1  

Issuance of warrants (see Note 12)

    —       —       —         —         —       —       —       —         32     —         —         32  

Recapitalization (see Note 8)

    —       —       (4,400 )     (11,858 )     (47,808 )   8,974,327     9     —         64,057     —         —         64,066  

Shares issued in acquisition of Innuity, Inc.

    —       —       —         —         —       14,082,926     14     —         1,395     —         —         1,409  
   

 

 


 


 


 
 

 


 

 


 


 


Balance, December 31, 2002, as restated

    —       —       —         —         —       28,742,423     29     —         65,829     —         (66,814 )     (956 )

Net loss

    —       —       —         —         —       —       —       —         —       —         (1,487 )     (1,487 )

Exercise of stock options

    —       —       —         —         —       158,427     —       —         16     —         —         16  

Issuance of preferred stock, net of cost

    9,176     —       —         —         —       —       —       —         —       —         —         —    

Accretion of Series A issuance costs/redemption price

    57     —       —         —         —       —       —       —         —       —         (57 )     (57 )

Repurchase of stock

    —       —       —         —         —       —       —       (669 )     —       —         —         (669 )
   

 

 


 


 


 
 

 


 

 


 


 


Balance, December 31, 2003, as restated

    9,233     —       —         —         —       28,900,850     29     (669 )     65,845     —         (68,358 )     (3,153 )

Net income, as restated

    —       —       —         —         —       —       —       —         —       —         330       330  

Exercise of stock options

    —       —       —         —         —       689,259     1     —         114     —         —         115  

Issuance of preferred stock, net of cost

    6,752     —       —         —         —       —       —       —         —       —         —         —    

Accretion of Series A issuance costs/redemption price

    1,469     —       —         —         —       —       —       —         —       —         (1,469 )     (1,469 )

Repurchase of stock

    —       —       —         —         —       —       —       (5,703 )     —       —         —         (5,703 )

Deferred stock-based compensation related to common stock grants

    —       —       —         —         —       —       —       —         310     (310 )     —         —    

Stock-based compensation expense, as restated

    —       —       —         —         —       —       —       —         673     16       —         689  
   

 

 


 


 


 
 

 


 

 


 


 


Balance, December 31, 2004, as restated

    17,454     —       —         —         —       29,590,109     30     (6,372 )     66,942     (294 )     (69,497 )     (9,191 )

Net income (unaudited), as restated

    —       —       —         —         —       —       —       —         —       —         186       186  

Exercise of stock options (unaudited)

    —       —       —         —         —       291     —       —         —       —         —         —    

Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance cost (unaudited)

    —       2,990     —         —         —       —       —       —         —       —         —         —    

Accretion of Series A issuance costs/redemption price (unaudited)

    385     —       —         —         —       —       —       —         —       —         (385 )     (385 )

Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited), as restated

    —       —       —         —         —       —       —       —         107     26       —         133  
   

 

 


 


 


 
 

 


 

 


 


 


Balance, March 31, 2005 (unaudited), as restated

  $ 17,839   $ 2,990   $ —       $ —       $ —       29,590,400   $ 30   $ (6,372 )   $ 67,049   $ (268 )   $ (69,696 )   $ (9,257 )
   

 

 


 


 


 
 

 


 

 


 


 


 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Website Pros, Inc.

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,

   

Three Months

Ended March 31,


 
     2002

    2003

   

2004

As Restated


   

2004

As Restated


   

2005

As Restated


 
                       (unaudited)  

Cash flows from operating activities

                                        

Net income (loss)

   $ (6,276 )   $ (1,487 )   $ 330     $ 72     $ 186  

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

                                        

Depreciation and amortization

     1,584       477       400       129       99  

Stock-based compensation expense

     —         —         689       8       132  

Provision for obsolete inventory

     7       43       20       —         (25 )

Provision for allowance for doubtful accounts

     961       (358 )     (287 )     —         77  

Warrants issued

     33       —         —         —         —    

Non-cash extraordinary gain

     —         —         (209 )     —         —    

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                                        

Accounts receivable

     (21 )     315       (556 )     315       (432 )

Inventories

     (90 )     (25 )     (115 )     8       47  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (118 )     (131 )     (34 )     (44 )     (242 )

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

     (133 )     (115 )     (269 )     (40 )     854  

Deferred revenue

     1,190       1,237       215       195       110  
    


 


 


 


 


Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (2,863 )     (44 )     184       643       806  

Cash flows from investing activities

                                        

Investment in intangible assets

     —         —         (67 )     (10 )     —    

Purchase of property and equipment, net

     (114 )     (87 )     (523 )     (258 )     (43 )
    


 


 


 


 


Net cash used in investing activities

     (114 )     (87 )     (590 )     (268 )     (43 )

Cash flows from financing activities

                                        

Repayments of debt obligations

     (893 )     (2,577 )     —         —         —    

Payment of NetObjects earnout

     —         —         (419 )     —         —    

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, net

     —         9,176       6,752       6,773       2,990  

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     1       16       115       —         —    

Purchase of treasury stock

     —         (669 )     (5,703 )     (5,703 )     —    
    


 


 


 


 


Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (892 )     5,946       745       1,070       2,990  
    


 


 


 


 


Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (3,869 )     5,815       339       1,445       3,753  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     4,336       467       6,282       6,282       6,621  
    


 


 


 


 


Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 467     $ 6,282     $ 6,621     $ 7,727     $ 10,374  
    


 


 


 


 


Supplemental cash flow information:

                                        

Interest paid

   $ 203     $ 158     $ 5     $ —       $ —    
    


 


 


 


 


 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Website Pros, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2004

 

1. The Company and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Description of Company

 

Website Pros (the Company) is a provider of Web services and products that enable small and medium-sized businesses to establish, maintain, promote, and optimize their Internet presence. The Company’s primary service offering is a comprehensive package that includes Website design and publishing, Internet marketing and advertising, search engine optimization, search engine submission, and lead generation. In addition to the Company’s primary service offering, the Company provides a variety of premium services to customers who desire more advanced capabilities, such as e-commerce solutions and more sophisticated Internet marketing services.

 

The Company has reviewed the criteria of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 131, “Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information ,” and has determined that the Company is comprised of only one segment, Web services and products.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Substantially all of the Company’s subscription revenue is generated from monthly subscriptions for Website design, hosting and marketing services. The typical subscription contract includes the design of a five-page website, hosting and marketing services. The individual deliverables are not independent of each other and are not sold or priced on a standalone basis. Costs to complete the Website and ready it for the end customer are minimal and are expensed to cost of revenue as incurred. Upon the completion and initial hosting of the Website, the subscription is offered free of charge for a 30-day trial period during which the customer can cancel at anytime. In accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 104, after the 30-day trial period has ended, revenue is recognized when all of the following conditions are satisfied: (1) there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement; (2) the service has been provided to the customer; (3) the amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable; and (4) the collection of the Company’s fees is probable. These criteria are met monthly as the Company’s service is provided on a month-to-month basis and collections are generally made in advance of the services.

 

Customers are billed for the subscription on a monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis, at the customer’s option. As customers are billed, subscription revenue is recorded as deferred revenue in the accompanying balance sheets. As services are performed, the Company recognizes subscription revenue ratably on a daily basis over the service period. There are no undelivered elements at the end of the monthly service period. In addition, subscription revenue is generated from monthly subscription packages for hosting and marketing services for customized Websites. These packages are sold separately from the customized Website.

 

Professional services revenue for 2003 and 2004 reflected revenue generated from custom Website design. In 2002 and prior periods, professional services revenue also included revenue from customer support and

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Website Pros, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

technical support services outsourced to the Company by a third party, which were recognized as revenue as services were rendered and earned. Revenue from contracts for custom design is recorded using a proportional performance model based on labor hours incurred. The extent of progress towards completion of the custom Website is measured by the labor hours incurred as a percentage of total estimated labor hours to complete. Labor hours are the most appropriate measure to allocate revenue between reporting periods as they are the primary input to the provision of the Company’s professional services.

 

We account for our multi-element arrangements, such as in the instances where we design a custom website and separately offer other services such as hosting and marketing, in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force 00-21, “Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables.” We identify each element in an arrangement and assign the respective fair value to each element, using vender-specific objective evidence of such fair value. The additional services provided with a custom website are recognized separately over the period for which services are performed.

 

In addition, license revenue is generated from the sale of licenses for software which allows a customer to build its own Website. The Company markets and licenses software directly to end customers as well as through value-added resellers and distributors. The Company’s software licenses are perpetual. Software may be delivered indirectly by a distributor, via download from the Company’s Website or directly to end-users by the Company. The Company recognizes revenue generated by the distribution of software licenses directly by the Company in the form of a boxed software product or a digital download upon sale and delivery to the end-user. End-users who purchase a software license online pay for the license at the time of order. The Company does not offer extended payment terms or make concessions for software license sales. The Company recognizes revenue generated from distribution agreements where the distributor has a right of return as the distributor sells and delivers software license product to the end-user. The Company recognizes revenue from distribution agreements where no right of return exists when licensed software product is shipped to the distributor. The Company is not obligated to provide technical support in connection with its software license and does not provide technical support services to the Company’s software license customers. The Company’s revenue recognition policies are in compliance with SOP 97-2 (as amended by SOP 98-4 and SOP 98-9), “Software Revenue Recognition .”

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, bank demand deposit accounts, and money market accounts. For purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

 

Concentrations of Credit Risk

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and trade receivables. The Company invests its cash in credit instruments of highly rated financial institutions.

 

Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade accounts receivable are limited due to the large number of customers comprising the Company’s customer base and their geographic dispersion. The Company has not incurred any significant credit related losses.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Website Pros, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Geographic Information

 

The Company markets its products for sale to customers, including distributors, primarily in the United States and Europe. A summary of revenue by geographic area is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

   

Three

Months

Ended

March 31,

2005


 
     2002

    2003

    2004

   

United States

   89 %   92 %   93 %   93 %

International

   11 %   8 %   7 %   7 %

 

Customers in Germany account for over 90% of international revenue for each of 2002, 2003, 2004 and the three months ended March 31, 2005.

 

Accounts Receivable

 

Trade accounts receivable are recorded on the balance sheet at net realizable value. Company management uses historical collection percentages and customer-specific information, when available, to estimate the amount of trade receivables that are uncollectible and establishes reserves for uncollectible balances based on this information. The Company does not require deposits or other collateral from customers. Bad debt expense reported in operating expenses excludes provisions made to the allowance for doubtful accounts for anticipated refunds, automated clearinghouse returns, and chargebacks that are recorded as an adjustment to revenue.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

Financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and debt. The respective carrying value of these financial instruments approximates fair value since they are short-term in nature or are receivable or payable on demand. Fair value estimates discussed herein are based upon certain market assumptions and pertinent information available to management as of period end.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (on a first-in, first-out basis) or market. Reserves for obsolete or slow moving inventory are recorded based on management’s analysis of movement of inventory items during the period and review of facts and circumstances specific to that inventory.

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 

In accordance with SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets ,” goodwill determined to have an indefinite useful life is no longer amortized, but is tested for impairment, at least annually or more frequently if indicators of impairment arise. If impairment of the carrying value based on the calculated fair value exists, the Company measures the impairment through the use of discounted cash flows. Intangible assets acquired as part of a business combination are accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations ,” and are recognized apart from goodwill if the intangible arises from contractual or other legal rights or the asset is capable of being separated from the acquired enterprise.

 

Definite lived intangible assets are amortized over their useful lives, which are two to three years.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Website Pros, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Research and Development Costs

 

The Company expenses research and development costs as incurred. The Company has not capitalized any such development costs under SFAS No. 86, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased or Otherwise Marketed ,” because the costs incurred between the attainment of technological feasibility for the related software product through the date when the product is available for general release to customers has been insignificant.

 

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment, including software, are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are provided over the estimated useful lives of the assets using the straight-line method.

 

The asset lives used are presented in the table below:

 

    

Average Life in

Years


Computer equipment

   3

Software

   2

Furniture and fixtures

   5

Telephone equipment

   5

Leasehold improvements

   Shorter of asset’s life
or life of the lease

 

Asset Impairment

 

When events or circumstances indicate possible impairment, the Company performs an evaluation to determine if an impairment of long-lived assets used in operations exists, using undiscounted estimated future operating cash flows attributable to such assets compared to the assets’ carrying amounts.

 

If the Company determines that long-lived assets have been impaired, the measurement of impairment will be equal to the excess of the carrying amount of such assets over the discounted estimated future operating cash flows, using a discount rate commensurate with the risks involved. The Company would reflect the impairment through a reduction in the carrying value of the long-lived assets. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are recorded at the lower of carrying amount or estimated fair value less costs to dispose.

 

Advertising

 

Advertising costs are charged to operations as incurred. Total advertising expense was $6 thousand, $3 thousand and $71 thousand for the years ending December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company accounts for income taxes under the provisions of SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes ,” using the liability method. SFAS No. 109 requires recognition of deferred tax liabilities and assets for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax liabilities and assets are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the difference is expected to reverse.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Website Pros, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet and Pro Forma Net Income (Loss) Per Share

 

The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet, net income (loss) per share and pro forma weighted average shares outstanding reflects conversion of all the Company’s convertible redeemable preferred stock into 31,624,832 shares of common stock which will occur upon the effectiveness of the offering, but does not reflect shares to be issued or proceeds to be received from the offering.

 

A reconciliation of net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders and weighted-average shares used in computing basic and diluted income (loss) per share to unaudited basic and diluted pro forma net income (loss) per share follows (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2004


   

Three Months
Ended

March 31, 2005


 
     (Unaudited)  

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders used in computing basic and diluted net income (loss) per share

   $ (964 )   $ (154 )

Preferred stock dividends

     1,294       340  
    


 


Net income attributable to common stockholders used in computing basic and diluted pro forma net income per share

   $ 330     $ 186  
    


 


    

Year Ended

December 31, 2004


   

Three Months

Ended

March 31, 2005


 
     (Unaudited)  

Shares used in computing basic net income per share

     15,012       13,957  

Adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible redeemable preferred stock

     28,361       30,668  
    


 


Shares used in computing basic pro forma net income per common share

     43,373       44,625  

Adjustment to reflect dilutive securities related to common stock options and warrants

     10,526       12,542  
    


 


Shares used in computing diluted pro forma net income per common share

     53,899       57,167  
    


 


Pro forma basic net income per common share

   $ 0.01     $ 0.00  
    


 


Pro forma diluted net income per common share

   $ 0.01     $ 0.00  
    


 


 

Stock-Based Employee Compensation

 

        The Company accounts for stock-based compensation to employees using the intrinsic value method as prescribed by Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and has adopted the disclosure required of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation ,” as amended by SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation Transition and Disclosure an Amendment to No. 123 .” No compensation expense has been recorded for stock options issued to employees in 2002 and 2003 as the exercise price of options granted was equal to or exceeded the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of award. However, on November 26, 2003, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the repricing of options exercisable for an aggregate of 684,841 shares of common stock, representing all outstanding stock option with an exercise price per share greater than $0.40, to have an exercise price of $0.40, the per share fair value of the Company’s common stock at that date. In the absence of a liquid market for the Company’s stock, the Board of Directors determined the fair value to be $0.40 per share. The Company accounts for these options using the variable method of accounting as prescribed by Financial Accounting

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Website Pros, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Standards Board Interpretation No. 44 “Accounting for Certain Transactions involving Stock Compensation (FIN 44) from the date of the repricing to the date the options are exercised, forfeited or expire unexercised. The Company recognized stock-based compensation expense for these repriced options of $0 thousand and $673 thousand during the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively. During 2004, the Company also recorded $16 thousand of compensation expense for stock options issued to employees at a discount to the fair value of the Company’s common stock at the date of award. The Company reported stock-based compensation expense in cost of sales and in operating expenses based upon the function of the employees receiving the options.

 

Pro Forma Information

 

Pro forma information regarding net income is required by SFAS No. 123 and SFAS No. 148 and has been determined as if the Company had accounted for its employee stock options using the fair value method. The fair value for options was estimated at the date of grant using the minimum value method with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

  

Three Months Ended

March 31,


 
     2002

      2003    

    2004

       2004    

        2005    

 
                    (unaudited)  

Risk-free interest rate

   3.67% - 5.12%   4.32 %   3.2% - 4.26%    3.21 %   N/A (1)

Dividend yield

   0%   0 %   0%    0 %   N/A (1)

Expected life (in years)

   7   7     7    7     N/A (1)

(1) The Company did not grant any stock options during the three months ended March 31, 2005.

 

For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of the options is amortized to expense over the options’ vesting period. The weighted average per share fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 was $0.03, $0.10 and $0.43, respectively. The Company’s pro forma information for the periods presented follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

    Year Ended December 31,

   

Three Months Ended

March 31,


 
    2002

    2003

   

2004

As Restated


   

    2004    

As Restated


   

    2005    

As Restated


 
                      (unaudited)  

Income (loss) before pro forma effect of stock options

  $ (6,276 )   $ (1,487 )   $ 330     $ 72     $ 186  

Add: Stock-based compensation included in reported net income

    —         —         689       8       132  

Less: Stock-based compensation determined under fair value method

    110       238       324       69       94  
   


 


 


 


 


Pro forma net income (loss)

  $ (6,386 )   $ (1,725 )   $ 695     $ 11     $ 224  
   


 


 


 


 


Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (6,386 )   $ (1,771 )   $ (599 )   $ (263 )   $ (125 )
   


 


 


 


 


Basic and diluted net loss attributable per common share:

                                       

As reported

  $ (0.24 )   $ (0.05 )   $ (0.06 )   $ (0.01 )   $ (0.01 )

Pro forma

  $ (0.24 )   $ (0.06 )   $ (0.04 )   $ (0.01 )   $ (0.01 )

 

During the year ended December 31, 2003, options exercisable for an aggregate of 684,841 shares of common stock were repriced (Note 2). The Company incorrectly did not treat these stock options as modified

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Website Pros, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

awards when determining the stock-based compensation expense determined under the fair value method. As a result, the pro forma information in the preceding table was restated to reflect the repriced stock options as modified awards. The impact of the restated pro forma disclosures is presented below:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

  

Three Months
Ended

March 31,


     2003

   2004

   2004

   2005

Stock-based compensation determined under fair value method, as reported

   261    342    76    99

Stock-based compensation determined under fair value method, as restated

   238    324    69    94

 

Because options vest over several years and additional option grants are expected, the effects of these pro forma calculations are not likely to be representative of similar future calculations. The fair values, as determined in accordance with SFAS No. 123, of options granted to employees were determined based on the assumption that the exercise price at the measurement date approximated fair value.

 

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

Comprehensive income (loss) equals net income (loss) for all periods presented.

 

Net Loss Attributable Per Common Share

 

We compute net loss attributable per common share in accordance with SFAS No. 128, “Earnings Per Share .” Basic net loss attributable per common share includes no dilution and is computed by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net loss attributable per common share would include the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock. Due to the anti-dilutive nature of the options, the Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock and the Series B convertible redeemable preferred stock, there is no effect on the calculation of weighted average shares for diluted net loss per common share. As a result, the basic and diluted net losses attributable per common share amounts are identical. For fiscal year 2002, 2003 and 2004, the effect of 4,214,434, 5,451,661 and 38,971,428 dilutive securities has been excluded because including it would be antidilutive. For the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2005, the effect of 29,964,518 and 43,209,731 dilutive securities has been excluded.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51 ” (FIN 46). In December 2003, the FASB modified FIN 46 to make certain technical corrections and address certain implementation issues that had arisen. FIN 46, as so modified (FIN 46R) provides a new framework for identifying variable interest entities (VIEs) and determining when a company should include the assets, liabilities, noncontrolling interests and results of activities of a VIE in its consolidated financial statements. FIN 46R requires certain VIEs to be consolidated by the primary beneficiary of the entity if the equity investors of the entity do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties. FIN 46R is effective upon initial involvement for VIEs created after December 31, 2003 and beginning no later than the first annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2004 for variable interests in all other entities in financial statements. Management has completed its evaluation and concluded that none of the Company’s investments meet the requirements for consolidation under FIN 46R.

 

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity .” SFAS No. 150 modifies the accounting for certain financial

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Website Pros, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

instruments that, under previous guidance, issuers could account for as equity and now requires that those instruments be classified as liabilities in statements of financial position. SFAS No. 150 was generally effective in 2003, except for mandatorily redeemable financial instruments of nonpublic entities which are subject to SFAS No. 150 for 2004. The Company adopted SFAS No. 150 in 2003, and based on consideration of the additional guidance in SEC Accounting Series Release No. 268 “Redeemable Preferred Stock” (ASR 268), because the Company’s preferred stock is redeemable management believes it is properly classified between liabilities and stockholders’ equity.

 

In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transaction and Disclosure—and amendment of SFAS 123 .” SFAS 148 amends SFAS 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” to provide alternative methods of transaction to SFAS 123’s fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation and required disclosure of the effects of an entity’s accounting policy with respect to stock-based employee compensation. The Company adopted the disclosure requirement of SFAS 148.

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment .” This statement is a revision of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation ,” and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued for Employees .” SFAS 123R requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair values. The provisions of this statement will be effective for the Company on January 1, 2006. Management is currently evaluating the provisions of SFAS 123R and SFAS 123 to determine the impact on its financial statements and the timing of implementing their provision.

 

2. Restatement

 

On November 26, 2003, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the repricing of options exercisable for an aggregate of 684,841 shares of common stock, representing all outstanding stock options with a per share exercise price greater than $0.40, to have an exercise price per share of $0.40, the per share fair value of the Company’s common stock at that date. The Company had not accounted for these options under variable accounting. Management determined that variable accounting is required for these options under FIN 44, “Accounting for Certain Transactions involving Stock Compensation” and has corrected its method of accounting.

 

In addition, the Company determined that its convertible redeemable preferred stock is more appropriately classified between liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit) in accordance with SFAS No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity ,” and ASR 268.

 

As a result of the changes described above, the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2004 has been adjusted to record additional compensation expense of $673 thousand and a decrease to net income of $673 thousand.

 

The consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2004 has been adjusted to increase additional paid in capital and accumulated deficit by $673 thousand. The consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2004 has also been adjusted along with the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2003 to reclassify the Company’s convertible redeemable preferred stock from stockholders’ equity (deficit) to between liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit).

 

The consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity (deficit) and convertible redeemable preferred stock have been restated for all periods presented.

 

The consolidated statement of cash flows for December 31, 2004 has been adjusted to decrease net income and increase stock-based compensation expense by $673 thousand.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Website Pros, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

3. Valuation Accounts

 

The Company’s accounts receivable allowance is summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

December 31, 2002

   $ 1,010  

Provision

     1,141  

Charge-off

     (1,498 )
    


December 31, 2003

     653  

Provision

     1,569  

Charge-off

     (1,857 )
    


December 31, 2004

     365  

Provision

     100  

Charge-off

     (23 )
    


March 31, 2005 (unaudited)

   $ 442  
    


 

The Company’s inventory reserves are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

December 31, 2002

   $ 12  

Provision

     29  

Charge-off

     —    
    


December 31, 2003

     41  

Provision

     20  

Charge-off

     —    
    


December 31, 2004

     61  

Provision

     —    

Charge-off

     (25 )
    


March 31, 2005 (unaudited)

   $ 36  
    


 

4. Property and Equipment

 

The Company’s property and equipment are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,

   

March 31,

2005


 
     2003

    2004

   
                 (unaudited)  

Property and equipment:

                        

Software

   $ 530     $ 858     $ 873  

Computer equipment

     473       630       659  

Telephone equipment

     129       132       132  

Furniture and fixtures

     9       35       35  

Leasehold improvements

     4       13       11  
    


 


 


Total property and equipment

     1,145       1,668       1,710  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (860 )     (1,244 )     (1,333 )
    


 


 


Property and equipment, net

   $ 285     $ 424     $ 377  
    


 


 


 

F-15


Table of Contents

Website Pros, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Depreciation expense relating to property and equipment amounted to $383 thousand, $477 thousand, $383 thousand, and $91 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004 and the three months ended March 31, 2005, respectively.

 

5. Acquisition of Assets from Innuity, Inc.

 

On February 14, 2002, the Company completed the acquisition of the assets comprising the Web services division of Innuity, Inc. for common stock. Under the terms of the asset purchase agreement, the Company issued 14,082,926 shares of the Company’s common stock valued at $0.10 per share based on management’s valuation analysis in the absence of a liquid market for its stock. As such, the total consideration was approximately $1.4 million. The results of operations of the Web services division of Innuity, Inc. have been included in the accompanying financial statements since the date of acquisition. The Company’s pro forma earnings would not be materially different if it had completed the acquisition on January 1, 2002.

 

The following table summarizes the purchase price allocation based on the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed on February 14, 2002 (in thousands):

 

Tangible current assets

   $ 1,562  

Tangible non-current assets

     944  

Intangible assets

     1,200  

Current liabilities

     (6,537 )

Goodwill

     4,239  
    


Net assets acquired

   $ 1,408  
    


 

In August 2002, the purchase agreement was amended to relieve the Company of approximately $1.5 million of accounts payable. In addition, valuation adjustments of approximately $190 thousand were made to the purchase price allocation to correct certain assets and liabilities. Therefore, the Company recorded the following purchase price adjustments (in thousands):

 

Goodwill at February 14, 2002

   $ 4,239  

Decrease to goodwill resulting from amendment to purchase price agreement

     (1,496 )

Increase to goodwill from valuation adjustments on assets and liabilities

     190  
    


Goodwill at August 31, 2002

   $ 2,933  
    


 

6. Intangible Assets

 

The Company’s intangible assets are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,

   

March 31,

2005


 
     2003

   2004

   
                (unaudited)  

Indefinite lived intangible assets:

                       

Goodwill

   $ 2,933    $ 2,933     $ 2,933  

Other definite lived intangible assets

     —        70       70  

Accumulated amortization

     —        (16 )     (24 )
    

  


 


Total intangible assets

   $ 2,933    $ 2,987     $ 2,979  
    

  


 


 

F-16


Table of Contents

Website Pros, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Total amortization expense was $1.2 million, $0, $16 thousand and $8 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, and the three months ended March 31, 2005, respectively. The other intangible assets have useful lives of between two and three years. Expected amortization expense for the next five years is as follows (in thousands):

 

2005

   $ 30

2006

     18

2007

     6

 

The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 142 effective January 1, 2002.

 

The following table summarizes changes in the Company’s goodwill balances as required by SFAS No. 142 for the periods ended (in thousands):

 

     December 31,

  

March 31,

2005


     2003

   2004

  
               (unaudited)

Goodwill balance at beginning of period

   $ 2,933    $ 2,933    $ 2,933

Goodwill impaired during the year

     —        —        —  
    

  

  

Goodwill balance at end of period

   $ 2,933    $ 2,933    $ 2,933
    

  

  

 

In accordance with SFAS No. 142, the Company reviews goodwill balances for indicators of impairment on an annual basis and between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of goodwill below its carrying amount. During the fourth quarter of 2002, 2003 and 2004, the Company completed the annual impairment test. Upon completion of the annual assessments, the Company determined that goodwill was not impaired.

 

7. Operating Leases

 

The Company rents its principal office in Jacksonville, Florida, under an operating lease that expires on March 31, 2008, with one renewal option for five additional years. The original lease began in 1997 and was amended on January 17, 2003 to reduce the square footage leased for the facility. The amended lease provided for three months free rent to the Company and an escalation in required lease payments through the expiration of the lease in March 2008. The Company has recorded lease expense on a straight-line basis over the period January 2003 to March 2008. The Company also has an operating lease for a sales office in Spokane, Washington that expires June 30, 2007. Rent expense for these leased facilities amounted to $1.3 million, $500 thousand, $653 thousand and $169 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003, 2004, and the quarter ended March 31, 2005, respectively. Accrued rent expense was $89 thousand, $87 thousand and $85 thousand as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, and March 31, 2005, respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2004, future minimum rental payments required under operating leases that have initial or remaining non-cancelable terms in excess of one year, including the leases described above, are as follows (in thousands):

 

2005

   $ 551

2006

     565

2007

     477

2008

     98

2009

     1
    

     $ 1,692
    

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Website Pros, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

8. Recapitalization

 

On February 14, 2002, the Company completed the acquisition of the web services division of Innuity, Inc. as discussed in Note 5. Immediately prior to this acquisition, all of the Company’s Series A, Series B and Series C Preferred Stock (the Existing Preferred Stock) was converted at various rates into shares of the Company’s common stock. In connection with the conversion of the Company’s Existing Preferred Stock into common stock, the Company also affected a seven-for-one reverse split of the common stock that was outstanding immediately prior to the recapitalization of the Existing Preferred Stock. Cash was paid in lieu of fractional shares based on the fair value of the Company’s common stock.

 

9. Stock-Based Compensation Plans

 

An Equity Incentive Plan (1999 Plan) was adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors and approved by its stockholders on April 5, 1999. The 1999 Plan was amended in June 1999, May 2000, May 2002 and November 2003 to increase the number of shares available for awards. The 1999 Plan as amended provides for the grant of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, and stock bonuses to the Company’s employees, directors and consultants. As of December 31, 2004, the Company has reserved an aggregate of 16,578,344 shares of common stock for issuance under this plan. Of the total reserved as of December 31, 2004, options to purchase a total of 14,566,697 shares of the Company’s common stock were held by participants under the plan, 914,045 shares of common stock have been issued and exercised and 1,097,602 shares of common stock are currently available for future issuance.

 

The Board of Directors administers the 1999 Plan and determines the terms of options granted, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to individual option awards and the vesting period of options, within the limits set forth in the 1999 Plan itself. Options under the 1999 Plan have a maximum term of 10 years and vest as determined by the Board of Directors. Options granted under the 1999 Plan generally vest either over 30 or 48 months. All options granted during 2002 vest over 30 months, and in general all other options granted vest over 48 months. The exercise price of non-statutory stock options and incentive stock options granted shall not be less than 85% and 100%, respectively, of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant. No 10% stockholder is eligible for an incentive or non-statutory stock option unless the exercise price of the option is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock at date of grant. The 1999 Plan will expire in April 2009 unless terminated earlier by the Board of Directors.

 

The Company has granted options to purchase common stock to its employees with exercise prices equal to the value of the underlying stock, as determined by its Board of Directors on the date the equity award was granted. The Company did not obtain contemporaneous valuations by an unrelated valuation specialist, because prior to December 2003, the Company’s efforts were focused on product and business development and the financial and managerial resources for doing so were limited. The Company’s Board of Directors determined the common stock value by considering a number of factors, principally independent stock transactions for both common stock and preferred stock, but also including valuation analyses performed at the time and its historical and projected financial results, the risks it faced at the time, and the liquidity of its common stock. In connection with the preparation of the 2004 financial statements which would be included in the registration statement for its initial public offering and solely for purposes of accounting for employee stock-based compensation, the Company applied hindsight to reassess the fair value of its common stock for the equity awards granted during 2004. There were no equity awards granted in the three months ended March 31, 2005.

 

In reassessing the fair value of the shares of common stock underlying the equity awards granted in 2003 and 2004, the Company’s Board of Directors used a valuation methodology it believes is consistent with the practices recommended by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Audit and Accounting Practice

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Website Pros, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Aid Series, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation (Practice Aid). The Company’s Board reviewed the guidance set forth in the Practice Aid and determined that the recently completed arms-length cash transactions with unrelated parties for the issuances and repurchases of the Company’s equity securities represented observable prices that serve the same purpose as a quoted market price.

 

In applying this reassessment methodology to value the shares of common stock underlying the awards granted since November 2003, the Board grouped the awards into four categories based on chronology: awards granted in November 2003; awards granted in March 2004 through May 2004; awards granted in June 2004 through August 2004; and awards granted in September through December 2004.

 

Equity awards granted in November 2003 : For equity awards granted in November 2003, the Board noted that the Company completed a significant arms-length repurchase of common stock at a price of $0.29 for 2,305,782 shares, representing the entire holdings of an existing shareholder. As no affiliate of the shareholder was a Board member or officer of the Company and the transaction was between willing parties, the Company believes that this transaction represents fair value of the common stock. Accordingly, the Board determined the fair value of the securities underlying the awards granted in this period to be $0.29 per share.

 

Equity awards granted in March 2004 through May 2004 : For equity awards granted in March 2004 through May 2004, the Company’s Board noted that the Company had completed significant arms-length repurchases of common stock at prices that represented observable prices. During January 2004, the Company repurchased an aggregate of 1,006,036 shares at a price of $0.38 per share, representing the entire holdings of an existing shareholder. In February and March 2004, the Company repurchased 12,321,231 shares from 30 stockholders at a per share price of $0.43185. As no affiliate of the shareholder was a Board member or officer of the Company and the transactions were between willing parties, the Company believes that these transactions represent fair value of the common stock. Accordingly, the Board determined the fair value of the securities underlying the awards granted in this period to be $0.43 per share.

 

Equity awards granted in June through August 2004 : For equity awards granted in June through August 2004, the Company’s Board noted that the Company had completed several issuances of preferred stock that provided a basis for establishing the value of its common stock during this period. In December 2003 and February 2004, the Company issued 17,367,141 and 12,156,998 shares, respectively, of Series A preferred stock at $0.5758 per share. In December 2004, the Company received an offer from an unrelated investment firm to purchase up to 7,000,000 shares of preferred stock at a per share price of $1.4281. The Company ultimately issued 2,100,693 shares of Series B preferred stock to one of its current stockholders at a price of $1.4281 per share. For purposes of establishing a basis for valuing the common stock, the Board assumed a straight-line appreciation of the preferred stock from its value of $0.5758 in February 2004 to $1.4281 in December 2004. The Company believes that a straight-line appreciation is reasonable, since the revenue of the Company was growing on a relatively consistent basis, and the Company is not aware of any significant events in the intervening period that would justify a different rate of appreciation. For awards granted in June through August 2004, the Company’s Board assumed that the common stock was valued at a 25% discount to the value of the preferred stock at the time. The discount was based upon the most recent and most significant repurchase of common stock at $0.43 per share, representing a 25% discount to the $0.5758 price of preferred stock issued in the same month, recognizing the difference in rights between common stock and preferred stock.

 

Equity awards granted in September 2004 through December 2004 : For equity awards granted in September 2004 through December 2004, the Company’s Board used the straight-line appreciation of the preferred stock value between February 2004 and December 2004, for purposes of establishing value. For this period, the Board did not apply a discount to the value of the preferred stock but assumed that the common stock and preferred stock were equally valued based upon discussions regarding the probability of an initial public offering and likelihood of the conversion of the preferred stock into common stock if such public offering were completed.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Website Pros, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Based upon this assessment of the fair value of its common stock, the Company has recorded deferred stock-based compensation to the extent that the fair value of its common stock at the date of grant exceeded the exercise price of the equity awards. Assessed fair values are inherently uncertain and highly subjective. If the Company had made different assumptions, its deferred stock-based compensation amount, stock-based compensation expense, gross margin, net income (loss) and net income (loss) attributable per share amounts could have been significantly different. The Company recorded deferred compensation of $310 thousand during fiscal 2004. The deferred stock-based compensation is being amortized on a straight-line basis over the stock option vesting period for three years. In fiscal 2004, the Company recognized $16 thousand in stock-based compensation expense related to options granted to employees based upon the reassessed values of the common stock underlying the stock option awards.

 

The expense associated with the amortization of deferred stock-based compensation related to options is classified in the Company’s fiscal 2004 consolidated statement of operations as follows: $3 thousand in cost of revenue, $3 thousand in research and development, $7 thousand in sales and marketing and $3 thousand in general and administrative. The expense associated with the amortization of deferred stock-based compensation related to options is classified in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for the quarter ended March 31, 2005 as follows: $3 thousand in cost of sales, $9 thousand in research and development, $6 thousand in sales and marketing and $7 thousand in general and administrative. The table below shows the expected amortization of deferred stock-based compensation over the next five years, assuming no change in the accounting rules relating to stock-based awards and assuming all employees remain employed by the Company for their remaining vesting periods. The following table includes stock-based compensation expense for all options granted as of December 31, 2004 (in thousands):

 

     Year Ending
December 31,


     2005

   2006

   2007

Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation related to options granted to purchase shares of common stock

   $ 103    $ 103    $ 88

 

The table below summarizes the Company’s options granted during the year ended December 31, 2004, which resulted in stock-based compensation expense.

 

The options granted in 2004 resulting in compensation expense are as follows:

 

Month


  

Number of

Shares


  

Weighted

Average

Exercise Price

Per Share


  

Weighted

Average

Intrinsic

Value Per Share


  

Fair Value

Per Share


 

March

   43,500    $ 0.43      —      $ 0.43 (1)

April

   9,000      0.43      —        0.43 (1)

May

   12,000      0.43      —        0.43 (1)

June

   13,500      0.43    $ 0.32      0.75 (2)

July

   9,000      0.65      0.10      0.75 (2)

August

   643,000      0.65      0.10      0.75 (2)

September

   13,500      0.65      0.57      1.22 (3)

October

   21,000      0.89      0.33      1.22 (3)

November

   34,000      0.89      0.33      1.22 (3)

December

   400,000      0.89      0.54      1.43 (3)
    
                      
     1,198,500                       
    
                      

(1)

In December 2003 and January 2004, the Company repurchased 3,311,818 outstanding common shares. The shares were repurchased at a per share price of $0.29 and $0.38 for 2,305,782 shares and 1,006,036 shares, respectively. In December 2003,

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Website Pros, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

 

the Company issued 17,367,141 shares of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock at $0.5758 per share. The transaction diluted existing shareholders by 38%. In February 2004, the Company issued 12,156,998 shares of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock at $0.5758 per share. In February 2004, the Company repurchased an aggregate of 12,321,231 shares of common stock at $0.43185 per share from 30 shareholders.

(2) For equity awards granted in June through August 2004, the Board of Directors noted that the Company completed several issuances of preferred stock that provide a basis for establishing the value of the Company’s common stock during this period. In December 2003 and February 2004, the Company issued 17,367,141 and 12,156,998 shares, respectively, of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock at $0.5758 per share. In December 2004, the Company received an offer from an unrelated investment firm to purchase up to 7,000,000 shares of preferred stock at a per share price of $1.4281. The Company ultimately issued 2,100,693 shares of Series B convertible redeemable preferred stock to one of the Company’s stockholders at a price of $1.4281 per share. For purposes of establishing a basis for valuing the common stock on a retrospective basis, the Board of Directors assumed a straight-line appreciation of the preferred stock from its value of $0.5758 in February 2004 to $1.4281 in December 2004. For awards granted in June through August 2004, the Board of Directors assumed that the common stock was valued at a 25% discount to the value of the preferred at that time. The discount was based upon the most recent and most significant repurchase of common stock at $0.43 per share, representing a 25% discount to the $0.5758 price of preferred stock issued in the same month.
(3) For equity awards granted in September 2004 through December 2004, the Board of Directors assumed that the common stock and preferred stock were equally valued based upon discussions regarding the probability of an initial public offering and likelihood of the conversion of the preferred stock into common stock if such initial public offering were completed. For purposes of establishing the value of the common stock on a retrospective basis, the Board of Directors used the straight-line appreciation of the preferred stock value between February 2004 and December 2004.

 

In November 2003, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repricing of 684,841 stock options, representing all outstanding stock options with an exercise price of greater than $0.40 per share, to have an exercise price of $0.40 per share. The Company accounts for these options using variable accounting as prescribed by FASB Interpretation 44, “Accounting for Certain Transactions involving Stock Compensation .” The Company recognized $673 thousand and $107 thousand in stock-based compensation expense related to these options for the year ended December 31, 2004 and the three months ended March 31, 2005, respectively.

 

The expense for the year ended December 31, 2004 is reported in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations as stock-based compensation but, if allocated, would be classified as follows: $12 thousand in cost of sales, $32 thousand in research and development, $66 thousand in sales and marketing and $563 thousand in general and administrative. The expense for the three months ended March 31, 2005, if allocated, would be classified as follows: $2 thousand in cost of sales, $2 thousand in research and development, $11 thousand in sales and marketing and $92 thousand in general and administrative.

 

Stock Option Activity

 

The following table summarizes option activity for all of the Company’s stock options:

 

    

Shares

Covered by

Options


   

Exercise

Price per

Share


  

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price


Balance, December 31, 2002

   6,289,970     $ 0.10 to 7.00    $ 0.14

Granted

   8,428,067       0.40      0.40

Exercised

   (158,427 )     0.10 to 0.70      0.28

Canceled

   (43,043 )     0.10 to 7.00      0.30

Expired

   (48,618 )     0.10 to 7.00      0.29
    

            

Balance, December 31, 2003

   14,467,949       0.10 to 7.00      0.29

Granted

   1,198,500       0.43 to 0.89      0.73

Exercised

   (689,259 )     0.10 to 0.40      0.17

Canceled

   (335,217 )     0.10 to 0.70      0.38

Expired

   (75,276 )     0.10 to 7.00      0.26
    

            

Balance, December 31, 2004

   14,566,697       0.10 to 0.89      0.33
    

            

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Website Pros, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Price ranges of outstanding and exercisable options as of December 31, 2004 are summarized below:

 

     Outstanding Options

   Exercisable Options

Exercise Price


  

Number

of Options


   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Life (Years)


   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price


  

Number

of Options


   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price


$0.10

   4,766,832    7.41    $ 0.10    4,755,034    $ 0.10

$0.40 – 0.43

   8,684,907    8.68      0.40    8,175,877      0.40

$0.65 – 0.89

   1,114,958    9.76      0.75    116,911      0.72
    
              
      
     14,566,697    8.35      0.33    13,047,822      0.29
    
              
      

 

10. Common Shares Reserved

 

The Company had reserved the following number of shares of common stock for future issuance:

 

     December 31,

     2002

   2003

   2004

Outstanding stock options

   6,289,970    14,467,949    14,566,697

Options available for future grants and other awards

   499,920    1,941,858    1,097,602

Warrants outstanding

   368,784    1,410,812    1,768,380

Conversion of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock

   —      17,367,141    29,524,139
    
  
  

Total common shares reserved

   7,158,674    35,187,760    46,956,818
    
  
  

 

11. Treasury Shares

 

In December 2003, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of all shares of common stock of the Company held by a stockholder. As of December 31, 2003, 2,305,782 shares at a cost of $669 thousand had been repurchased and were held as treasury stock. On January 23, 2004, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of all shares of common stock of the Company held by another stockholder. As of June 25, 2004, 1,006,036 shares at a cost of approximately $382 thousand had been repurchased and were held as treasury stock. In February 2004, the Board of Directors approved a common stock repurchase program whereby the Company was authorized to repurchase shares of the Company’s common stock held by certain Company stockholders at a repurchase price of $0.43185 per share. The holders of the Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock approved the repurchase program in all respects. 12,321,231 shares of the Company’s common stock were repurchased under this repurchase program from various stockholders at a cost of approximately $5.3 million and are held as treasury stock.

 

As of December 31, 2004, the Company held 15,633,049 shares of common stock as treasury shares at a cost of $6.4 million.

 

12. Preferred Stock and Warrants

 

In June 1999, the Company amended its Certificate of Incorporation to provide for the authorization of 8,000,000 shares of $0.001 par value Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock. Subsequently, 7,822,218 shares of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock were sold at a price of $0.5625 per share. The total sales price of all shares was $4.4 million.

 

In August 1999, the Company amended its Certificate of Incorporation to authorize 17,000,000 shares of $0.001 par value Series B convertible redeemable preferred stock. Subsequently, 14,054,094 shares were sold at a price of $0.84375 per share. The total sales price of all shares was $11.9 million.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Website Pros, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

In August 1999, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 7,142 shares of its common stock to a service provider, exercisable at $0.10 per share, which expired on August 5, 2004. The fair value of the common stock warrants was calculated on the date of grant with the following assumptions: fair value of common stock of $0.06 based on management’s valuation of common stock analysis; risk-free rates of approximately 5.97%; dividend yield of 0%; and expected lives of five years. The resulting fair value of the warrants based on these calculations was zero.

 

In November 1999, the Company amended its Certificate of Incorporation to authorize 9,200,000 shares of $0.001 par value Series C preferred stock. Subsequently, 8,009,687 shares were sold at a price of $4.97 per share. The total sales price of all shares was $39.8 million.

 

In January 2000, the Company amended its Certificate of Incorporation to increase the number of authorized shares of Series C preferred stock to 9,619,343. Subsequently, 1,609,656 shares were sold at a price of $4.97 per share. The total sales price of all shares was $8.0 million.

 

As discussed in Note 7, in February 2002 all of the Company’s existing Series A, Series B and Series C preferred stock was converted into shares of the Company’s common stock.

 

In February 2002, as part of the recapitalization the Company issued warrants exercisable for an aggregate of 361,642 shares of common stock (357,142 shares to an existing stockholder and 4,500 shares to a bank), exercisable at $0.01 per share with an expiration date of February 14, 2009. The fair value of the common stock warrants was calculated on the date of grant with the following assumptions: fair value of common stock of $0.10 based on management’s valuation of common stock analysis; risk-free rates of approximately 3.61%; dividend yield of 0%; and expected lives of seven years. The resulting fair value of the warrants based on these calculations was $33 thousand.

 

On December 10, 2003, the Company completed a private offering of 17,367,141 shares of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $10.0 million less approximately $824 thousand in offering costs. In connection with this offering the Company issued a warrant to its placement agent to purchase up to 1,042,028 shares of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock at a purchase price of $0.5758 per share. The warrant will terminate in November 2008. The fair value of the warrant was calculated on the date of grant with the following assumptions: fair value of preferred stock of $0.5758 based on management’s valuation of common stock analysis; risk free rate of 2.29%; dividend rate of 8% and expected life of five years. The resulting fair value of the warrant based on these calculations was zero.

 

On February 11, 2004, the Company completed a second private offering of 12,156,998 shares of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $7.0 million less $247 thousand in offering costs. On April 27, 2004, the Company issued a warrant to its placement agent to purchase 364,710 shares of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock at an exercise price per share of $0.5758. This warrant will terminate in April 2009. The fair value of the warrant was calculated on the date of grant with the following assumptions: fair value of preferred stock of $0.5758 based upon management’s valuation of common stock analysis; risk free rate of 3.37%; dividend rate of 8% and expected life of five years. The resulting fair value of the warrant based upon these calculations was zero.

 

Liquidation Preference

 

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary (a Liquidation), subject to the rights of any series of preferred stock that may from time-to-time come into existence, the holders of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Website Pros, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company on to the holders of common stock or any other shares of capital stock of the Company by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the sum of $0.5758 for each outstanding share of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock (the Original Series A Issue Price), plus an amount equal to all accumulated (whether or not declared) but unpaid dividends on such share (subject to adjustment of such fixed dollar amounts for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations or the like). If upon the occurrence of a liquidation, the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then, subject to the rights of series of preferred stock that may from time to time come into existence, the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock in proportion to the amount of such stock owned by each such holder. Additionally, if assets are available for distribution following payment of the liquidation preference amount, holders of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock are entitled to participate with holders of common stock in such distribution until the holders of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock have received an aggregate of five times the original Series A Issue Price inclusive of the liquidation preference amount.

 

Redemption

 

At any time after the sixth anniversary of the first date of issuance of the first share of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock, after the receipt by the Company of a written request from the holders of not less than a majority of the then outstanding Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock that all of such holders’ shares of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock be redeemed, the Company shall, to the extent it may lawfully do so, redeem in three annual installments all shares of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock then outstanding by paying in cash a sum per share equal to the Original Series A Issue Price (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like) plus an amount equal to all accumulated (whether or not declared) but unpaid dividends on such share. Dividends on the Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock are being accreted annually at a rate of 8% of the original issue price per share. Any redemption of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock shall be made on a pro rata basis among the holders of the Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock in proportion to the number of shares of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock then held by such holders. The redemption value of the Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock at December 31, 2004 and March 31, 2005 was $18.3 million and $18.7 million, respectively.

 

Conversion

 

Each share of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share and on or prior to the fifth day prior to any redemption date, if any, as may have been fixed in any redemption notice with respect to such share of the Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock into the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock equal to (i) the Original Series A Issue Price divided by (ii) the conversion price applicable to such share, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered. The initial conversion price per share for shares of the Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock shall be the Original Series A Issue Price; provided that the Conversion Price for the Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock shall be subject to adjustment for certain dilutive issuances, splits, combinations or special conversions.

 

Each share of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock shall automatically be converted into shares of common stock at the conversion price at the time in effect for such Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock immediately upon the earlier of (i) the Company’s sale of its common stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the public offering price of which was not less than $2.879 per share (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like) and

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Website Pros, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

aggregate net proceeds to the Company of at least $40 million or (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock. Effective as of the time of any such automatic conversion, each certificate or certificates representing such automatically converted shares of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock shall be deemed to represent the shares of common stock into which such shares of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock automatically converted.

 

Dividends

 

The holders of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock shall be entitled to receive cumulative dividends, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the common stock or any other shares of capital stock of the Company at an annual rate of 8% of the Original Series A Issue Price per share. These dividends accrue (whether or not earned or declared by the Board of Directors) and compound annually and are cumulative as to any shares of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock from the date on which such share is first issued and shall be payable in arrears, when and as declared by the Board of Directors. Upon the determination of the Board of Directors of the Company, including the directors elected by the holders of the Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock, such dividends shall be paid in shares of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock valued at the Original Series A Issue Price, subject to adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations or the like. Accordingly, dividends on the Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock are being accreted annually. However, if the Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock is converted into common stock, the accrued and unpaid dividends shall not be paid or payable in either cash or stock. At December 31, 2004 and March 31, 2005, cumulative dividends in arrears aggregated approximately $1.3 million and $1.7 million, respectively.

 

In the event any dividends are declared and paid on the common stock, the holders of the Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock shall be entitled to a proportionate share of any such dividends as though the holders of the Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock were the holders of the common stock into which their shares of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock are convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of common stock entitled to receive such distribution, provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to dividends payable solely in shares of common stock of the Company or any repurchase of any outstanding securities of the Company that is approved by the Board of Directors.

 

Board of Directors

 

The Company’s current directors have been elected pursuant to a voting agreement that the Company entered into with some of the holders of its common stock and holders of its preferred stock and related provisions of its certificate of incorporation in effect at the time of their election. The holders of the Company’s common stock are entitled to elect two members of the Board of Directors. The holders of the Company’s Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock are entitled to elect two members of the Board of Directors. The holders of a majority of the Company’s common stock and preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis, are entitled to elect any remaining members of the Board of Directors. Upon the completion of a public offering, the voting agreement will terminate in its entirety and none of the Company’s stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of Board members.

 

13. Commitments

 

Registration Rights

 

Beginning 180 days following the closing of a public offering, the holders of an aggregate of 31,624,832 shares of the Company’s common stock and the holder of warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,406,738 shares

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Website Pros, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

of the Company’s common stock may require the Company, upon written request from holders of a majority of these shares, and on not more than two occasions, to file a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to their shares.

 

As of March 31, 2005, if the Company proposes to register any of its securities under the Securities Act of 1933, either for its own account or for the account of other stockholders, the holders of an aggregate of 43,352,083 shares of the Company’s common stock, the holder of a warrant to purchase 4,500 shares of the Company’s common stock and the holder of warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,406,738 shares of the Company’s Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock, which will become exercisable for an equal number of shares of common stock upon completion of this offering, will be entitled to notice of the registration and will be entitled to include their shares of common stock in the registration statement. These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under certain circumstances.

 

14. Extraordinary Item

 

The Company had an earnout obligation to Net Objects, Inc., in connection with its asset purchase agreement with Net Objects entered into in October 2001. The earnout obligation was recorded in accordance with SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations ,” based on a three-year forecast of revenues of software products acquired from Net Objects. The term of the earnout ended in September 2004, so the estimated amount due of $628 thousand was classified as a current liability as of December 31, 2003. The actual earnout obligation, determined to be only $419 thousand, was paid in December 2004. As the related acquired assets had zero book value at the time of settlement, the Company recognized an extraordinary gain of $209 thousand.

 

15. Income Taxes

 

At December 31, 2004, the Company had available federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $55.6 million, which begin to expire in the year 2019.

 

During 2004, a change in ownership of more than 50% occurred that, in accordance with provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, limits the amount of net operating losses that may be utilized in subsequent periods. The annual limitation results in a reduction of available net operating loss carryforwards due to expiring net operating losses in subsequent carryforward periods. Accordingly, the Company estimates that at least $35.6 million of net operating loss carryforwards will be available during the carryforward period. An additional amount may be available as a result of recognized built-in gains during the five-year period following the change in ownership. In addition, approximately $400 thousand in net operating loss carryforwards pertain to the exercise of certain stock options for the Company’s common stock. The tax benefit of these losses, when recognized, will be accounted for as a credit to stockholders’ equity (deficit).

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Website Pros, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,

 
     2003

    2004

 

Deferred tax assets:

                

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 257     $ 162  

Fixed assets basis

     521       363  

Intangible basis

     4,410       3,695  

Net operating loss carryforwards

     21,873       13,354  
    


 


Total deferred tax assets

     27,061       17,574  

Less: valuation allowance

     (27,061 )     (17,574 )
    


 


Net deferred tax asset

   $ —       $ —    
    


 


Net deferred tax liability

   $ —       $ —    
    


 


 

The valuation allowance increased by $457 thousand during 2003 and decreased by approximately $9.5 million in 2004. The change in the valuation allowance from 2003 to 2004 is primarily attributable to the decrease in other deferred tax assets. The Company believes that, based on a number of factors, the available objective evidence creates sufficient uncertainty regarding the realizability of the deferred tax assets such that a full valuation allowance has been recorded.

 

The provision (benefit) for income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory U.S. Federal income tax rates as a result of the following:

 

     December 31,

 
     2003

    2004

 

U.S. statutory rate

   (34.0 )%   34.0 %

State income taxes (net of federal tax benefit)

   (4.0 )   4.0  

Other, net

   0.5     0.2  

Valuation allowance

   37.5     (38.2 )
    

 

     0.0 %   0.0 %
    

 

 

16. Employee Savings Plan

 

Effective August 1, 2000, the Company established a 401(k) savings plan designed to qualify under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. All employees who completed three months of service are eligible to participate in the plan. Each participant may contribute to the plan up to the maximum allowable amount as determined by the Federal Government. Employee 401(k) deferrals are 100% vested. Company contributions are subject to a vesting schedule based on years of service. The Company began making contributions to the plan in 2004. During 2004, the Company recorded contribution expense of $0, $0, and $33 thousand for 2002, 2003, and 2004, respectively.

 

17. Related Party Transactions

 

An investment fund affiliated with a law firm that provides legal services to the Company is a shareholder of the Company. The law firm received $134 thousand, $52 thousand and $191 thousand for professional services provided to the Company during 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. The Company has a payable of $5 thousand and $79 thousand to this law firm at December 31, 2003 and, 2004, respectively.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Website Pros, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The Company purchased computer equipment in 2003 from a business for which the Company’s President/CEO and CFO are members of the Board of Directors. The Company paid $0, $0, and $20 thousand to the computer equipment company for purchases made during 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. The Company has a payable of $19 thousand and $30 thousand to this business for the computer equipment, at December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

 

In February 2002, the Company issued warrants to purchase 361,642 shares of common stock as described in Note 11. Of these, a warrant exercisable for 357,142 shares of common stock was issued to a related party. The chief executive officer of the Company owns a beneficial interest in the general partner of the recipient of that warrant and also has voting and investment power with respect to the warrant and the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrant.

 

In February 2002, in connection with the acquisition of assets from Innuity, Inc., the Company issued 14,082,926 shares of common stock to Innuity. A current director and a current officer of the Company were secured noteholders of Innuity at the time and received distributions of the Company’s common stock from Artesian Management, Inc., agent for the Innuity secured noteholders, in February 2004.

 

Three of the Company’s other directors are affiliated with certain of the Company’s major stockholders, and share voting and investment power with respect to the shares owned by these entities.

 

In February 2004, the Company repurchased shares of its common stock from certain stockholders, including from one of its directors, his family members, and certain other parties with which he is or, in the past, was affiliated.

 

In December 2003, the Company entered into a letter agreement with Insight Venture Management, LLC, or IVM, an affiliate of Insight Venture Partners IV, L.P., whereby the Company received consulting services from IVM for a term of twelve months beginning January 1, 2004. This agreement expired pursuant to its terms on December 31, 2004. The Company paid IVM an aggregate amount of $61 thousand for these services during 2004. Two of the Company’s directors are affiliated with Insight Venture Partners, and entities affiliated with Insight Venture Partners own more than 5% of the Company’s outstanding capital stock.

 

18. Subsequent Events

 

Series B Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock

 

In February 2005, the Board of Directors approved amending and restating the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation to authorize the issuance of additional shares of preferred stock and to designate such additional shares as Series B convertible redeemable preferred stock. In February 2005, the Company issued 2,100,693 shares of Series B convertible redeemable preferred stock to a stockholder of the Company for approximately $3.0 million.

 

Liquidation Preference

 

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary (a Liquidation), subject to the rights of any series of preferred stock that may from time to time come into existence, the holders of Series B convertible redeemable preferred stock are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock, common stock or any other shares of capital stock of the Company by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the sum of $1.4281 for each outstanding share of Series B convertible redeemable preferred stock (the Original Series B Issue Price), plus an amount equal to all declared

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Website Pros, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

but unpaid dividends on such share (subject to adjustment of such fixed dollar amounts for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations or the like). If upon the occurrence of a Liquidation, the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series B convertible redeemable preferred stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then, subject to the rights of series of preferred stock that may from time to time come into existence, the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series B convertible redeemable preferred stock in proportion to the amount of such stock owned by each such holder.

 

Redemption

 

At any time after December 10, 2009, after the receipt by the Company of a written request from the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series B convertible redeemable preferred stock and Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock (“Series convertible redeemable preferred stock”) voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted to common stock basis that all of such holders’ shares of Series convertible redeemable preferred stock be redeemed, the Company shall, to the extent it may lawfully do so, redeem in three annual installments all shares of Series convertible redeemable preferred stock then outstanding by paying in cash a sum per share equal to the Original Series A Issue Price for each share of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock or the Original Series B Issue Price for each share of Series B convertible redeemable preferred stock, as applicable (each as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like), plus an amount for each share of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock equal to all accumulated (whether or not declared) but unpaid dividends on such share, plus an amount per share of Series B convertible redeemable preferred stock equal to all declared but unpaid dividends on such share. Any redemption of Series convertible redeemable preferred stock shall be made on a pro rata basis among the holders of the Series convertible redeemable preferred stock in proportion to the number of shares of Series convertible redeemable preferred stock then held by such holders. The redemption value of the Series convertible redeemable preferred stock at December 31, 2004 and March 31, 2005 was $18.3 million and $21.7 million, respectively.

 

Conversion

 

Each share of Series convertible redeemable preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share and on or prior to the fifth day prior to any redemption date, if any, as may have been fixed in any redemption notice with respect to such share of the Series convertible redeemable preferred stock into the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock equal to (i) the Original Series A Issue Price or Original Series B Issue Price, as applicable, divided by (ii) the conversion price applicable to such share, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered. The initial conversion price per share for shares of the Series convertible redeemable preferred stock is the Original Series A Issue Price or Original Series B Issue Price, as applicable; provided that the Conversion Price for the Series convertible redeemable preferred stock shall be subject to adjustment for certain dilutive issuances, splits, combinations or special conversions.

 

Each share of Series convertible redeemable preferred stock shall automatically be converted into shares of common stock at the conversion price at the time in effect for such Series convertible redeemable preferred stock immediately upon the earlier of (i) the Company’s sale of its common stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended with aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of at least $30 million or (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series convertible redeemable preferred stock. Effective as of the time of any such automatic conversion, each certificate or certificates representing such automatically converted shares of Series convertible redeemable preferred stock shall be deemed to represent the shares of common stock into which such shares of Series convertible redeemable preferred stock automatically converted.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Voting Rights

 

The holder of each share of Series convertible redeemable preferred stock has the right to one vote for each share of common stock into which Series convertible redeemable preferred stock could then be converted, and with respect to such vote, such holder shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of common stock, and shall be entitled, notwithstanding any provision of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Company, and shall be entitled to vote, together with holders of common stock, with respect to any question upon which holders of common stock have the right to vote.

 

Acquisitions

 

On April 19, 2005, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of E.B.O.Z., Inc. (EBOZ), for an aggregate of 927,624 shares of its common stock. If the operations of EBOZ achieve specified revenue targets within 15 months of the acquisition date, the Company will issue up to an additional 927,624 shares of common stock to EBOZ. The principal operations of EBOZ include providing small businesses with tools to manage their online marketing programs.

 

On April 22, 2005, the Company acquired Leads.com, Inc. (Leads.com) for 11,602,654 shares of its common stock and the assumption of options to purchase 366,213 shares of the Company’s common stock. The principal operations of Leads.com include assisting small businesses with Internet marketing programs by listing the businesses on Yellow Pages and search websites.

 

Stock-Based Compensation Plans

 

On April 6, 2005, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2005 Plan), to be effective upon the closing of a public offering. An aggregate of 7,750,000 shares of common stock will be reserved for issuance under the 2005 Plan, and this amount will be increased annually on January 1 of each year, from 2006 until 2015, by the lesser of 1% of the number of fully-diluted shares of common stock outstanding on December 31 of the prior year or the number of shares (not to exceed 3,000,000 shares) determined by the Board of Directors. Additionally, any shares subject to grants under the 1999 Equity Incentive Plan (Note 9) that terminate without being exercised will become available under the 2005 Plan. Upon the closing of the public offering, the 1999 Equity Incentive Plan will terminate.

 

On April 6, 2005, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted the 2005 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan (the 2005 Directors Plan), to be effective upon the closing of a public offering. The 2005 Directors Plan calls for the automatic grant of nonstatutory stock options to purchase shares of common stock to nonemployee directors. The aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued pursuant to options granted under this plan is 2,250,000 shares, which amount will be increased annually on January 1 of each year, from 2006 to 2015 by the lesser of the number of shares of common stock subject to options granted during the preceding year or the number of shares (not to exceed 1,000,000 shares) determined by the Board of Directors.

 

On April 6, 2005, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted the 2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the ESPP), to be effective upon the closing of a public offering. The ESPP authorizes the issuance of 2,250,000 shares of common stock pursuant to purchase rights granted to the Company’s employees or to employees of any of its affiliates, which amount will be increased on January 1 of each year, from 2006 until 2015, by the lesser of 0.25% of the number of fully-diluted shares of common stock outstanding on December 31 of the prior year or the number of shares (not to exceed 600,000 shares) determined by the Board of Directors. The ESPP is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 425 of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

Amendment to 1999 Equity Incentive Plan and Option Grants

 

On April 6, 2005, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a 3.5 million share increase to the share reserve under the Company’s 1999 Equity Incentive Plan. In April 2005, the Company granted options, with an exercise price of $1.80 per share, exercisable for an aggregate of 3,646,000 shares of common stock.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accountants

 

Board of Directors and Shareholders

Leads.com, Inc.

 

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Leads.com, Inc. as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, and the related statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the period from inception (June 30, 2003) to December 31, 2003 and the year ended December 31, 2004. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Leads.com, Inc. at December 31, 2003 and 2004 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the period from inception (June 30, 2003) to December 31, 2003 and the year ended December 31, 2004, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

 

Jacksonville, Florida

March 25, 2005, except for Note 11,

as to which the date is

April 22, 2005

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Leads.com, Inc.

 

Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 

     December 31,

    March 31,
2005


 
     2003

    2004

   
                 (unaudited)  

Assets

                        

Current assets:

                        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 814     $ 607     $ 287  

Accounts receivable

     —         5       18  

Prepaid expenses

     11       62       38  
    


 


 


Total current assets

     825       674       343  

Property and equipment, net

     95       286       303  

Intangible asset

     —         691       691  

Other assets

     11       81       77  
    


 


 


Total assets

   $ 931     $ 1,732     $ 1,414  
    


 


 


Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

                        

Current liabilities:

                        

Accounts payable

   $ 37     $ 240     $ 266  

Accrued expenses

     72       149       182  

Deferred revenue

     55       291       265  

Capital lease payable, short-term

     4       4       4  

Current portion of long-term debt

     —         52       58  

Other liabilities

     —         13       13  
    


 


 


Total current liabilities

     168       749       788  
    


 


 


Capital lease payable, long-term

     8       4       3  

Long-term debt

     —         306       290  

Other liabilities

     25       57       75  
    


 


 


Total liabilities

     201       1,116       1,156  
    


 


 


Stockholders’ equity:

                        

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 3,000,000 authorized, 1,949,540 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2003; 3,000,000 shares authorized, 2,217,769 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2004 and March 31, 2005

     19       22       22  

Additional paid-in capital

     1,161       2,352       2,352  

Accumulated deficit

     (450 )     (1,758 )     (2,116 )
    


 


 


Total stockholders’ equity

     730       616       258  
    


 


 


Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 931     $ 1,732     $ 1,414  
    


 


 


 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Leads.com, Inc.

 

Statements of Operations

(In thousands)

 

     Inception
(June 30) to
December 31,
2003


    Year Ended
December 31,
2004


   

Three Months
Ended

March 31,
2005


 
                 (unaudited)  

Subscription revenue

   $ 168     $ 3,628     $ 1,345  

Cost of subscription revenue

     82       1,749       671  
    


 


 


Gross profit

     86       1,879       674  

Operating expenses:

                        

Sales and marketing

     276       1,787       433  

General and administrative

     253       1,317       567  

Depreciation

     8       74       29  

Loss on disposal of assets

     —         6       —    
    


 


 


Total operating expenses

     537       3,184       1,029  
    


 


 


Loss from operations

     (451 )     (1,305 )     (355 )

Other income (expense):

                        

Interest income

     2       6       2  

Interest expense

     (1 )     (9 )     (5 )
    


 


 


Total other income (expense)

     1       (3 )     (3 )
    


 


 


Net loss

   $ (450 )   $ (1,308 )   $ (358 )
    


 


 


 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Leads.com, Inc.

 

Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 

     Common Stock

   Additional
Paid-In
Capital


  

Accumulated

Deficit


    Total
Stockholders’
Equity


 
     Shares

   Amount

       

Balance, Inception June 30, 2003

   —        —        —        —         —    

Issuance of common stock

   1,949,540    $ 19    $ 1,161      —       $ 1,180  

Net loss

   —        —        —      $ (450 )     (450 )
    
  

  

  


 


Balance, December 31, 2003

   1,949,540      19      1,161      (450 )     730  

Issuance of common stock

   268,229      3      1,191      —         1,194  

Net loss

   —        —        —        (1,308 )     (1,308 )
    
  

  

  


 


Balance, December 31, 2004

   2,217,769      22      2,352      (1,758 )     616  

Net loss (unaudited)

   —        —        —        (358 )     (358 )
    
  

  

  


 


Balance, March 31, 2005 (unaudited)

   2,217,769    $ 22    $ 2,352    $ (2,116 )   $ 258  
    
  

  

  


 


 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Leads.com, Inc.

 

Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

     Inception
(June 30) to
December 31,
2003


    Year Ended
December 31,
2004


    Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2005


 
                 (unaudited)  

Cash flows from operating activities

                        

Net loss

   $ (450 )   $ (1,308 )   $ (358 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

                        

Depreciation

     8       74       29  

Loss from disposal of property and equipment

     —         6       —    

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                        

Accounts receivable

     —         (5 )     (13 )

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (11 )     (55 )     23  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     109       280       59  

Deferred revenue

     55       236       (26 )

Other liabilities

     25       36       23  
    


 


 


Net cash used in operating activities

     (264 )     (736 )     (263 )

Cash flows from investing activities

                        

Purchase of property and equipment, net

     (90 )     (263 )     (46 )

Purchase of domain name

     —         (82 )     (10 )

Deposits

     (11 )     (66 )     —    
    


 


 


Net cash used in investing activities

     (101 )     (411 )     (56 )

Cash flows from financing activities

                        

Principal payments on capital lease obligations

     (1 )     (4 )     (1 )

Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net

     1,180       944       —    
    


 


 


Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     1,179       940       (1 )
    


 


 


Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     814       (207 )     (320 )

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     —         814       607  
    


 


 


Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ 814     $ 607     $ 287  
    


 


 


 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Leads.com, Inc.

 

Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Leads.com, Inc.

 

Financial Statements

December 31, 2004

 

1. The Company and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Description of Company

 

Leads.com, Inc. (the Company) is a provider of customer lead generation Web services for small and medium-sized businesses. The Company’s primary service offering is a subscription based package that can include pay-per-click advertising, online yellow page advertisement creation, and industry-specific customer leads. The Company was incorporated in Delaware in June 2003 as Lead Logic, Inc. In August 2004, Lead Logic legally changed its name to Leads.com, Inc.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

The Company’s subscription revenue is generated from monthly subscriptions for online advertising services. Revenue is recognized when all of the following conditions are satisfied: (1) there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement; (2) the service has been provided to the customer; (3) the amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable; and (4) the collection of the Company’s fees is probable.

 

Customers are billed for services on a monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis, at the Customer’s option. Deferred revenue is recorded when customers pay for services in advance. The Company recognizes revenue on a daily basis over the service period. There are no undelivered elements at the end of the monthly service period.

 

Receivables

 

Trade accounts receivable are recorded on the balance sheet at net realizable value. The Company establishes reserves for uncollectible balances based on historical collection percentages and customer-specific information. At December 31, 2003 and 2004, no reserves were deemed necessary based on the Company’s analysis.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, operating accounts, and money market accounts. For purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

 

Concentrations of Credit Risk

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents. The Company invests its cash in credit instruments of highly rated financial institutions.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Leads.com, Inc.

 

Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

Financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, accounts payable, accrued expenses and debt. The respective carrying value of these financial instruments approximates fair value.

 

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment, including software, are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided over the estimated useful lives of the assets which range from three to five years using the straight-line method.

 

Asset Impairment

 

When events or circumstances indicate possible impairment, the Company performs an evaluation to determine if an impairment of long-lived assets used in operations exists, using undiscounted estimated future operating cash flows attributable to such assets compared to the assets’ carrying amount.

 

If the Company determines that long-lived assets have been impaired, the measurement of impairment will be equal to the excess of the carrying amount of such assets over the discounted estimated future operating cash flows, using a discount rate commensurate with the risks involved. The Company would reflect the impairment through a reduction in the carrying value of the long-lived assets. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are recorded at the lower of carrying amount or estimated fair value less costs to dispose.

 

Intangible Assets

 

The Company accounts for intangible assets in accordance with SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations” and SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are tested annually for impairment. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their expected useful lives and are reviewed periodically for impairment.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company accounts for income taxes under the provisions of SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” using the liability method. SFAS No. 109 requires recognition of deferred tax liabilities and assets for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax liabilities and assets are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the difference is expected to reverse. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are included in other assets and other liabilities, respectively, on the balance sheets.

 

Stock-Based Employee Compensation

 

The Company accounts for stock options issued to qualified employees in accordance with the provision of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 (APB 25), “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” as interpreted by Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation No. 44, “Accounting for Certain Transactions Involving Stock Compensation (an Interpretation of the Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25).” No compensation expense has been recorded for stock options issued to employees in 2004 as the exercise price of the options granted was equal to the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of award.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Leads.com, Inc.

 

Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Pro Forma Information

 

Pro forma information regarding net income is required by SFAS No. 123 and SFAS No. 148 and has been determined as if the Company had accounted for its employee stock options using the fair value method. The fair value for options was estimated at the date of grant using the minimum value method with the following weighted-average assumptions for 2004: risk-free interest rate of 3.98%; dividend yield of 0%; and a weighted-average expected life of the options of seven years.

 

For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of the options is amortized over the options’ vesting period of 4 years. The weighted average per share fair value of options granted during the year ended December 31, 2004 was $1.14. The Company’s pro forma information follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
     2004

    2005

 
           (unaudited)  

Loss before pro forma effect of stock options

   $ (1,308 )   $ (358 )

Pro forma compensation expense from stock options

     (2 )     (5 )
    


 


Pro forma net loss

   $ (1,310 )   $ (363 )
    


 


 

Because options vest over several years and additional option grants are expected, the effects of these pro forma calculations are not likely to be representative of similar future calculations. The fair values, as determined in accordance with SFAS No. 123, of options granted to employees were determined based on the assumption that the exercise price at the measurement date approximated fair value.

 

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

Comprehensive income (loss) equals net income (loss) for all periods presented.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51 ,” (FIN 46). In December 2003, the FASB modified FIN 46 to make certain technical corrections and address certain implementation issues that had arisen. FIN 46, as so modified (FIN 46R), provides a new framework for identifying variable interest entities (VIEs) and determining when a company should include the assets, liabilities, noncontrolling interests and results of activities of a VIE in its consolidated financial statements. FIN 46R requires certain VIEs to be consolidated by the primary beneficiary of the entity if the equity investors of the entity do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties. FIN 46R is effective upon initial involvement for VIEs created after December 31, 2003 and beginning no later than the first annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2004 for variable interests in all other entities in financial statements. Management has completed its evaluation and concluded that none of the Company’s investments meet the requirements for consolidation under FIN 46R.

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment .” This statement is a revision of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued for Employees .” SFAS 123R requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair values. The provisions of this statement are effective for interim or annual periods beginning after January 1, 2006. Management is currently evaluating the provisions of this revision to determine the impact on its financial statements.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Leads.com, Inc.

 

Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

2. Property and Equipment

The Company’s property and equipment are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

    

December 31,


   

March 31,

2005


 
     2003

    2004

   
                 (unaudited)  

Property and equipment:

                        

Software

   $ 32     $ 175     $ 205  

Computer equipment

     32       75       79  

Equipment

     33       63       78  

Furniture and fixtures

     6       37       37  

Leasehold improvements

     —         15       11  
    


 


 


Total property and equipment

     103       365       411  

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     (8 )     (79 )     (108 )
    


 


 


Property and equipment, net

   $ 95     $ 286     $ 303  
    


 


 


 

Depreciation expense relating to property and equipment amounted to $8 thousand and $74 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively, and $30 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2005.

 

Intangible Asset

The Company’s intangible asset is the domain name www.leads.com. The Company purchased the name in August 2004 in exchange for 53,305 shares of common stock of the Company, valued at $250 thousand, and a $500 thousand non-interest bearing note payable. The asset was capitalized for $691 thousand, which is the fair value of the stock plus the net present value of the note (see Note 3). The fair value of the stock was based on recent transactions with unrelated parties. The domain name will be tested annually for impairment. Also included in the purchase agreement is the Company’s obligation to pay on a quarterly basis 10% of advertising revenue received by the Company for Website advertising on www.leads.com for sixty months beginning the first full month the Company receives any such advertising revenue.

 

3. Long-Term Debt

To finance the purchase of the domain name www.leads.com in August 2004, the Company signed a $500 thousand non-interest bearing note agreement with the owner of the domain name. The collateral for this note is the www.leads.com domain name. The note is payable in quarterly installments over 5 years. The imputed interest rate is 5.25%. The required minimum payments on the note are (in thousands):

 

 

2005

   $ 70  

2006

     80  

2007

     90  

2008

     110  

2009

     60  
    


Total

     410  

Less imputed interest

     (52 )
    


       358  

Less current portion

     (52 )
    


Total

   $ 306  
    


 

F-39


Table of Contents

Leads.com, Inc.

 

Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

4. Leases

 

Operating Leases

 

The Company rents its principal office in Manassas, Virginia under an operating lease that expires on September 30, 2014. This lease is a ten-year lease with escalating rent payments at the conclusion of each year. The Company has an option to cancel this lease on September 30, 2009 without penalty. The Company is recognizing rent expense for this lease on a straight-line basis over the non-cancelable lease term. The Company also rents a secondary office in Roanoke, Virginia under an operating lease that expires in August 2005. This lease is a one-year lease with an escalation of the rent payment at the conclusion of the first six months of the lease term. The Company is recognizing rent expense for this lease on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Prior to October 2004, the Company’s principal office lease was in Sterling, Virginia. Rent expense for the leased facilities amounted to $26 thousand and $214 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively, and $98 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2005.

 

As of December 31, 2004, future minimum rental payments required under operating leases that have initial or remaining non-cancelable terms in excess of one year, including the leases described above, are as follows (in thousands):

 

2005

   $ 99

2006

     152

2007

     193

2008

     199

2009

     152
    

     $ 795
    

 

The Company subleases offices from its principal office to three other companies. The various subleases terminate during 2006. These subleases have a two-year term with escalating rent payments at the end of the first year. The Company is recognizing rental income on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Sublease income for the year ended December 31, 2004 and the three months ended March 31, 2005 was $4 thousand and $12 thousand, respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2004, the future minimum sublease rental income required under the operating leases have initial or remaining non-cancelable terms in excess of one year, including the leases described above, and as follows (in thousands):

 

2005

   $ 61

2006

     54
    

     $ 115
    

 

Capital Lease

 

The Company is obligated under capital leases for a phone system in the amount of $13 thousand. Accumulated depreciation related to the phone system totaled $1 thousand and $3 thousand for 2003 and 2004, respectively. Future minimum lease payments total $4 thousand in both 2005 and 2006. An imputed interest rate of 1.3% was used to reduce the minimum lease payments to fair value.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Leads.com, Inc.

 

Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

5. Income Taxes

 

At December 31, 2004 and March 31, 2005, the Company had available federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $1.7 million and $ 2.0 million, respectively, which begin to expire in the year 2023.

 

Pursuant to the “change in ownership” provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, utilization of the Company’s net operating loss carryforwards may be limited, if a cumulative change of ownership of more than 50% occurs within any three-year period.

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded in the financial statements in other assets and other liabilities, respectively. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows at December 31 (in thousands):

 

     2003

    2004

 

Deferred tax assets:

                

Intangible basis

   $ 8       —    

Accrued Expenses

     18     $ 11  

Deferred Rent

     —         13  

Deferred revenue

     22       3  

Net operating loss carryforwards

     123       639  
    


 


Total deferred tax assets

     171       666  

Deferred tax liabilities:

                

Intangible basis

     —         (1 )

Fixed assets basis

     —         (3 )
    


 


Total deferred tax liabilities

     —         (4 )

Total net deferred tax asset

     171       662  

Less: valuation allowance

     (171 )     (662 )
    


 


Net deferred tax asset

   $ —       $ —    
    


 


Net deferred tax liability

   $ —       $ —    
    


 


 

The valuation allowance increased by approximately $171 thousand and $491 thousand during 2003 and 2004, respectively. The change in the valuation allowance is primarily attributable to the increase in the net operating loss carryforwards and deferred tax liabilities and the decrease in other deferred tax assets. The Company believes that, based on a number of factors, the available objective evidence creates sufficient uncertainty regarding the realizability of the deferred tax assets such that a full valuation allowance has been recorded.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Leads.com, Inc.

 

Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

The Company’s effective income tax rate varied from the statutory rate for various reasons. An analysis of the current year is provided below. The reconciling items affect the overall effective rate because they are book tax differences other than temporary differences:

 

     2003

    2004

 

U.S. statutory rate

   (34.0 )%   (34.0 )%

State income taxes (net of federal tax benefit)

   (4.0 )   (4.0 )

Other, net

   0.5     1.4  

Valuation allowance

   37.5     36.6  
    

 

     0.0 %   0.0 %
    

 

 

6. Stock Splits

 

In November 2003, the Board of Directors approved a 12:1 stock split for common stock outstanding. In June 2004, the Board of Directors approved an amendment to the certificate of incorporation to increase the authorized shares of common stock of the Company to 3.0 million shares and approved a 20:1 stock split for common stock outstanding. Share amounts for all periods presented have been restated to reflect the effects of the stock splits.

 

7. Stock-Based Compensation Plans

 

A Stock Option Plan (Plan) was adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors and approved by its stockholders on November 24, 2004. The Plan provides for the grant of non-statutory stock options to individuals employed by the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliated Company as defined in the Plan. As of December 31, 2004, the Company has reserved an aggregate of 166,332 shares of Common Stock for issuance under this plan. Of the total reserved as of December 31, 2004, options to purchase a total of 70,000 shares of the Company’s common stock were held by participants under the plan, and 96,332 shares of common stock are currently available for future issuance.

 

The Board of Directors administers the Plan and determines the terms of options granted, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to individual option awards and the vesting period of options, within the limits set forth in the Plan itself. Options under the Plan have a maximum term of 10 years and vest over 4 years.

 

Stock Option Activity

 

In November 2004, 70,000 options were granted at an exercise price of $4.69. All 70,000 options were outstanding and no options were exercisable at December 31, 2004. The weighted average remaining life for outstanding options is 9.9 years. The Company did not grant any stock options during the three months ended March 31, 2005.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes option activity for all of the Company’s stock options:

 

    

Shares
Covered by

Options


  

Exercise
Price per

Share


   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price


Balance, December 31, 2003

   —        —        —  

Granted

   70,000    $ 4.69    $ 4.69

Exercised

   —        —        —  

Canceled

   —        —        —  

Expired

   —        —        —  
    
             

Balance, December 31, 2004

   70,000      4.69      4.69
    
             

 

Price ranges of outstanding and exercisable options as of December 31, 2004, are summarized below:

 

     Outstanding Options

   Exercisable Options

Exercise Price


   Number
of
Options


   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Life (Years)


   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price


   Number of
Options


   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price


$4.69

   70,000    9.9    $ 4.69    —      —  
    
              
    
     70,000                —       
    
              
    

 

8. Employee Savings Plan

 

Effective in 2003, the Company established a 401(k) savings plan (401(k) Plan) designed to qualify under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. All employees who completed 60 days of service are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan. Each participant may contribute to the 401(k) Plan up to the maximum allowable amount as determined by the Federal Government. Employee 401(k) deferrals are 100% vested. Company contributions are subject to a vesting schedule based on years of service. The Company may make contributions to the 401(k) Plan at the discretion of management of the Company. There was contribution expense of $1 thousand and $4 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively, and $2 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2005.

 

9. Supplemental Cash Flow Information

 

Cash paid for interest was $1 thousand and $9 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively, and $5 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2005, respectively. The Company acquired equipment through a capital lease in the amount of $13 thousand in 2003. The Company issued a $500 thousand note payable and $250 thousand of common stock in the acquisition of the domain name www.leads.com in August 2004 to the former owner of the domain name.

 

10. Related Party

 

The Company uses a technology consulting firm for internal software development and maintenance whose owners are shareholders of the Company. The Company paid $32 thousand, $126 thousand and $19 thousand to this firm for services provided to the Company during the year ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and the three months ended March 31, 2005, respectively. There were no accounts payable to this consulting firm at December 31, 2003 and 2004.

 

11. Subsequent Event

 

On April 22, 2005, the Company was acquired by Website Pros, Inc. for 11,602,654 shares of Website Pros common stock.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Website Pros, Inc.

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Condensed Balance Sheet

as of March 31, 2005

(In thousands)

 

    

Website Pros, Inc.

As Restated


    Leads.com, Inc.

   Pro Forma
Adjustments (Note 1)


   

Pro Forma

Combined

As Restated


Assets

                             

Current assets:

                             

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 10,374     $ 287      —       $ 10,661

Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $442

     2,674       18      —         2,692

Inventories, net of reserves of $36

     157       —        —         157

Prepaid expenses

     80       38      —         118

Prepaid marketing fees and other current assets

     760       —        —         760
    


 

  


 

Total current assets

     14,045       343      —         14,388

Property and equipment, net

     377       303    $ 135 (a)     815

Goodwill and other intangible assets

     2,979       691      12,487 (b)     16,157

Other assets

     242       77      —         319
    


 

  


 

Total assets

   $ 17,643     $ 1,414    $ 12,622     $ 31,679
    


 

  


 

Liabilities, convertible redeemable preferred stock, and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

                             

Current liabilities:

                             

Accounts payable

   $ 910     $ 266      —       $ 1,176

Accrued expenses

     1,759       182    $ 148 (c)     2,089

Deferred revenue

     2,791       265      —         3,056

Current portion of long-term debt and capital lease payable

     —         62      —         62

Accrued marketing fees

     234       —        —         234

Other liabilities

     292       13      —         305
    


 

  


 

Total current liabilities

     5,986       788      148       6,922

Other liabilities

     85       75      —         160

Long-term debt

     —         293      —         293
    


 

  


 

Total liabilities

     6,071       1,156      148       7,375

Convertible redeemable preferred stock

     20,829       —        —         20,829

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (9,257 )     258      12,474 (d)     3,475
    


 

  


 

Total liabilities, convertible redeemable preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ 17,643     $ 1,414    $ 12,622     $ 31,679
    


 

  


 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Website Pros, Inc.

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Condensed Statement Of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2004

(In thousands, except per share data)

    

Website Pros, Inc.

As Restated


    Leads.com, Inc.

    Pro Forma
Adjustments (Note 2)


   

Pro Forma
Combined

As Restated


 

Revenue

   $ 23,402     $ 3,628       —       $ 27,030  

Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization expense shown separately below)

     11,244       1,749       —         12,993  
    


 


 


 


Gross profit

     12,158       1,879       —         14,037  

Operating expenses:

                                

Sales and marketing

     6,811       1,787       —         8,598  

Research and development

     1,135       —         —         1,135  

General and administrative

     3,076       1,323       —         4,399  

Stock-based compensation

     674       —       $ 83 (d)     757  

Depreciation and amortization

     400       74       1,368 (a,b,c,)     1,842  
    


 


 


 


Income (loss) from operations

     62       (1,305 )     (1,451 )     (2,694 )

Other income (expense)

     59       (3 )     —         56  
    


 


 


 


Income (loss) before extraordinary gain

     121       (1,308 )     (1,451 )     (2,638 )

Preferred stock dividends

     (1,294 )     —         —         (1,294 )
    


 


 


 


Loss before extraordinary gain attributable to common stockholders

   $ (1,173 )   $ (1,308 )   $ (1,451 )   $ (3,932 )
    


 


 


 


Basic and diluted net loss attributable per common share

   $ (0.08 )                   $ (0.15 )
    


                 


Basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

     15,012                       26,615 (e)
    


                 


 

F-45


Table of Contents

Website Pros, Inc.

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Condensed Statement Of Operations

Three months ended March 31, 2005

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

    

Website Pros, Inc.

As Restated


    Leads.com, Inc.

   

Pro Forma

Adjustments (Note 3)


   

Pro Forma

Combined

As Restated


 

Revenue

   $ 7,318     $ 1,345       —       $ 8,663  

Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization expense shown separately below)

     3,335       671       —         4,006  
    


 


 


 


Gross profit

     3,983       674       —         4,657  
    


 


 


 


Operating expenses:

                                

Sales and marketing

     1,971       433       —         2,404  

Research and development

     349       —         —         349  

General and administrative

     1,277       567       —         1,844  

Stock-based compensation

     127       —       $ 21 (c)     148  

Depreciation and amortization

     99       29       139 (a,b)     267  
    


 


 


 


Income (loss) from operations

     160       (355 )     (160 )     (355 )

Other income (expense)

     26       (3 )     —         23  
    


 


 


 


Net income (loss)

     186       (358 )     (160 )     (332 )

Preferred stock dividends

     (340 )     —         —         (340 )
    


 


 


 


Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (154 )   $ (358 )   $ (160 )   $ (672 )
    


 


 


 


Basic and diluted net loss attributable per common share

   $ (0.01 )                   $ (0.03 )
    


                 


Basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

     13,957                       25,560 (d)
    


                 


 

F-46


Table of Contents

Website Pros, Inc.

 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PROFORMA COMBINED CONDENSED FINANCIAL

STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

Note 1—The Transaction

 

On April 22, 2005, Website Pros, Inc. consummated a transaction whereby a wholly-owned subsidiary of Website Pros merged with Leads.com, Inc., and Leads.com became a wholly-owned subsidiary as contemplated by an agreement and plan of merger and reorganization dated April 22, 2005. Under the terms of that agreement Website Pros issued 11,602,654 shares of its common stock in exchange for 2,217,769 shares of the common stock of Leads.com, constituting 100% of the outstanding shares of Leads.com. The merger is being accounted for in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 141, “ Business Combinations .” Website Pros has not completed its purchase price allocation. Accordingly, the purchase price was preliminarily allocated to the assets and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the merger date, as summarized below:

 

The purchase price of the transaction was as follows (in thousands):

 

Value assigned to 11,602,654 shares issued

   $ 12,600

Transaction costs

     148

Estimated fair value of Leads.com options

     132
    

     $ 12,880
    

 

In April 2005, Website Pros valued the shares issued by determining the enterprise value of Leads.com based upon a discounted cash flow approach. The cash flow model included an 11-year forecast of income and cash flows and assumed a discount rate or 32.5% and a growth rate implicit in the terminal value of 6.0%.

 

The fair value of the Leads.com options assumed was valued based upon the following assumptions: fair value of common stock of $1.7569; risk-free rate of 4.29%, dividend yield of 0%, and an expected life of 7 years. The resulting fair value was allocated between deferred compensation and the purchase price based upon the intrinsic value and the remaining vesting period in accordance with FIN 44 “ Accounting for Certain Transactions Involving Stock Compensation .”

 

The purchase price was allocated to the fair value of the net assets acquired as follows:

 

Current assets

   $ 343  

Property and equipment

     438  

Non-compete agreements

     1,540  

Customer relationships

     810  

Domain name/trade name

     1,080  

Other assets

     77  

Goodwill

     9,748  
    


Total assets

     14,036  
    


Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     (448 )

Deferred revenue(1)

     (265 )

Long term debt

     (293 )

Other liabilities

     (150 )
    


Total liabilities

     (1,156 )
    


Net assets acquired

   $ 12,880  
    


 
  (1) The fair value of the deferred revenue was estimated as the cost expected to be incurred by Website Pros to perform the obligations under the contract plus a reasonable profit associated with the performance effort.

 

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Website Pros, Inc.

 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PROFORMA COMBINED CONDENSED FINANCIAL

STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except per share date)

 

Set forth below is further detail on the pro-forma adjustments necessary to record the assets at their fair market value.

 

Property and equipment

   $ 135 (a)
    


Non-compete agreements

     1,540  

Customer relationships

     810  

Domain name/trade name

     1,080  

Write-off existing domain name

     (691 )

Goodwill

     9,748  
    


Goodwill and other intangibles—total

     12,487 (b)
    


Accrued expenses

     148 (c)
    


Stockholders equity

   $ 12,474 (d)
    


 

To adjust the basis of net assets acquired to their fair market value, write-off the existing carrying value of Leads.com domain name, and record the issuance of equity along with transaction costs.

 

Note 2—Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Condensed Statement of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2004

 

The following adjustments were applied to our historical statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2004 as if the acquisition of Leads.com had taken place at the beginning of the year:

 

(a)

   Amortization of non-compete agreements    $ 513

 

to record amortization of non-compete agreements based on the fair value assigned to the agreements by an independent valuation firm. Amortization is computed on a straight line basis over a three year period, the term of the agreements;

 

(b)

   Amortization of customer relationships    $ 810

 

to record amortization of the fair value assigned to customer relationships by an independent valuation firm. Amortization is computed on a straight line basis over the estimated life of nine months;

 

(c)

   Amortization of purchased software    $ 45

 

to record amortization of the fair value assigned to software by an independent valuation firm. Amortization in computed on a straight line basis over the estimated useful life of three years; and

 

(d)

   Stock-based compensation expense    $ 83

 

to record amortization of deferred stock-based compensation expense. Deferred stock-based compensation will be recorded based on the intrinsic value of the unvested options and amortized on a straight line basis over the remaining vesting period.

 

  (e) Reflects the issuance of 11,602,654 shares of Website Pros common stock to Leads.com. See Note 1 above.

 

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Website Pros, Inc.

 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PROFORMA COMBINED CONDENSED FINANCIAL

STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(in thousands, except per share date)

 

Note 3—Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Condensed Statement of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2005

 

The following adjustments were applied to our historical statement of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2005 as if the acquisition of Leads.com had taken place at the beginning of the year ended December 31, 2004:

 

(a)

   Amortization of non-compete agreements    $ 128

 

to record amortization of non-compete agreements based on the fair value assigned to the agreements by an independent valuation firm. Amortization is computed on a straight line basis over a three year period, the term of the agreements;

 

(b)

   Amortization of purchased software    $ 11

 

to record amortization of the fair value assigned to software by an independent valuation firm. Amortization in computed on a straight line basis over the estimated useful life of three years; and

 

(c)

   Stock-based compensation expense    $ 21

 

to record amortization of deferred stock-based compensation expense. Deferred stock-based compensation will be recorded based on the intrinsic value of the unvested options and amortized on a straight line basis over the remaining vesting period. The expense was computed based on a fair market value of $1.80 per share of common stock.

 

  (d) Reflects the issuance of 11,602,654 shares of Website Pros common stock to Leads.com. See Note 1 above.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

                     Shares

 

 

LOGO

 

Common Stock

 


 

PROSPECTUS

 


 

F RIEDMAN B ILLINGS R AMSEY

 


 

P IPER J AFFRAY   RBC C APITAL M ARKETS

 

Until                     , 2005, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

ITEM 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discount, payable by the registrant in connection with the sale of common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the NASD filing fee and the NASDAQ National Market application fee.

 

    

Amount to

be Paid


SEC registration fee

   $ 8,239

NASD filing fee

   $ 7,500

NASDAQ National Market listing fee

     *

Printing and engraving expenses

     *

Legal fees and expenses

     *

Accounting fees and expenses

     *

Transfer agent fees and expenses

     *

Miscellaneous

     *
    

Total

     *
    


* To be filed by amendment

 

ITEM 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “Delaware Law”), the registrant has broad powers to indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities they may incur in such capacities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

The registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws include provisions to (i) eliminate the personal liability of its directors for monetary damages resulting from breaches of their fiduciary duty to the extent permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware Law and (ii) require the registrant to indemnify its directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware Law, including circumstances in which indemnification is otherwise discretionary. Pursuant to Section 145 of the Delaware Law, a corporation generally has the power to indemnify its present and former directors, officers, employees and agents against expenses incurred by them in connection with any suit to which they are, or are threatened to be made, a party by reason of their serving in such positions so long as they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and with respect to any criminal action, they had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. The registrant believes that these provisions are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. These provisions do not eliminate the directors’ duty of care, and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief will remain available under Delaware Law. In addition, each director will continue to be subject to liability for breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the registrant, for acts or omissions not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct, for knowing violations of law, for acts or omissions that the director believes to be contrary to the best interests of the registrant or its stockholders, for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit, for acts or omissions involving a reckless disregard for the director’s duty to the registrant or its stockholders when the director was aware or should have been aware of a risk of serious injury to the registrant or its stockholders, for acts or omissions that constitute an unexcused pattern of inattention that amounts to an abdication of the director’s duty to the registrant or its stockholders, for improper transactions between the director and the registrant and for improper distributions to stockholders and loans to directors and officers. The provision also does not affect a director’s responsibilities under any other law, such as the federal securities law or state or federal environmental laws.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director or officer of the registrant as to which indemnification is being sought nor is the registrant aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any officer or director.

 

The registrant has an insurance policy covering the officers and directors of the registrant with respect to certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

 

ITEM 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

Since its inception through April 22, 2005, the registrant has sold and issued the following unregistered securities to a limited number of persons as described below. All share amounts and per share prices of the registrant’s common stock have been retroactively adjusted to give effect to a seven-for-one reverse stock split of its common stock effected in February 2002.

 

(1) The registrant sold an aggregate of 914,336 shares of its common stock to employees, directors and consultants for cash consideration in the aggregate amount of $205,064.05 upon the exercise of stock options granted under its 1999 Equity Incentive Plan, 15,962 shares of which have been repurchased.

 

(2) The registrant granted stock options to employees, directors and consultants under its 1999 Equity Incentive Plan covering an aggregate of 20,614,445 shares of common stock. Of these, options covering an aggregate of 1,547,524 shares were canceled without being exercised, and an aggregate of 914,336 shares were issued upon the exercise of stock options, as set forth in (1) above. In November 2003, all outstanding options with an exercise price greater than $0.40 per share were repriced to have an exercise price of $0.40 per share.

 

(3) In April 1999, the registrant sold an aggregate of 272,856 shares of its common stock to two purchasers, at approximately $0.007 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $1,910.00.

 

(4) In April 1999, the registrant issued a warrant to purchase 7,142 shares of common stock to a service provider in connection with a business agreement. The warrant was not exercised and terminated on August 5, 2004.

 

(5) In May 1999, the registrant issued an aggregate of 117,857 shares of its common stock pursuant to a Restricted Stock Agreement in exchange for the acquisition of all of the outstanding shares of Virtual Publisher, Inc., a former subsidiary of the registrant that was dissolved in February 2005.

 

(6) In May 1999, the registrant issued a convertible promissory note to an accredited investor in the principal amount of $300,000. In June 1999, the note was converted pursuant to its terms into 533,333 shares of Old Series A in connection with the financing described in paragraph (7) below. These shares of Old Series A were converted into 76,190 shares of common stock in February 2002.

 

(7) In June and July 1999, the registrant sold an aggregate of 7,822,218 shares of its Series A Preferred Stock, or Old Series A, to eleven accredited investors at $0.5625 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $4,399,997.63, consisting of cash consideration of $4,099,997.63 and the conversion of the convertible promissory note issued by the registrant in May 1999 described in note (6) above. Each share of Old Series A was converted into 0.25 of a share of common stock in February 2002.

 

(8) In August 1999, the registrant issued an aggregate of 451,141 shares of common stock as partial consideration to the seller of certain assets acquired by the registrant pursuant to an asset purchase agreement.

 

(9) From August to November 1999, the registrant sold an aggregate of 14,054,095 shares of its Series B Preferred Stock, or Old Series B, to nine accredited investors at $0.84375 per share, for aggregate cash consideration of $11,858,142.29. Each share of Old Series B was converted into 0.357143 of a share of common stock in February 2002.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

(10) In December 1999 and January 2000, the registrant sold an aggregate of 9,619,343 shares of its Series C Preferred Stock, or Old Series C, to ten accredited investors at $4.97 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $47,808,134.71. Each share of Old Series C was converted into 0.714286 of a share of common stock in February 2002.

 

(11) In January 2000, the registrant issued 35,714 shares of common stock to three stockholders of Execusite, Inc. pursuant to a plan of merger and reorganization. The plan of merger and reorganization was rescinded, and all shares of common stock issued pursuant thereto were repurchased by the registrant, in December 2000.

 

(12) In January 2000, the registrant issued 1,293 shares of common stock to service providers in consideration of past services rendered to the registrant.

 

(13) In February 2002, the registrant issued an aggregate of 14,082,926 shares of common as partial consideration to the seller of certain assets acquired by the registrant pursuant to an asset purchase agreement.

 

(14) In February 2002, the registrant issued a warrant to purchase 357,142 shares of its common stock to a business partner in consideration of the execution of a general release in favor of the registrant.

 

(15) In February 2002, the registrant issued a warrant to purchase 4,500 shares of its common stock in connection with the assumption of a credit facility in partial consideration to the seller of certain assets acquired by the registrant pursuant to an asset purchase agreement.

 

(16) In December 2003 and February 2004, the registrant sold an aggregate of 29,524,139 shares of its Series A Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, or New Series A, to five accredited investors at $0.5758 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $16,999,999.00. The shares of New Series A were offered to selected accredited investors pursuant to a private placement memorandum, with Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc., or FBR, as exclusive placement agent, on a best efforts basis. FBR was paid a placement fee equal to six percent of the gross proceeds of the offering plus warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,406,738 shares of New Series A as set forth in paragraph (17) below. Each share of New Series A is convertible into one share of common stock.

 

(17) In December 2003 and April 2004, the registrant issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,406,738 shares of New Series A to FBR in consideration of its service as exclusive placement agent for the offering of New Series A, as set forth in paragraph (16) above.

 

(18) In February 2005, the registrant sold an aggregate of 2,100,693 shares of its Series B Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, or New Series B, to three purchasers at $1.4281 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $2,999,999.69. Each share of New Series B is convertible into one share of common stock.

 

(19) In April 2005, the registrant issued 927,624 shares of its common stock to E.B.O.Z., Inc. as consideration to the seller of certain assets acquired by the registrant pursuant to an asset purchase agreement.

 

(20) In April 2005, the registrant issued 11,602,654 shares of common stock to the stockholders of Leads.com, Inc., all of whom were accredited investors, pursuant to a plan of merger and reorganization. Additionally, in connection with this transaction the registrant assumed options to purchase 366,213 shares of the registrant’s common stock.

 

The sales and issuances of securities in some of the transactions described in paragraphs (1) and (2) above were exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 in reliance on Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 as offers and sales of securities pursuant to certain compensatory benefits plans and contracts relating to compensation in compliance with Rule 701.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

The sales and issuances of securities in some of the transactions described in paragraph (2) of this Item 15 were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Regulation S promulgated thereunder.

 

The sales and issuances of securities in the transactions described in paragraphs (3) through (6), (8), (12) and (17) of this Item 15 were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) thereof as transactions not involving any public offering. All of the purchasers of securities in these transactions represented to us that they were accredited investors as defined under the Securities Act.

 

The sales and issuances of securities in the remaining transactions described in paragraphs (1) and (2) and all of the transactions described in paragraphs (7), (9) through (11), (13) through (16), and (18) through (20) of this Item 15 were deemed exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions not involving any public offering. All of the purchasers of these securities represented that they were accredited investors as defined under the Securities Act.

 

ITEM 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit
Number


  

Description of Document


  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.*
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Website Pros, Inc.#
  3.2    Bylaws of Website Pros, Inc.#
  3.3    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Website Pros, Inc. to be effective upon completion of this offering.#
  3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Website Pros, Inc. to be effective upon completion of this offering.#
  4.1    Reference is made to Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2.
  4.2    Specimen Stock Certificate.*
  4.3    Investors’ Rights Agreement dated December 10, 2003, as amended by the Omnibus Amendment Agreement dated February 14, 2005.#
  4.4    Warrant dated February 15, 2002, exercisable for 357,142 shares common stock.#
  4.5    Warrant dated February 14, 2002, exercisable for 4,500 shares of common stock.#
  4.6    Warrant dated December 10, 2003, exercisable for 1,042,028 shares of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock.#
  4.7    Warrant dated April 27, 2004, exercisable for 364,710 shares of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock.#
  5.1    Opinion of Cooley Godward LLP regarding legality.*
10.1    1999 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of related agreements.#
10.2    2005 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of related agreements.#
10.3    2005 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan and forms of related agreements.#
10.4    2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.#
10.5    Executive Severance Benefit Plan.+

 

II-4


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number


  

Description of Document


10.6    Form of Indemnity Agreement entered into between the registrant and certain of its officers and directors.#
10.7    Employment Agreement with David Brown, dated June 1, 2005.+
10.8    Employment Agreement with Kevin Carney, dated June 1, 2005.+
10.9    Partnership Agreement with Discover Financial Services, Inc. dated November 3, 2003, as amended to date.†
10.10    Lease by and between Flagler Development Company and the registrant, dated as of January 17, 2003.#
10.11    Commercial Rental Agreement by and between Innuity, Inc. and R.I.N. Corporation, and Mountain Real Estate & Property Management, Inc., dated as of April 21, 2000, as amended by Lease addendum to lease dated April 21, 2000 by and between Points North Associates, LLC and the registrant, dated as of May 26, 2004.#
10.12    Lease for 10021 Balls Ford Road, Manassas, Virginia, by and between the registrant and GDR Manassas, LLLP, dated September 8, 2004.
14.1    Code of Conduct.*
21.1    Subsidiaries of the registrant.#
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2    Consent of Cooley Godward LLP. Reference is made to Exhibit 5.1.*
24.1    Power of Attorney.#

* To be filed by amendment.
Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and this exhibit has been filed separately with the SEC.
+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
# Previously filed.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

 

None.

 

ITEM 17. Undertakings

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to its directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions described in Item 14 or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by one of its directors, officers, or controlling persons in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

The registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

1. For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

2. For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and this offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, Website Pros, Inc. has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Jacksonville, Florida on June 8, 2005.

 

WEBSITE PROS, INC.

By:

 

/ S /    D AVID B ROWN        


   

David Brown

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

N AME


  

T ITLE


 

D ATE


/ S /    D AVID B ROWN        


David Brown

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and

Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 8, 2005

/ S /    K EVIN C ARNEY        


Kevin Carney

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  June 8, 2005

*


Jeffrey Lieberman

  

Director

  June 8, 2005

*


Deven Parekh

  

Director

  June 8, 2005

*


Timothy Maudlin

  

Director

  June 8, 2005

*


George Still

  

Director

  June 8, 2005

 

 
*By:  

/ S /    K EVIN C ARNEY

   

Kevin Carney

Attorney-in-fact

 

II-7


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number


  

Description of Document


1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.*
3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Website Pros, Inc.#
3.2    Bylaws of Website Pros, Inc.#
3.3    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Website Pros, Inc. to be effective upon completion of this offering.#
3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Website Pros, Inc. to be effective upon completion of this offering.#
4.1    Reference is made to Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2.
4.2    Specimen Stock Certificate.*
4.3    Investors’ Rights Agreement dated December 10, 2003, as amended by the Omnibus Amendment Agreement dated February 14, 2005.#
4.4    Warrant dated February 15, 2002, exercisable for 357,142 shares common stock.#
4.5    Warrant dated February 14, 2002, exercisable for 4,500 shares of common stock.#
4.6    Warrant dated December 10, 2003, exercisable for 1,042,028 shares of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock.#
4.7    Warrant dated April 27, 2004, exercisable for 364,710 shares of Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock.#
5.1    Opinion of Cooley Godward LLP regarding legality.*
10.1    1999 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of related agreements.#
10.2    2005 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of related agreements.#
10.3    2005 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan and forms of related agreements.#
10.4    2005 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.#
10.5    Executive Severance Benefit Plan.+
10.6    Form of Indemnity Agreement entered into between the registrant and certain of its officers and directors.#
10.7    Employment Agreement with David Brown, dated June 1, 2005.+
10.8    Employment Agreement with Kevin Carney, dated June 1, 2005.+
10.9    Partnership Agreement with Discover Financial Services, Inc. dated November 3, 2003, as amended to date.†
10.10    Lease by and between Flagler Development Company and the registrant, dated as of January 17, 2003.#
10.11    Commercial Rental Agreement by and between Innuity, Inc. and R.I.N. Corporation, and Mountain Real Estate & Property Management, Inc., dated as of April 21, 2000, as amended by Lease addendum to lease dated April 21, 2000 by and between Points North Associates, LLC and the registrant, dated as of May 26, 2004.#
10.12    Lease for 10021 Balls Ford Road, Manassas, Virginia, by and between the registrant and GDR Manassas, LLLP, dated September 8, 2004.


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number


  

Description of Document


14.1    Code of Conduct.*
21.1    Subsidiaries of the registrant.#
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2    Consent of Cooley Godward LLP. Reference is made to Exhibit 5.1.*
24.1    Power of Attorney.#

* To be filed by amendment.
Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and this exhibit has been filed separately with the SEC.
+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
# Previously filed.

Exhibit 10.5

 

WEBSITE PROS, INC.

 

EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE BENEFIT PLAN

 

Section 1. I NTRODUCTION .

 

The Website Pros, Inc. Executive Severance Benefit Plan (the “ Plan ”) was established effective April 6, 2005. The purpose of the Plan is to provide for the payment of severance benefits to certain executive employees of Website Pros, Inc. (the “ Company ”) upon the termination of their employment under specified circumstances. This Plan shall supersede any executive severance benefit plan, policy or practice previously maintained by the Company for any Eligible Employee (as defined in Section 2(a)(1) below). This Plan document is also the Summary Plan Description for the Plan.

 

Section 2. E LIGIBILITY F OR B ENEFITS .

 

(a) General Rules. Subject to the requirements set forth herein, the Company will grant severance benefits under the Plan to Eligible Employees.

 

(1) Definition of Eligible Employee .” For purposes of this Plan, Eligible Employees shall be those employees of the Company who are approved for participation in the Plan by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) as listed in A PPENDIX A hereto. The determination of whether an employee is an Eligible Employee shall be made by the Board, in its sole discretion, and such determination shall be binding and conclusive on all persons. If an employee who is deemed an Eligible Employee by the Board has an individually negotiated employment agreement with the Company relating to severance benefits that is in effect on his or her termination date, the provisions of that agreement relating to severance benefits shall be superseded by the terms of this Plan; provided, however , that all other remaining provisions of that agreement shall remain in effect.

 

(2) Release of Claims. To be eligible to receive benefits under the Plan, an Eligible Employee must execute a general waiver and release in substantially the form attached hereto as E XHIBIT A , E XHIBIT B or E XHIBIT C , as appropriate, and such release must become effective in accordance with its terms. The Company, in its discretion, may modify the form of the required release to comply with applicable law and shall determine the form of the required release, which may be incorporated into a termination agreement or other agreement with the Eligible Employee.

 

(b) Exceptions to Benefit Entitlement. An employee, including an employee who otherwise is an Eligible Employee, will not receive benefits under the Plan if the employee is terminated for Cause (as defined herein) or the employee resigns without Good Reason (as defined herein), as determined by the Company in its sole discretion.

 

Section 3. A MOUNT O F B ENEFIT .

 

(a) Termination without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason. If at any time the Company terminates an Eligible Employee’s employment without Cause (as defined

 

1.


herein), or the Eligible Employee resigns for Good Reason (as defined herein), the Company shall provide the Eligible Employee with the following severance benefits:

 

(1) A cash severance benefit in an amount equal to six (6) months of the Eligible Employee’s Base Salary (as defined herein), which shall be paid in the form of installments on the Company’s regular payroll dates for a period of six (6) months following the termination of the Eligible Employee’s employment;

 

(2) Acceleration of the vesting of the shares of common stock held by the Eligible Employee and shares of common stock subject to stock options then held by the Eligible Employee such that the shares that would have vested had the Eligible Employee remained employed by the Company for six (6) months following the termination of the Eligible Employee’s employment shall vest and become immediately exercisable as of the date of the Eligible Employee’s termination of employment, provided that the foregoing shall not be deemed to modify any provisions governing the Eligible Employee’s stock option grant(s) with respect to the post-termination exercise period and the term of such options; and

 

(3) Provided that the Eligible Employee is eligible to continue coverage under a health, dental, or vision plan sponsored by the Company under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“ COBRA ”) at the time of the Eligible Employee’s termination of employment and timely elects such continuation of coverage under COBRA, the Company will pay COBRA premiums on behalf of the Eligible Employee for a period of six (6) months following the termination of the Eligible Employee’s employment. Upon the conclusion of such period of insurance premium payments made by the Company, the Eligible Employee will be responsible for the entire payment of premiums required under COBRA for the duration of the COBRA period. No provision of this Plan will affect the continuation coverage rules under COBRA, except that the Company’s payment of any applicable insurance premiums will be credited as payment by the Eligible Employee for purposes of the Eligible Employee’s payment required under COBRA. Therefore, the period during which an Eligible Employee may elect to continue the Company’s health, dental, or vision plan coverage at his or her own expense under COBRA, the length of time during which COBRA coverage will be made available to the Eligible Employee, and all other rights and obligations of the Eligible Employee under COBRA (except the obligation to pay insurance premiums that the Company pays in accordance with the foregoing) will be applied in the same manner that such rules would apply in the absence of this Plan. For purposes of this Section 3(a)(3), (i) references to COBRA shall be deemed to refer also to analogous provisions of state law and (ii) any applicable insurance premiums that are paid by the Company shall not include any amounts payable by the Eligible Employee under an Internal Revenue Code Section 125 health care reimbursement plan, which amounts, if any, are the sole responsibility of the Eligible Employee.

 

(b) Termination without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason Following a Change of Control. If the Company terminates an Eligible Employee’s employment without Cause, or the Eligible Employee resigns for Good Reason, at any time during the period commencing on the effective date of a Change of Control (as defined herein) and ending eighteen (18) months following the effective date of the Change of Control, then the Eligible Employee shall be entitled to the benefits set forth in Section 3(a); provided, however ,

 

2.


that in lieu of the accelerated vesting set forth in Section 3(a)(2) above, the Company shall accelerate the vesting of the shares subject to the Eligible Employee’s stock option grant(s) such that fifty percent (50%) of the unvested shares shall be vested and exercisable immediately as of the date of the Eligible Employee’s termination of employment.

 

(c) Definitions.

 

(1) For purposes of this Plan, “ Cause ” shall mean (A) conviction of any felony or any crime involving moral turpitude or dishonesty; (B) perpetration of a material fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (C) in the event of a termination prior to a Change of Control, persistent, willful and material breach of the Eligible Employee’s duties that has not been cured within 30 days after written notice from the Company’s Board of Directors of such breach; or (D) material breach of any Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement between the Eligible Employee and the Company that has not been cured within thirty (30) days after written notice from the Company’s Board of Directors, or has cause irreparable damage incapable of cure.

 

(2) For purposes of this Plan, “ Good Reason ” shall mean if (A) there is a material adverse change in the Eligible Employee’s position causing such position to be of materially reduced stature or responsibility, (B) a reduction of the Eligible Employee’s base compensation, or (C) the Eligible Employee is required to relocate his primary work location to a facility or location more than forty (40) miles from the primary work location on the date hereof, and within the 60-day period immediately following such material change or reduction the Eligible Employee elects to terminate his employment voluntarily.

 

(3) Change of Control. For purposes of the Plan, a “ Change of Control ” shall mean any of the following in connection with which the Eligible Employee receives cash or readily marketable securities in exchange for all or substantially all of the Eligible Employee’s shares of capital stock of the Company: (A) a sale, lease or other disposition in one transaction or a series of transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, (B) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving entity or if the Company is the surviving entity, as a result of which the shares of the Company’s capital stock are converted into or exchanged for cash, securities of another entity, or other property, unless (in any case) the holders of the Company’s outstanding shares of capital stock immediately before such transaction own more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the outstanding securities of the surviving entity immediately after the transaction, (C) a reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of the Company’s stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger are converted by virtue of the merger into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise, (D) the Company’s stockholders approve a plan or proposal to liquidate or dissolve the Company or (E) a person or group hereafter acquires beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting securities of the Company (all within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder).

 

(4) For purposes of calculating Plan benefits, “ Base Salary ” shall mean the Eligible Employee’s base pay (excluding incentive pay, premium pay, commissions, overtime, bonuses and other forms of variable compensation), at the rate in effect during the last

 

3.


regularly scheduled payroll period immediately preceding the Eligible Employee’s termination date.

 

(d) Other Employee Benefits. All other benefits (such as life insurance, disability coverage, and 401(k) plan coverage) terminate as of the Eligible Employee’s termination date (except to the extent that a conversion privilege may be available thereunder).

 

(e) Certain Reductions. The Company, in its sole discretion, shall have the authority to reduce an Eligible Employee’s severance benefits, in whole or in part, by any other severance benefits, pay in lieu of notice, or other similar benefits payable to the Eligible Employee by the Company that become payable in connection with the Eligible Employee’s termination of employment pursuant to (i) any applicable legal requirement, including, without limitation, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act (the “ WARN Act ”), or (ii) any Company policy or practice providing for the Eligible Employee to remain on the payroll for a limited period of time after being given notice of the termination of the Eligible Employee’s employment. The benefits provided under this Plan are intended to satisfy, in whole or in part, any and all statutory obligations that may arise out of an Eligible Employee’s termination of employment, and the Plan Administrator shall so construe and implement the terms of the Plan. The Company’s decision to apply such reductions to the severance benefits of one Eligible Employee and the amount of such reductions shall in no way obligate the Company to apply the same reductions in the same amounts to the severance benefits of any other Eligible Employee, even if similarly situated. In the Company’s sole discretion, such reductions may be applied on a retroactive basis, with severance benefits previously paid being recharacterized as payments pursuant to the Company’s statutory obligation.

 

Section 4. F ORM O F B ENEFIT .

 

All payments under the Plan will be subject to applicable withholding for federal, state and local taxes. If an Eligible Employee is indebted to the Company at his or her termination date, the Company reserves the right to offset any severance payments under the Plan by the amount of such indebtedness. In no event shall payment of any Plan benefit be made prior to the Eligible Employee’s termination date or prior to the effective date of the release described in Section 2(a)(2). Notwithstanding Section 3(a)(1), the Company reserves the right to determine whether severance benefits under the Plan, if any, shall be paid in a single sum, in installments, or in any other form and to choose the timing of such payments; provided, however , that in the event that any of the benefits payable under the Plan to an Eligible Employee are determined by the Plan Administrator to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, then the amount of such benefits so determined shall be payable to such Eligible Employee in a manner that complies with the requirements of Section 409A, which may include, without limitation, deferring the payment of such benefits for six (6) months after such Eligible Employee’s date of termination, provided, further, however , that nothing in this paragraph shall require the payment of benefits to such Eligible Employee earlier than they would otherwise be payable under this Plan.

 

4.


Section 5. R EEMPLOYMENT .

 

In the event of an Eligible Employee’s reemployment by the Company during the period of time in respect of which severance benefits pursuant to Section (3) have been paid, the Company, in its sole and absolute discretion, may require such Eligible Employee to repay to the Company all or a portion of such severance benefits as a condition of reemployment.

 

Section 6. R IGHT T O I NTERPRET P LAN ; A MENDMENT AND T ERMINATION .

 

(a) Exclusive Discretion. The Plan Administrator (set forth in Section 11(d)) shall have the exclusive discretion and authority to establish rules, forms, and procedures for the administration of the Plan and to construe and interpret the Plan and to decide any and all questions of fact, interpretation, definition, computation or administration arising in connection with the operation of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the eligibility to participate in the Plan and amount of benefits paid under the Plan. The rules, interpretations, computations and other actions of the Plan Administrator shall be binding and conclusive on all persons.

 

(b) Amendment or Termination. The Company reserves the right to amend or terminate this Plan (including Appendix A) or the benefits provided hereunder at any time; provided, however, that no such amendment or termination shall affect the right to any unpaid benefit of any Eligible Employee whose termination date has occurred prior to amendment or termination of the Plan. Any action amending or terminating the Plan shall be in writing and executed by the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company.

 

Section 7. N O I MPLIED E MPLOYMENT C ONTRACT .

 

The Plan shall not be deemed to (i) give any employee or other person any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or (ii) interfere with the right of the Company to discharge any employee or other person at any time, with or without cause, which right is hereby reserved.

 

Section 8. L EGAL C ONSTRUCTION .

 

This Plan is intended to be governed by and shall be construed in accordance with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ ERISA ”) and, to the extent not preempted by ERISA, the laws of the State of Florida.

 

Section 9. C LAIMS , I NQUIRIES A ND A PPEALS .

 

(a) Applications for Benefits and Inquiries. Any application for benefits, inquiries about the Plan or inquiries about present or future rights under the Plan must be submitted to the Plan Administrator in writing by an applicant (or his or her authorized representative).

 

(b) Denial of Claims. In the event that any application for benefits is denied in whole or in part, the Plan Administrator must provide the applicant with written or electronic notice of the denial of the application, and of the applicant’s right to review the denial. Any electronic notice will comply with the regulations of the U.S. Department of Labor. The notice

 

5.


of denial will be set forth in a manner designed to be understood by the applicant and will include the following:

 

(1) the specific reason or reasons for the denial;

 

(2) references to the specific Plan provisions upon which the denial is based;

 

(3) a description of any additional information or material that the Plan Administrator needs to complete the review and an explanation of why such information or material is necessary; and

 

(4) an explanation of the Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the applicant’s right to bring a civil action under section 502(a) of ERISA following a denial on review of the claim, as described in Section 9(d) below.

 

This notice of denial will be given to the applicant within ninety (90) days after the Plan Administrator receives the application, unless special circumstances require an extension of time, in which case, the Plan Administrator has up to an additional ninety (90) days for processing the application. If an extension of time for processing is required, written notice of the extension will be furnished to the applicant before the end of the initial ninety (90) day period.

 

This notice of extension will describe the special circumstances necessitating the additional time and the date by which the Plan Administrator is to render its decision on the application.

 

(c) Request for a Review. Any person (or that person’s authorized representative) for whom an application for benefits is denied, in whole or in part, may appeal the denial by submitting a request for a review to the Plan Administrator within sixty (60) days after the application is denied. A request for a review shall be in writing and shall be addressed to the Plan Administrator.

 

A request for review must set forth all of the grounds on which it is based, all facts in support of the request and any other matters that the applicant feels are pertinent. The applicant (or his or her representative) shall have the opportunity to submit (or the Plan Administrator may require the applicant to submit) written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to his or her claim. The applicant (or his or her representative) shall be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to his or her claim. The review shall take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the applicant (or his or her representative) relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

(d) Decision on Review. The Plan Administrator will act on each request for review within sixty (60) days after receipt of the request, unless special circumstances require an extension of time (not to exceed an additional sixty (60) days), for processing the request for a review. If an extension for review is required, written notice of the extension will be furnished

 

6.


to the applicant within the initial sixty (60) day period. This notice of extension will describe the special circumstances necessitating the additional time and the date by which the Plan Administrator is to render its decision on the review. The Plan Administrator will give prompt, written or electronic notice of its decision to the applicant. Any electronic notice will comply with the regulations of the U.S. Department of Labor. In the event that the Plan Administrator confirms the denial of the application for benefits in whole or in part, the notice will set forth, in a manner calculated to be understood by the applicant, the following:

 

(1) the specific reason or reasons for the denial;

 

(2) references to the specific Plan provisions upon which the denial is based;

 

(3) a statement that the applicant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to his or her claim; and

 

(4) a statement of the applicant’s right to bring a civil action under section 502(a) of ERISA.

 

(e) Rules and Procedures. The Plan Administrator will establish rules and procedures, consistent with the Plan and with ERISA, as necessary and appropriate in carrying out its responsibilities in reviewing benefit claims. The Plan Administrator may require an applicant who wishes to submit additional information in connection with an appeal from the denial of benefits to do so at the applicant’s own expense.

 

(f) Exhaustion of Remedies. No legal action for benefits under the Plan may be brought until the applicant (i) has submitted a written application for benefits in accordance with the procedures described by Section 9(a) above, (ii) has been notified by the Plan Administrator that the application is denied, (iii) has filed a written request for a review of the application in accordance with the appeal procedure described in Section 9(c) above, and (iv) has been notified that the Plan Administrator has denied the appeal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Plan Administrator does not respond to a Participant’s claim or appeal within the relevant time limits specified in this Section 9, the Participant may bring legal action for benefits under the Plan pursuant to Section 502(a) of ERISA.

 

Section 10. B ASIS O F P AYMENTS T O A ND F ROM P LAN .

 

The Plan shall be unfunded, and all cash payments under the Plan shall be paid only from the general assets of the Company.

 

Section 11. O THER P LAN I NFORMATION .

 

(a) Employer and Plan Identification Numbers. The Employer Identification Number assigned to the Company (which is the “ Plan Sponsor ” as that term is used in ERISA) by the Internal Revenue Service is 94-3327894. The Plan Number assigned to the Plan by the Plan Sponsor pursuant to the instructions of the Internal Revenue Service is 510.

 

7.


(b) Ending Date for Plan’s Fiscal Year. The date of the end of the fiscal year for the purpose of maintaining the Plan’s records is December 31.

 

(c) Agent for the Service of Legal Process. The agent for the service of legal process with respect to the Plan is the Plan Administrator.

 

(d) Plan Sponsor and Administrator. The “Plan Sponsor” and the “Plan Administrator” of the Plan is:

 

Website Pros, Inc.

12735 Gran Bay Parkway West

Building 200

Jacksonville, FL 32258

 

The Plan Sponsor’s and Plan Administrator’s telephone number is (904) 680-6600. The Plan Administrator is the named fiduciary charged with the responsibility for administering the Plan.

 

Section 12. S TATEMENT O F ERISA R IGHTS .

 

Participants in this Plan (which is a welfare benefit plan sponsored by Website Pros, Inc.) are entitled to certain rights and protections under ERISA. If you are an Eligible Employee, you are considered a participant in the Plan and, under ERISA, you are entitled to:

 

(a) Receive Information About Your Plan and Benefits

 

(1) Examine, without charge, at the Plan Administrator’s office and at other specified locations, such as worksites, all documents governing the Plan and a copy of the latest annual report (Form 5500 Series), if applicable, filed by the Plan with the U.S. Department of Labor and available at the Public Disclosure Room of the Employee Benefits Security Administration;

 

(2) Obtain, upon written request to the Plan Administrator, copies of documents governing the operation of the Plan and copies of the latest annual report (Form 5500 Series), if applicable, and an updated (as necessary) Summary Plan Description. The Administrator may make a reasonable charge for the copies; and

 

(3) Receive a summary of the Plan’s annual financial report, if applicable. The Plan Administrator is required by law to furnish each participant with a copy of this summary annual report.

 

(b) Prudent Actions by Plan Fiduciaries. In addition to creating rights for Plan participants, ERISA imposes duties upon the people who are responsible for the operation of the employee benefit plan. The people who operate the Plan, called “fiduciaries” of the Plan, have a duty to do so prudently and in the interest of you and other Plan participants and beneficiaries. No one, including your employer, your union or any other person, may fire you or otherwise discriminate against you in any way to prevent you from obtaining a Plan benefit or exercising your rights under ERISA.

 

8.


(c) Enforce Your Rights. If your claim for a Plan benefit is denied or ignored, in whole or in part, you have a right to know why this was done, to obtain copies of documents relating to the decision without charge, and to appeal any denial, all within certain time schedules.

 

Under ERISA, there are steps you can take to enforce the above rights. For instance, if you request a copy of Plan documents or the latest annual report from the Plan, if applicable, and do not receive them within 30 days, you may file suit in a Federal court. In such a case, the court may require the Plan Administrator to provide the materials and pay you up to $110 a day until you receive the materials, unless the materials were not sent because of reasons beyond the control of the Plan Administrator.

 

If you have a claim for benefits which is denied or ignored, in whole or in part, you may file suit in a state or Federal court.

 

If you are discriminated against for asserting your rights, you may seek assistance from the U.S. Department of Labor, or you may file suit in a Federal court. The court will decide who should pay court costs and legal fees. If you are successful, the court may order the person you have sued to pay these costs and fees. If you lose, the court may order you to pay these costs and fees, for example, if it finds your claim is frivolous.

 

(d) Assistance with Your Questions. If you have any questions about the Plan, you should contact the Plan Administrator. If you have any questions about this statement or about your rights under ERISA, or if you need assistance in obtaining documents from the Plan Administrator, you should contact the nearest office of the Employee Benefits Security Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, listed in your telephone directory or the Division of Technical Assistance and Inquiries, Employee Benefits Security Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue N.W., Washington, D.C. 20210. You may also obtain certain publications about your rights and responsibilities under ERISA by calling the publications hotline of the Employee Benefits Security Administration.

 

Section 13. E XECUTION .

 

To record the adoption of the Plan as set forth herein, effective as of April 6, 2005, the Company has caused its duly authorized officer to execute the same this 25th day of May, 2005.

 

W EBSITE P ROS , I NC .

By:

 

/s/ David Brown

   

David Brown

   

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

9.


For Employees Age 40 or Older

Individual Termination

 

E XHIBIT A

 

RELEASE AGREEMENT

 

I understand and agree completely to the terms set forth in the Website Pros, Inc. Executive Severance Benefit Plan (the “ Plan ”).

 

I understand that this Release, together with the Plan, constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between Website Pros, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and me with regard to the subject matter hereof. I am not relying on any promise or representation by the Company that is not expressly stated therein. Certain capitalized terms used in this Release are defined in the Plan.

 

I hereby confirm my obligations under the Company’s proprietary information and inventions agreement.

 

Except as otherwise set forth in this Release, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its parents, subsidiaries, successors, predecessors and affiliates, and its and their partners, members, directors, officers, employees, stockholders, shareholders, agents, attorneys, predecessors, insurers, affiliates and assigns, from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring at any time prior to and including the date I sign this Release. This general release includes, but is not limited to: (a) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company or the termination of that employment; (b) all claims related to my compensation or benefits, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company; (c) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (d) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (e) all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (as amended), the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act (as amended) (“ ADEA ”), the federal Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (as amended), and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act (as amended); provided, however, that nothing in this paragraph shall be construed in any way to release the Company from its obligation to indemnify me pursuant to agreement or applicable law or to prohibit me for contesting a claim for indemnification made by the Company or any of the other persons released hereunder.

 

I acknowledge that I am knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights I may have under the ADEA, and that the consideration given under the Plan for the waiver and release in the preceding paragraph hereof is in addition to anything of value to which I was already entitled. I further acknowledge that I have been advised by this writing, as required by the ADEA, that: (a) my waiver and release do not apply to any rights or claims that may arise after the date I sign this Release; (b) I should consult with an attorney prior to signing this Release (although I may choose voluntarily not do so); (c) I have twenty-one (21) days to

 

1.


For Employees Age 40 or Older

Individual Termination

 

consider this Release (although I may choose voluntarily to sign this Release earlier); (d) I have seven (7) days following the date I sign this Release to revoke the Release by providing written notice to an officer of the Company; and (e) this Release shall not be effective until the date upon which the revocation period has expired, which shall be the eighth day after I sign this Release.

 

I acknowledge that I have read and understand Section 1542 of the California Civil Code which reads as follows: “ A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him must have materially affected his settlement with the debtor.” I hereby expressly waive and relinquish all rights and benefits under that section and any law of any jurisdiction of similar effect with respect to my release of any claims hereunder.

 

I acknowledge that to become effective, I must sign and return this Release to the Company so that it is received not later than twenty-one (21) days following the date it is provided to me.

 

E MPLOYEE

Name:

   

Date:

   

 

2.


For Employees Age 40 or Older

Group Termination

 

E XHIBIT B

 

RELEASE AGREEMENT

 

I understand and agree completely to the terms set forth in the Website Pros, Inc. Executive Severance Benefit Plan (the “ Plan ”).

 

I understand that this Release, together with the Plan, constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between Website Pros, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and me with regard to the subject matter hereof. I am not relying on any promise or representation by the Company that is not expressly stated therein. Certain capitalized terms used in this Release are defined in the Plan.

 

I hereby confirm my obligations under the Company’s proprietary information and inventions agreement.

 

Except as otherwise set forth in this Release, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its parents, subsidiaries, successors, predecessors and affiliates, and its and their partners, members, directors, officers, employees, stockholders, shareholders, agents, attorneys, predecessors, insurers, affiliates and assigns, from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring at any time prior to and including the date I sign this Release. This general release includes, but is not limited to: (a) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company or the termination of that employment; (b) all claims related to my compensation or benefits, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company; (c) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (d) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (e) all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (as amended), the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act (as amended) (“ ADEA ”), the federal Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (as amended), and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act (as amended); provided, however, that nothing in this paragraph shall be construed in any way to release the Company from its obligation to indemnify me pursuant to agreement or applicable law or to prohibit me for contesting a claim for indemnification made by the Company or any of the other persons released hereunder.

 

I acknowledge that I am knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights I may have under the ADEA, and that the consideration given under the Plan for the waiver and release in the preceding paragraph hereof is in addition to anything of value to which I was already entitled. I further acknowledge that I have been advised by this writing, as required by the ADEA, that: (a) my waiver and release do not apply to any rights or claims that may arise after the date I sign this Release; (b) I should consult with an attorney prior to signing this Release (although I may choose voluntarily not to do so); (c) I have forty-five (45) days to

 

1.


For Employees Age 40 or Older

Group Termination

 

consider this Release (although I may choose voluntarily to sign this Release earlier); (d) I have seven (7) days following the date I sign this Release to revoke the Release by providing written notice to an office of the Company; (e) this Release shall not be effective until the date upon which the revocation period has expired, which shall be the eighth day after I sign this Release; and (f) I have received with this Release a detailed list of the job titles and ages of all employees who were terminated in this group termination and the ages of all employees of the Company in the same job classification or organizational unit who were not terminated.

 

I acknowledge that I have read and understand Section 1542 of the California Civil Code which reads as follows: “A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him must have materially affected his settlement with the debtor.” I hereby expressly waive and relinquish all rights and benefits under that section and any law of any jurisdiction of similar effect with respect to my release of any claims hereunder.

 

I acknowledge that to become effective, I must sign and return this Release to the Company so that it is received not later than forty-five (45) days following the date it is provided to me.

 

E MPLOYEE

Name:

   

Date:

   

 

2.


For Employees Under Age 40

Individual and Group Termination

 

E XHIBIT C

 

RELEASE AGREEMENT

 

I understand and agree completely to the terms set forth in the Website Pros, Inc. Executive Severance Benefit Plan (the “ Plan ”).

 

I understand that this Release, together with the Plan, constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between Website Pros, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and me with regard to the subject matter hereof. I am not relying on any promise or representation by the Company that is not expressly stated therein. Certain capitalized terms used in this Release are defined in the Plan.

 

I hereby confirm my obligations under the Company’s proprietary information and inventions agreement.

 

Except as otherwise set forth in this Release, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its parents, subsidiaries, successors, predecessors and affiliates, and its and their partners, members, directors, officers, employees, stockholders, shareholders, agents, attorneys, predecessors, insurers, affiliates and assigns, from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring at any time prior to and including the date I sign this Release. This general release includes, but is not limited to: (a) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company or the termination of that employment; (b) all claims related to my compensation or benefits, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company; (c) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (d) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (e) all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (as amended), the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act (as amended), the federal Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (as amended), and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act (as amended); provided, however, that nothing in this paragraph shall be construed in any way to release the Company from its obligation to indemnify me pursuant to agreement or applicable law or to prohibit me for contesting a claim for indemnification made by the Company or any of the other persons released hereunder.

 

I acknowledge that I have read and understand Section 1542 of the California Civil Code which reads as follows: “A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him must have materially affected his settlement with the debtor.” I hereby expressly waive and relinquish all rights and benefits under that section and any law of any jurisdiction of similar effect with respect to my release of any claims hereunder.

 

1.


For Employees Under Age 40

Individual and Group Termination

 

I acknowledge that to become effective, I must sign and return this Release to the Company so that it is received not later than fourteen (14) days following the date it is provided to me.

 

E MPLOYEE

Name:

   

Date:

   

 

2.


W EBSITE P ROS , I NC .

E XECUTIVE S EVERANCE B ENEFIT P LAN

 

A PPENDIX A

 

The Company’s Board of Directors has deemed the following executive employees to be eligible for severance benefits under the Website Pros, Inc. Executive Severance Benefit Plan (“ Eligible Employees ”):

 

Lisa Anteau

Darin Brannan

Tobias Dengel

Roseann Duran

Edward Hechter

Steve Raubenstine

Todd Walrath

Joel Williamson

 

1.

Exhibit 10.7

 

WEBSITE PROS INC.

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

T HIS E MPLOYMENT A GREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is entered by and between David L. Brown (“ Executive ”) and W EBSITE P ROS , I NC . (the “ Company ”), a Delaware corporation. Executive and Company have executed this Agreement on June 1, 2005, and hereby agree and acknowledge that this Agreement will become effective on the effective date of the prospectus pertaining to the IPO (as defined below) (the “ Effective Date ”).

 

W HEREAS , Executive has been providing services to the Company under the terms of an Employment Agreement effective as of December 10, 2003 (the “ Existing Agreement ”);

 

W HEREAS , the Company anticipates it will consummate an initial public offering of its common stock pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 (the “ IPO ”);

 

W HEREAS , in connection with the IPO, the Company desires to terminate the Existing Agreement and to provide Executive with the compensation and benefits in return for his employment services as set forth herein; and

 

W HEREAS , in connection with the IPO Executive wishes to terminate the Existing Agreement and to provide personal services to the Company as an employee in return for the compensation and benefits as set forth herein.

 

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, it is hereby agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows, effective as of the Effective Date:

 

1. E MPLOYMENT BY THE C OMPANY .

 

1.1 Termination of Existing Agreement. The Existing Agreement is hereby terminated effective as of the Effective Date, without regard to any notice period or other termination requirements contained therein.

 

1.2 Title and Responsibilities . Subject to the terms set forth herein, Executive will be employed as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. During his employment with the Company, Executive will devote his best efforts and substantially all of his business time and attention (except for vacation periods and reasonable periods of illness or other incapacity permitted by the Company’s general employment policies) to the business of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is acknowledged and agreed that Executive shall be permitted to perform his duties and responsibilities as a principal of Atlantic Partners and may engage in civic and not-for-profit activities; provided, in each case that such activities do not materially interfere with the performance of his duties hereunder.

 

1


1.3 Executive Position. Executive will serve in an executive capacity and shall report to the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”). Executive shall perform the duties of his executive position as required by the Board.

 

1.4 At-Will Employment. Executive’s relationship with the Company is at-will. The Company shall have the right to terminate this Agreement and Executive’s employment with the Company at any time with or without Cause (as defined in Section 4), and with or without advance notice. In addition, the Company retains the discretion to modify the terms of Executive’s employment, including but not limited to position, duties, reporting relationship, office location, compensation, and benefits, at any time. Executive’s at-will employment relationship only may be changed in a written agreement approved by the Board and signed by Executive and a duly authorized officer of the Company. Executive also may be removed from any position he holds in the manner specified by the Bylaws of the Company and applicable law.

 

1.5 Company Employment Policies . The employment relationship between the parties shall continue to be governed by the general employment policies and procedures of the Company, including those relating to the protection of confidential information and assignment of inventions, except that when the terms of this Agreement differ from or are in conflict with the Company’s general employment policies or procedures, this Agreement shall control.

 

2. C OMPENSATION .

 

2.1 Salary. Executive shall receive for services to be rendered hereunder a base salary at an annualized rate of $275,000, payable on the Company’s standard payroll dates. Executive will be considered for annual increases in base salary in accordance with Company policy and subject to review and approval by the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “ Committee ”).

 

2.2 Stock Options. Except as set forth below, Executive’s current stock options are not affected by this Agreement and will remain in effect in accordance with the terms of the applicable stock option agreements and stock option plan(s). The parties agree that the Company will not provide Executive with any additional or new stock options in connection with his entering into this Agreement.

 

2.3 Target Bonus. Subject to annual review by the Committee, you shall be eligible for a target annual bonus of up to fifty percent (50%) of your base salary (the “ Target Bonus ”). The Target Bonus shall be payable at the discretion of the Committee.

 

2.4 Standard Company Benefits. Executive shall be entitled to participate in the Company’s employee benefits and compensation plans which may be in effect from time to time and provided by the Company to its executives, under the terms and conditions of such benefit and compensation plans.

 

2


2.5 Executive Severance Benefit Plan . Executive acknowledges and agrees that he is not an “Eligible Employee” under the Company’s Executive Severance Benefit Plan.

 

3. C ONFIDENTIAL I NFORMATION . As a condition of his continued employment, Executive must continue to comply with the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement (the “ Confidential Information Agreement ”) he has executed previously. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to modify in any respect the Confidential Information Agreement, and the Confidential Information Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

4. T ERMINATION O F E MPLOYMENT ; C HANGE OF C ONTROL

 

4.1 Termination With Cause.

 

(a) Definition of Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean (i) conviction of any felony or any crime involving moral turpitude or dishonesty; (ii) perpetration of a material fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (iii) persistent, willful and material breach of the Executive’s duties that has not been cured within 30 days after written notice from the Board or the Committee of such breach; or (iv) material breach of the Confidential Information Agreement that has not been cured within thirty (30) days after written notice from the Board or the Committee, or has caused irreparable damage incapable of cure.

 

(b) Termination for Cause . If the Company terminates Executive’s employment at any time for Cause, Executive’s salary shall cease on the date of termination, and Executive will not be entitled to any Severance Benefits (as defined below), severance pay, pay in lieu of notice or any other such compensation, any accelerated vesting of any stock, options or other stock awards, other than payment of accrued salary and such other benefits as expressly required in such event by applicable law or the terms of any applicable Company benefit plans.

 

(c) Termination Without Cause. If the Company terminates Executive’s employment at any time without Cause, Executive shall be eligible for the following severance benefits (the “ Severance Benefits ”): (i) the Company shall make a lump sum severance payment to Executive in an amount equal to eighteen (18) months of Executive’s then-current base salary plus 150% of Executive’s prior year’s bonus, subject to withholdings and deductions, (ii) the vesting of the shares of stock held by Executive (and the shares of stock subject to any options or stock awards held by Executive) shall accelerate such that Executive’s shares shall be vested to the same extent as such shares would have been vested had Executive continued to be employed by the Company for an additional eighteen (18) months, and (iii) if Executive timely elects COBRA health insurance coverage, the Company will reimburse Executive’s COBRA premiums for a maximum of either eighteen (18) months following the date his employment terminates or until he becomes eligible for health insurance coverage from another source, whichever occurs sooner (provided that Executive must promptly inform the Company, in writing, if

 

3


he becomes eligible for health insurance coverage from another source within eighteen (18) months after the termination). Executive shall not be entitled to the Severance Benefits unless and until the release requirements set forth in Section 5 of this Agreement are satisfied.

 

4.2 Resignation With or Without Good Reason.

 

(a) Definition of Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean if (i) there is a material adverse change in the Executive’s position causing such position to be of materially reduced stature or responsibility, (ii) there is a reduction of the Executive’s base compensation, or (iii) the Executive’s is required to relocate his primary work location to a facility or location more than forty (40) miles from the primary work location on the date hereof.

 

(b) Executive’s Resignation. Executive may resign from his employment with the Company at any time, with or without advance notice, and with or without Good Reason (as defined below).

 

(c) Executive’s Resignation Without Good Reason. In the event that Executive resigns his employment without Good Reason, Executive will not be entitled to the Severance Benefits, severance pay, pay in lieu of notice or any other such compensation, any accelerated vesting of stock, options or other stock awards, other than payment of accrued salary and such other benefits as expressly required in such event by applicable law or the terms of any applicable Company benefit plans. Executive’s death or disability will be treated as Executive’s resignation without Good Reason.

 

(d) Executive’s Resignation for Good Reason. Executive may resign his employment for Good Reason so long as Executive tenders his resignation in writing to the Company within sixty (60) days after the occurrence of the event that forms the basis for his resignation for Good Reason. In the event that Executive resigns his employment for Good Reason, Executive will be eligible to receive the Severance Benefits, provided that, the release requirements set forth in Section 5 of this Agreement are satisfied.

 

4.3 Change of Control.

 

(a) Definition of Change of Control . For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Change of Control ” shall mean any of the following: (A) a sale, lease or other disposition in one transaction or a series of transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, (B) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving entity or if the Company is the surviving entity, as a result of which the shares of the Company’s capital stock are converted into or exchanged for cash, securities of another entity, or other property, unless (in any case) the holders of the Company’s outstanding shares of capital stock immediately before such transaction own more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the outstanding securities of the surviving entity immediately after the transaction, (C) a reverse merger in which the Company is the

 

4


surviving corporation but the shares of the Company’s stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger are converted by virtue of the merger into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise, (D) the Company’s stockholders approve a plan or proposal to liquidate or dissolve the Company or (E) a person or group hereafter acquires beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting securities of the Company (all within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder).

 

(b) Vesting Acceleration. If the Company undergoes a Change of Control, then the shares of stock held by Executive, and all shares of stock subject to options or other stock awards held by Executive, shall become immediately and fully vested effective immediately prior to the closing of such Change of Control (the “ Change of Control Acceleration ”).

 

(c) Executive’s Termination Without Cause or Resignation For Good Reason Following a Change of Control. If following the effective date of a Change of Control either (x) the Company (or its successor) terminates Executive’s employment without Cause, or (y) Executive resigns with Good Reason, then Executive shall be eligible to receive the Severance Benefits, provided that, the release requirements set forth in Section 5 of this Agreement are satisfied.

 

4.4 Cessation of Severance Benefits . If Executive violates the provisions of Sections 3 of this Agreement, any Severance Benefits and/or Change of Control Acceleration, or other benefits being provided to Executive will cease immediately, and Executive will not be entitled to any further compensation and benefits from the Company.

 

4.5 Application of Internal Revenue Code Section 409A . In the event that the Company determines that any of the Severance Benefits payments fail to satisfy the distribution requirement of Section 409A(a)(2)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code as a result of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code, the payment of such benefit shall be accelerated to the minimum extent necessary so that the benefit is not subject to the provisions of Section 409A(a)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code. (The payment schedule as revised after the application of the preceding sentence shall be referred to as the “ Revised Payment Schedule .”) However, in the event the payment of benefits pursuant to the Revised Payment Schedule would be subject to Section 409A(a)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code, the payment of such benefits shall not be paid pursuant to the Revised Payment Schedule and instead the payment of such benefits shall be delayed to the minimum extent necessary so that such benefits are not subject to the provisions of Section 409A(a)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Board may attach conditions to or adjust the amounts paid pursuant to this Section 4.4 to preserve, as closely as possible, the economic consequences that would have applied in the absence of this Section 4.4; provided, however, that no such condition or adjustment shall result in the payments being subject to Section 409A(a)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

5


5. R ELEASE . As a condition of receiving the Severance Benefits and/or the Change of Control Acceleration under this Agreement to which Executive would not otherwise be entitled, Executive shall execute a release substantially in the form attached hereto as E XHIBIT A (the “ Release ”) (the Company shall determine the actual form of Release to be provided by Executive). Unless the Release is timely executed by Executive and delivered to the Company after the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive shall not receive any of the Severance Benefits and/or the Change of Control Acceleration provided for under this Agreement.

 

6. G ENERAL P ROVISIONS .

 

6.1 Notices. Any notices provided hereunder must be in writing and shall be deemed effective upon the earlier of personal delivery (including, personal delivery by facsimile transmission), delivery by express delivery service (e.g. Federal Express), or the third day after mailing by first class mail, to the Company at its primary office location and to Executive at his address as listed on the Company payroll (which address may be changed by either party by written notice).

 

6.2 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, and such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction so as to render it valid, legal, and enforceable consistent with the intent of the parties insofar as possible.

 

6.3 Waiver. If either party should waive any breach of any provisions of this Agreement, he or it shall not thereby be deemed to have waived any preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any other provision of this Agreement.

 

6.4 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including its exhibits, constitutes the entire agreement between Executive and the Company regarding the subject matter hereof. As of the Effective Date, this Agreement supersedes and replaces any and all other agreements, promise, representation, written or otherwise, between Executive and the Company with regard to this subject matter. This Agreement is entered into without reliance on any agreement, promise, or representation, other than those expressly contained or incorporated herein, and, except for those changes expressly reserved to the Company’s or Board’s discretion in this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement cannot be modified or amended except in a writing signed by Executive and a duly authorized officer of the Company which is approved by the Board.

 

6.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, any one of which need not contain signatures of more than one party, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same Agreement. Signatures transmitted via facsimile shall be deemed the equivalent of originals.

 

6


6.6 Headings and Construction. The headings of the sections hereof are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part hereof or to affect the meaning thereof. For purposes of construction of this Agreement, any ambiguities shall not be construed against either party as the drafter.

 

6.7 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement is intended to bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive, the Company, and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators, except that Executive may not assign any of his duties hereunder and he may not assign any of his rights hereunder without the written consent of the Company.

 

6.8 Attorney Fees. If either party hereto brings any action to enforce his or its rights hereunder, the prevailing party in any such action shall be entitled to recover his or its reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in connection with such action.

 

6.9 Arbitration. To provide a mechanism for rapid and economical dispute resolution, Executive and the Company agree that any and all disputes, claims, or causes of action, in law or equity, arising from or relating to this Agreement (including the Release) or its enforcement, performance, breach, or interpretation, or arising from or relating to Executive’s employment with the Company or the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, will be resolved, to the fullest extent permitted by law, by final, binding, and confidential arbitration held in Duval County, Florida and conducted by JAMS, Inc. (“ JAMS ”), under its then-applicable Rules and Procedures. By agreeing to this arbitration procedure, both Executive and the Company waive the right to resolve any such dispute through a trial by jury or judge or by administrative proceeding. Executive will have the right to be represented by legal counsel at any arbitration proceeding at his expense. The arbitrator shall: (a) have the authority to compel adequate discovery for the resolution of the dispute and to award such relief as would otherwise be available under applicable law in a court proceeding; and (b) issue a written statement signed by the arbitrator regarding the disposition of each claim and the relief, if any, awarded as to each claim, the reasons for the award, and the arbitrator’s essential findings and conclusions on which the award is based. The Company shall bear all fees for the arbitration, except for any attorneys’ fees or costs associated with Executive’s personal representation. The arbitrator, and not a court, shall also be authorized to determine whether the provisions of this paragraph apply to a dispute, controversy or claim sought to be resolved in accordance with these arbitration procedures. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, the parties are not prohibited from seeking injunctive relief in a court of appropriate jurisdiction to prevent irreparable harm on any basis, pending the outcome of arbitration. Any awards or orders in such arbitrations may be entered and enforced as judgments in the federal and the state courts of any competent jurisdiction.

 

6.10 Governing Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by the law of the State of Florida without regard to conflicts of laws principles.

 

6.11 Exhibits.

 

Exhibit A – Release Agreement

 

7


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this E MPLOYMENT A GREEMENT effective as of the Effective Date written above.

 

W EBSITE P ROS , I NC .
By:  

/s/ Kevin Carney


    Kevin Carney
    Chief Financial Officer.
D AVID L. B ROWN

/s/ David L. Brown



EXHIBIT A

 

R ELEASE A GREEMENT

 

I understand that my employment with W EBSITE P ROS , I NC . (the “ Company ”) terminated effective                      ,          (the “ Separation Date ”). The Company has agreed that if I choose to sign this Release Agreement (“Release” ), the Company will pay me certain severance benefits (minus the standard withholdings and deductions) pursuant to the terms of the Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) entered into and effective as of June 1, 2005, between myself and the Company, and any agreements incorporated therein by reference. I understand that I am not entitled to such severance benefits unless I sign this Release and allow it to become effective. I understand that, regardless of whether I sign this Release, the Company will pay me all of my accrued salary and vacation through the Separation Date, to which I am entitled by law.

 

In consideration for the severance benefits I am receiving under the Agreement, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its officers, directors, agents, attorneys, employees, shareholders, parents, subsidiaries, and affiliates from any and all claims, liabilities, demands, causes of action, attorneys’ fees, damages, or obligations of every kind and nature, whether they are now known or unknown, arising at any time prior to or on the date I sign this Release. This general release includes, but is not limited to: (a) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company or the termination of that employment; (b) all claims related to my compensation or benefits from the Company, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company; (c) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing (including, but not limited to, any claims based on or arising from the Agreement); (d) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (e) all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (as amended), and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act (as amended). Notwithstanding the release in the preceding sentence, I am not releasing any right of indemnification I may have for any liabilities arising from my actions within the course and scope of my employment with the Company or within the course and scope of my role as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

In releasing claims unknown to me at present, I am waiving all rights and benefits under Section 1542 of the California Civil Code, and any law or legal principle of similar effect in any jurisdiction: “ A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him must have materially affected his settlement with the debtor .”

 

If I am forty (40) years of age or older as of the Separation Date, I acknowledge that I am knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights I may have under the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended (“ ADEA ”). I also acknowledge that the consideration given for the waiver in the above paragraphs is in addition to anything of value to which I was already entitled. I have been advised by this writing, as required by the ADEA that: (a) my waiver and release do not apply to any claims that may arise after the date that I sign this Release; (b) I should consult with an attorney prior to signing this Release (although I may choose voluntarily not to do so); (c) I have twenty-one (21) days within which to consider this Release


(although I may choose voluntarily to sign this Release earlier); (d) I have seven (7) days following the date that I sign this Release to revoke the Release by providing written notice of revocation to the Company’s Board of Directors; and (e) this Release will not be effective until the eighth day after this Release has been signed by me (“ Effective Date ”).

 

Understood and Agreed:
D AVID L. B ROWN

 


Dated:

 

 


Exhibit 10.8

 

WEBSITE PROS INC.

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

T HIS E MPLOYMENT A GREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is entered by and between K EVIN C ARNEY (“ Executive ”) and W EBSITE P ROS , I NC . (the “ Company ”), a Delaware corporation. Executive and Company have executed this Agreement on June 1, 2005, and hereby agree and acknowledge that this Agreement will become effective on the effective date of the prospectus pertaining to the IPO (as defined below) (the “ Effective Date ”).

 

W HEREAS , Executive has been providing services to the Company under the terms of an Employment Agreement effective as of December 10, 2003 (the “ Existing Agreement ”);

 

W HEREAS , the Company anticipates it will consummate an initial public offering of its common stock pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 (the “ IPO ”);

 

W HEREAS , in connection with the IPO, the Company desires to terminate the Existing Agreement and to provide Executive with the compensation and benefits in return for his employment services as set forth herein; and

 

W HEREAS , in connection with the IPO Executive wishes to terminate the Existing Agreement and to provide personal services to the Company as an employee in return for the compensation and benefits as set forth herein.

 

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, it is hereby agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows, effective as of the Effective Date:

 

1. E MPLOYMENT B Y T HE C OMPANY .

 

1.1 Termination of Existing Agreement. The Existing Agreement is hereby terminated effective as of the Effective Date, without regard to any notice period or other termination requirements contained therein.

 

1.2 Title and Responsibilities . Subject to the terms set forth herein, Executive will be employed as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer. During his employment with the Company, Executive will devote his best efforts and substantially all of his business time and attention (except for vacation periods and reasonable periods of illness or other incapacity permitted by the Company’s general employment policies) to the business of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is acknowledged and agreed that Executive shall be permitted to perform his duties and responsibilities as a principal of Atlantic Partners and may engage in civic and not-for-profit activities; provided, in each case that such activities do not materially interfere with the performance of his duties hereunder.

 

1


1.3 Executive Position. Executive will serve in an executive capacity and shall report to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. Executive shall perform the duties of his executive position as required by the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”).

 

1.4 At-Will Employment. Executive’s relationship with the Company is at-will. The Company shall have the right to terminate this Agreement and Executive’s employment with the Company at any time with or without Cause (as defined in Section 4), and with or without advance notice. In addition, the Company retains the discretion to modify the terms of Executive’s employment, including but not limited to position, duties, reporting relationship, office location, compensation, and benefits, at any time. Executive’s at-will employment relationship only may be changed in a written agreement approved by the Board and signed by Executive and a duly authorized officer of the Company. Executive also may be removed from any position he holds in the manner specified by the Bylaws of the Company and applicable law.

 

1.5 Company Employment Policies . The employment relationship between the parties shall continue to be governed by the general employment policies and procedures of the Company, including those relating to the protection of confidential information and assignment of inventions, except that when the terms of this Agreement differ from or are in conflict with the Company’s general employment policies or procedures, this Agreement shall control.

 

2. C OMPENSATION .

 

2.1 Salary. Executive shall receive for services to be rendered hereunder a base salary at an annualized rate of $175,000, payable on the Company’s standard payroll dates. Executive will be considered for annual increases in base salary in accordance with Company policy and subject to review and approval by the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “ Committee ”).

 

2.2 Stock Options. Except as set forth below, Executive’s current stock options are not affected by this Agreement and will remain in effect in accordance with the terms of the applicable stock option agreements and stock option plan(s). The parties agree that the Company will not provide Executive with any additional or new stock options in connection with his entering into this Agreement.

 

2.3 Target Bonus. Subject to annual review by the Committee, you shall be eligible for a target annual bonus of up to forty percent (40%) of your base salary (the “ Target Bonus ”). The Target Bonus shall be payable at the discretion of the Committee.

 

2.4 Standard Company Benefits. Executive shall be entitled to participate in the Company’s employee benefits and compensation plans which may be in effect from time to time and provided by the Company to its executives, under the terms and conditions of such benefit and compensation plans.

 

2


2.5 Executive Severance Benefit Plan . Executive acknowledges and agrees that he is not an “Eligible Employee” under the Company’s Executive Severance Benefit Plan.

 

3. C ONFIDENTIAL I NFORMATION . As a condition of his continued employment, Executive must continue to comply with the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement (the “ Confidential Information Agreement ”) he has executed previously. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to modify in any respect the Confidential Information Agreement, and the Confidential Information Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

4. T ERMINATION O F E MPLOYMENT ; C HANGE O F C ONTROL

 

4.1 Termination With Cause.

 

(a) Definition of Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean (i) conviction of any felony or any crime involving moral turpitude or dishonesty; (ii) perpetration of a material fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (iii) persistent, willful and material breach of the Executive’s duties that has not been cured within 30 days after written notice from the Board or the Committee of such breach; or (iv) material breach of the Confidential Information Agreement that has not been cured within thirty (30) days after written notice from the Board or the Committee, or has caused irreparable damage incapable of cure.

 

(b) Termination for Cause . If the Company terminates Executive’s employment at any time for Cause, Executive’s salary shall cease on the date of termination, and Executive will not be entitled to any Severance Benefits (as defined below), severance pay, pay in lieu of notice or any other such compensation, any accelerated vesting of any stock, options or other stock awards, other than payment of accrued salary and such other benefits as expressly required in such event by applicable law or the terms of any applicable Company benefit plans.

 

(c) Termination Without Cause. If the Company terminates Executive’s employment at any time without Cause, Executive shall be eligible for the following severance benefits (the “ Severance Benefits ”): (i) the Company shall make a lump sum severance payment to Executive in an amount equal to twelve (12) months of Executive’s then-current base salary plus prior year’s bonus, subject to withholdings and deductions, (ii) the vesting of the shares of stock held by Executive (and the shares of stock subject to any options or other stock awards held by Executive) shall accelerate such that Executive’s shares shall be vested to the same extent as such shares would have been vested had Executive continued to be employed by the Company for an additional twelve (12) months, and (iii) if Executive timely elects COBRA health insurance coverage, the Company will reimburse Executive’s COBRA premiums for a maximum of either twelve (12) months following the date his employment terminates or until he becomes eligible for health insurance coverage from another source, whichever occurs sooner (provided that Executive must promptly inform the Company, in writing, if he becomes eligible for health

 

3


insurance coverage from another source within twelve (12) months after the termination). Executive shall not be entitled to the Severance Benefits unless and until the release requirements set forth in Section 5 of this Agreement are satisfied.

 

4.2 Resignation With or Without Good Reason.

 

(a) Definition of Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean if (i) there is a material adverse change in the Executive’s position causing such position to be of materially reduced stature or responsibility, (ii) there is a reduction of the Executive’s base compensation, or (iii) the Executive’s is required to relocate his primary work location to a facility or location more than forty (40) miles from the primary work location on the date hereof.

 

(b) Executive’s Resignation. Executive may resign from his employment with the Company at any time, with or without advance notice, and with or without Good Reason (as defined below).

 

(c) Executive’s Resignation Without Good Reason. In the event that Executive resigns his employment without Good Reason, Executive will not be entitled to the Severance Benefits, severance pay, pay in lieu of notice or any other such compensation, any accelerated vesting of stock, options or other stock awards, other than payment of accrued salary and such other benefits as expressly required in such event by applicable law or the terms of any applicable Company benefit plans. Executive’s death or disability will be treated as Executive’s resignation without Good Reason.

 

(d) Executive’s Resignation for Good Reason. Executive may resign his employment for Good Reason so long as Executive tenders his resignation in writing to the Company within sixty (60) days after the occurrence of the event that forms the basis for his resignation for Good Reason. In the event that Executive resigns his employment for Good Reason, Executive will be eligible to receive the Severance Benefits, provided that, the release requirements set forth in Section 5 of this Agreement are satisfied.

 

4.3 Change of Control.

 

(a) Definition of Change of Control . For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Change of Control ” shall mean any of the following: (A) a sale, lease or other disposition in one transaction or a series of transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, (B) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving entity or if the Company is the surviving entity, as a result of which the shares of the Company’s capital stock are converted into or exchanged for cash, securities of another entity, or other property, unless (in any case) the holders of the Company’s outstanding shares of capital stock immediately before such transaction own more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the outstanding securities of the surviving entity immediately after the transaction, (C) a reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of the Company’s stock outstanding immediately

 

4


preceding the merger are converted by virtue of the merger into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise, (D) the Company’s stockholders approve a plan or proposal to liquidate or dissolve the Company or (E) a person or group hereafter acquires beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting securities of the Company (all within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder).

 

(b) Change of Control Acceleration; Severance.

 

(i) If the Company undergoes a Change of Control, then the vesting of the shares of stock held by Executive (and the shares of stock subject to any options or other stock awards held by Executive) shall accelerate such that twenty percent (20%) of the shares that were unvested immediately prior to such Change of Control become immediately vested (the “ Change of Control Acceleration ”).

 

(ii) If following the effective date of a Change of Control either (x) the Company (or its successor) terminates Executive’s employment without Cause, or (y) Executive resigns with Good Reason, then Executive shall be eligible to receive the Severance Benefits; provided, however, that in lieu of the vesting acceleration described in Section 4.1(c)(ii) the vesting of the shares of stock held by Executive (and the shares of stock subject to any options or other stock awards held by Executive) shall accelerate such that an additional thirty percent (30%) of the shares that were unvested immediately prior to such Change of Control become immediately vested; and provided further, however, that the release requirements set forth in Section 5 of this Agreement are satisfied.

 

4.4 Cessation of Severance Benefits . If Executive violates the provisions of Sections 3 of this Agreement, any Severance Benefits and/or Change of Control Acceleration, or other benefits being provided to Executive will cease immediately, and Executive will not be entitled to any further compensation and benefits from the Company.

 

5


4.5 Application of Internal Revenue Code Section 409A . In the event that the Company determines that any of the Severance Benefits payments fail to satisfy the distribution requirement of Section 409A(a)(2)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code as a result of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code, the payment of such benefit shall be accelerated to the minimum extent necessary so that the benefit is not subject to the provisions of Section 409A(a)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code. (The payment schedule as revised after the application of the preceding sentence shall be referred to as the “ Revised Payment Schedule .”) However, in the event the payment of benefits pursuant to the Revised Payment Schedule would be subject to Section 409A(a)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code, the payment of such benefits shall not be paid pursuant to the Revised Payment Schedule and instead the payment of such benefits shall be delayed to the minimum extent necessary so that such benefits are not subject to the provisions of Section 409A(a)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Board may attach conditions to or adjust the amounts paid pursuant to this Section 4.4 to preserve, as closely as possible, the economic consequences that would have applied in the absence of this Section 4.4; provided, however, that no such condition or adjustment shall result in the payments being subject to Section 409A(a)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

5. R ELEASE . As a condition of receiving the Severance Benefits and/or the Change of Control Acceleration under this Agreement to which Executive would not otherwise be entitled, Executive shall execute a release substantially in the form attached hereto as E XHIBIT A (the “ Release ”) (the Company shall determine the actual form of Release to be provided by Executive). Unless the Release is timely executed by Executive and delivered to the Company after the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive shall not receive any of the Severance Benefits and/or the Change of Control Acceleration provided for under this Agreement.

 

6. G ENERAL P ROVISIONS .

 

6.1 Notices. Any notices provided hereunder must be in writing and shall be deemed effective upon the earlier of personal delivery (including, personal delivery by facsimile transmission), delivery by express delivery service (e.g. Federal Express), or the third day after mailing by first class mail, to the Company at its primary office location and to Executive at his address as listed on the Company payroll (which address may be changed by either party by written notice).

 

6.2 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, and such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction so as to render it valid, legal, and enforceable consistent with the intent of the parties insofar as possible.

 

6


6.3 Waiver. If either party should waive any breach of any provisions of this Agreement, he or it shall not thereby be deemed to have waived any preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any other provision of this Agreement.

 

6.4 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including its exhibits, constitutes the entire agreement between Executive and the Company regarding the subject matter hereof. As of the Effective Date, this Agreement supersedes and replaces any and all other agreements, promise, representation, written or otherwise, between Executive and the Company with regard to this subject matter. This Agreement is entered into without reliance on any agreement, promise, or representation, other than those expressly contained or incorporated herein, and, except for those changes expressly reserved to the Company’s or Board’s discretion in this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement cannot be modified or amended except in a writing signed by Executive and a duly authorized officer of the Company which is approved by the Board.

 

6.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, any one of which need not contain signatures of more than one party, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same Agreement. Signatures transmitted via facsimile shall be deemed the equivalent of originals.

 

6.6 Headings and Construction. The headings of the sections hereof are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part hereof or to affect the meaning thereof. For purposes of construction of this Agreement, any ambiguities shall not be construed against either party as the drafter.

 

6.7 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement is intended to bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive, the Company, and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators, except that Executive may not assign any of his duties hereunder and he may not assign any of his rights hereunder without the written consent of the Company.

 

6.8 Attorney Fees. If either party hereto brings any action to enforce his or its rights hereunder, the prevailing party in any such action shall be entitled to recover his or its reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in connection with such action.

 

6.9 Arbitration. To provide a mechanism for rapid and economical dispute resolution, Executive and the Company agree that any and all disputes, claims, or causes of action, in law or equity, arising from or relating to this Agreement (including the Release) or its enforcement, performance, breach, or interpretation, or arising from or relating to Executive’s employment with the Company or the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, will be resolved, to the fullest extent permitted by law, by final, binding, and confidential arbitration held in Duval County, Florida and conducted by JAMS, Inc. (“ JAMS ”), under its then-applicable Rules and Procedures. By agreeing to this arbitration procedure, both Executive and the Company waive the right to resolve any such dispute through a trial by jury or judge or by administrative

 

7


proceeding. Executive will have the right to be represented by legal counsel at any arbitration proceeding at his expense. The arbitrator shall: (a) have the authority to compel adequate discovery for the resolution of the dispute and to award such relief as would otherwise be available under applicable law in a court proceeding; and (b) issue a written statement signed by the arbitrator regarding the disposition of each claim and the relief, if any, awarded as to each claim, the reasons for the award, and the arbitrator’s essential findings and conclusions on which the award is based. The Company shall bear all fees for the arbitration, except for any attorneys’ fees or costs associated with Executive’s personal representation. The arbitrator, and not a court, shall also be authorized to determine whether the provisions of this paragraph apply to a dispute, controversy or claim sought to be resolved in accordance with these arbitration procedures. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, the parties are not prohibited from seeking injunctive relief in a court of appropriate jurisdiction to prevent irreparable harm on any basis, pending the outcome of arbitration. Any awards or orders in such arbitrations may be entered and enforced as judgments in the federal and the state courts of any competent jurisdiction.

 

6.10 Governing Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by the law of the State of Florida without regard to conflicts of laws principles.

 

6.11 Exhibits.

 

Exhibit A – Release Agreement

 

8


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this E MPLOYMENT A GREEMENT effective as of the Effective Date written above.

 

W EBSITE P ROS , I NC .
By:  

/s/ David L. Brown


    David L. Brown
    Chief Executive Officer
K EVIN C ARNEY

/s/ Kevin Carney



E XHIBIT A

 

R ELEASE A GREEMENT

 

I understand that my employment with W EBSITE P ROS , I NC . (the “ Company ”) terminated effective                      ,          (the “ Separation Date ”). The Company has agreed that if I choose to sign this Release Agreement (“Release” ), the Company will pay me certain severance benefits (minus the standard withholdings and deductions) pursuant to the terms of the Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) entered into and effective as of June 1, 2005, between myself and the Company, and any agreements incorporated therein by reference. I understand that I am not entitled to such severance benefits unless I sign this Release and allow it to become effective. I understand that, regardless of whether I sign this Release, the Company will pay me all of my accrued salary and vacation through the Separation Date, to which I am entitled by law.

 

In consideration for the severance benefits I am receiving under the Agreement, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its officers, directors, agents, attorneys, employees, shareholders, parents, subsidiaries, and affiliates from any and all claims, liabilities, demands, causes of action, attorneys’ fees, damages, or obligations of every kind and nature, whether they are now known or unknown, arising at any time prior to or on the date I sign this Release. This general release includes, but is not limited to: (a) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company or the termination of that employment; (b) all claims related to my compensation or benefits from the Company, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company; (c) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing (including, but not limited to, any claims based on or arising from the Agreement); (d) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (e) all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (as amended), and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act (as amended). Notwithstanding the release in the preceding sentence, I am not releasing any right of indemnification I may have for any liabilities arising from my actions within the course and scope of my employment with the Company or within the course and scope of my role as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

In releasing claims unknown to me at present, I am waiving all rights and benefits under Section 1542 of the California Civil Code, and any law or legal principle of similar effect in any jurisdiction: “ A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him must have materially affected his settlement with the debtor .”

 

If I am forty (40) years of age or older as of the Separation Date, I acknowledge that I am knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights I may have under the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended (“ ADEA ”). I also acknowledge that the consideration given for the waiver in the above paragraphs is in addition to anything of value to which I was already entitled. I have been advised by this writing, as required by the ADEA that: (a) my waiver and release do not apply to any claims that may arise after the date that I sign this Release; (b) I should consult with an attorney prior to signing this Release (although I may choose voluntarily not to do so); (c) I have twenty-one (21) days within which to consider this Release


(although I may choose voluntarily to sign this Release earlier); (d) I have seven (7) days following the date that I sign this Release to revoke the Release by providing written notice of revocation to the Company’s Board of Directors; and (e) this Release will not be effective until the eighth day after this Release has been signed by me (“ Effective Date ”).

 

Understood and Agreed:
K EVIN C ARNEY

 


Dated:  

 


Exhibit 10.9

 

[*] = CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 406 OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into this 3 rd day of November, 2003, by and between Website Pros, Inc. (“Company”), a Delaware corporation located at 12735 Gran Bay Parkway West, Building 200, Jacksonville, FL 32258 and Discover Financial Services, Inc. (“DFSI”), a Delaware Corporation, located at 2500 Lake Cook Road, Riverwoods, IL 60015.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS , DFSI has a network of merchants to which DFSI would like to offer Company’s products and/or services;

 

WHEREAS , Company provides Website Design, Internet Promotion, and related website hosting products/services;

 

WHEREAS , The parties desire to enter into a co-promotional relationship pursuant to which DFSI can promote Company and Company products to its Merchants, employees of Merchants, DFSI employees and the employees of its parent company, Morgan Stanley and customers and clients of Morgan Stanley and its affiliate and subsidiary companies.

 

WHEREAS , The parties desire to share applicable revenues from the promotion, distribution, and sale of Company products and/or services to DFSI Customers in accordance with this Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, DFSI and Company agree as follows:

 

TERMS

 

DEFINITIONS . Whenever used in this Agreement with the initial letter capitalized, the following terms (and all conjugations thereof) will have the following specified meanings:

 

“Confidential Information” means any and all information related to the services and/or business of a Party including any trade secrets and that is treated as confidential or secret by the Party (that is, it is the subject of efforts by the disclosing party that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain its secrecy) including, but not limited to, the terms and conditions of this Agreement. “Confidential Information” shall not include information (a) already lawfully known to or independently developed by the receiving party, (b) disclosed in published materials by a party which has the right to publish such information (c) generally known to the public, or (d) lawfully obtained from any third party without any obligation of confidentiality.

 

“DFSI Customer” means any Merchant, any employee of a Merchant, Discover Cardmember, DFSI employee, employee of Morgan Stanley, and customers and clients of Morgan Stanley and its affiliate and subsidiary companies.

 

“Marks” means all domain names, trademarks, trade names, service marks, logos and slogans associated with a Party’s products and/or services as set forth in Exhibit A and Exhibit B attached hereto.

 

“Merchant” means any business entity that accepts Discover Card as a form of payment.

 

1


“Net Collected Monies” means the monies collected by DFSI or Company as payment for services rendered by company. This is the total dollars received, less chargebacks, policy adjustments, ACH returns, Company issued credits and refunds, and third party processing fees.

 

“Party” means any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity that is a signatory to this Agreement.

 

“Third Party” means a natural person, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity other than a Party to this Agreement.

 

AGREEMENTS

 

DFSI and Company agree as follows:

 

  1. Promotion .

 

  1.1 Promotion of Company and Company Products .

 

Commencing as of the Effective Date and as agreed by both parties, DFSI agrees to promote Company and Company Products to selected DFSI Customers.

 

  1.2 Promotional Material .

 

Each Party requires that each use of its Marks be in accordance with the identifiers provided in “Exhibit A”, in the case of DFSI, and “Exhibit B”, in the case of Company. Prior to the release of any marketing, advertising, or other materials that reference or include the other Party or the other Party’s Marks, the releasing party shall submit a request for approval to the other Party together with samples of the materials to be released. Neither Party shall release any such material prior to receiving the other Party’s written approval thereof.

 

  2. Program Marketing .

 

The products and/or services provided by Company through this Partnership Agreement shall be marketed and promoted in accordance with Mutual Marketing Plan in “Exhibit C” attached hereto.

 

  3. Customer Information .

 

DFSI and Company understand that, in the ordinary course of their business, they may collect data that is substantially similar, such as the name, address, and billing information, provided by or directly obtained from their customers. DFSI and Company agree that any such data, provided by or obtained directly from customers will be considered the Confidential Information of the party that collects or obtains such data. DFSI and Company agree that such information will be used only for the promotional purposes set forth in this Agreement and for no other purposes.

 

  4. Order Fulfillment .

 

Company will collect and process all orders placed for the products and/or services as described in “Exhibit D” attached hereto.

 

  5. Technical & Customer Support .

 

Company shall provide technical and customer support in accordance with the Service Level Agreement described in “Exhibit E” attached hereto.

 

2


  6. Commissions/Referral Fees/Billing Services .

 

Company will pay DFSI commissions in an amount equal to a percentage of the Net Collected Monies received from the Merchants that are generated from DFSI customers in accordance with this Agreement, based on the schedule listed below. Net Collected Monies collected by DFSI via its billing methods will be paid to Company within [*] for the billing file receipt date, net of its commissions. Company will pay DFSI commissions on the Net Collected Monies collected by Company via its billing methods within [*] of the end of the calendar month in which these funds were received by the Company from the Merchant. The commission schedule is as follows:

 

    Net Collected Monies from $[*] – $[*] in a month: [*]%;

 

    Net Collected Monies from $[*] to $[*] in a month: [*]%; and

 

    Net Collected Monies greater than $[*] in a month: [*]%

 

DFSI agrees to report [*]% of all DFSI initiated credits, policy adjustments, and ACH rejects or returns in an expeditious manner as the ACH returns are made available occurring with the Merchant and all such events reported regardless of time period will be deducted from any Net Collected monies regardless of when revenues are billed and reported. DFSI agrees to also provide the following billing services pursuant to this agreement:

 

  (a) Within [*] business days after the end of each [*] in which DFSI collects money from DFSI Merchants on behalf of Company, DFSI will send Company via electronic mail a report which includes all billing activities including collected accounts, policy adjustments, credits, ACH returns and other transactions that impact Net Collected Monies that took place in the prior month including Merchant names and account numbers.

 

  (b) Settlement and payment of Net Collected Monies for any specific month within [*] of the end of that [*].

 

  7. Reports .

 

Company shall provide monthly reports to DFSI, in a form and format reasonably designated by DFSI to: 1) facilitate DFSI’s billing of DFSI Merchants for Online Services; and 2) provide results for each DFSI Merchant account contacted by Company for the purpose of selling Online Services.

 

  8. Audit .

 

Each Party shall maintain accurate records sufficient to substantiate all amounts paid or owed to the other Party pursuant to this Agreement. Either Party, at its own expense, and upon [*] advance notice to the other Party, shall have the right, but not more than once during any [*] period, to examine or audit such records in order to verify the figures reported in any report hereunder and the amounts owed to such Party. The audited records as well as the results of any such audit shall be considered Confidential Information as set forth in this Agreement. In the event that any such audit shall reveal an underpayment of the amount due to DFSI, Company will remedy such underpayment and the cause for such underpayment immediately and reimburse DFSI for the actual out-of-pocket costs and expenses of such audit.

 

[*] = CERTAIN INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

3


  9. Relationship of the Parties .

 

  9.1 Independent Contractors .

 

DFSI and Company are entering into this Agreement as independent contractors only. Nothing in this Agreement herein will create any employment relationship between the Parties. Neither Party will have the authority to enter into contracts, assume, create or incur any obligation or liability or make agreements of any nature whatsoever for, in the name of, or on behalf of, the other Party.

 

  9.2 Most Favored Client .

 

Company agrees to treat DFSI and their “Most Favored Client” meaning that Company will not enter into an agreement for the same or similar services with competitors of DFSI unless the products and services offered through such agreement are equal to or clearly less favorable in regards to pricing, promotion, products, and services than those provided in this Agreement, based on comparable commission rates paid to a DFSI competitor for these services.

 

  10. Licenses and Restrictions .

 

  10.1 Licenses .

 

  (a) To the extent that use of DFSI’s Marks by Company is provided herein, DFSI grants Company a limited, personal, nonexclusive, nontransferable non-sub-licensable license to use DFSI’s Marks: (i) in links to or from a DFSI web site or page, (ii) in conjunction with any Co-branded web site or page, and (iii) in or on Promotional Material, provided that such uses are necessary to perform as contemplated by this Agreement and are expressly approved by DFSI

 

  (b) To the extent the use of Company’s Marks by DFSI is provided herein, Company grants DFSI a limited, personal, nonexclusive, nontransferable non-sub-licensable license to use Company Marks: (i) in links to or from a Company web site or page, (ii) in conjunction with any Co-branded web site or page, and (iii) in or on Promotional Material, provided that such uses are necessary to perform as contemplated by this Agreement and are expressly approved by Company.

 

  10.2 Trademark Restrictions .

 

The Mark owner may terminate the foregoing trademark license if, in its discretion, the licensee’s use of the Marks tarnishes, blurs or dilutes the quality associated with the Marks and such problem is not cured within [*] notice of breach. Title to and ownership of the owner’s Marks shall remain with the owner. The licensee shall use the Marks exactly in the form provided and in conformance with any trademark usage policies provided to such Party. The licensee shall not take any action inconsistent with the owner’s ownership of the Marks, and any benefits accruing from use of such Marks shall automatically vest in the owner. Neither Party shall create any combination Marks with the other Party’s Marks. The license granted by the Mark holder does not include any ownership interest in its Mark or intellectual property and does not include the right to modify or alter in any way such Mark.

 

[*] = CERTAIN INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

4


  10.3 Limits .

 

There are no implied licenses under this Agreement, and any rights not expressly granted to a licensee hereunder are reserved by the licensor or its suppliers. Neither Party shall exceed the scope of the licenses granted hereunder.

 

  11. Representations and Warranties .

 

  11.1 DFSI .

 

DFSI represents and warrants to Company that: (1) DFSI has the power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement, (2) DFSI has the full and exclusive right to grant or otherwise permit Company to use DFSI’s Marks in accordance with the terms of this agreement. If DFSI’s intellectual property rights, including, without limitation, DFSI’s Marks, are alleged or held to infringe the intellectual property rights of a third party, DFSI shall, at its own expense, and in its sole discretion, (i) procure for Company the right to continue to use the allegedly infringing intellectual property or (ii) replace or modify the intellectual property to make it non-infringing; provided, however, if neither option is possible or economically feasible and if the inability to use intellectual property would cause a material breach of this Agreement, Company may terminate this Agreement in accordance with section 15 of this Agreement.

 

  11.2 Company .

 

Company represents and warrants to DFSI that: (1) Company has the power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement; and (2) Company has the full and exclusive right to grant or otherwise permit DFSI to use Company’s Marks. If Company’s intellectual property rights, including, without limitation, Company’s Marks are alleged or held to infringe the intellectual property rights of a third party, Company shall, at its own expense, and in its sole discretion, (i) procure for DFSI the right to continue to use the allegedly infringing intellectual property, or (ii) replace or modify the intellectual property to make it non-infringing; provided, however, if neither option is possible or economically feasible and if the inability to use such intellectual property would cause a material breach of this Agreement (as determined by DFSI), DFSI may immediately terminate this Agreement in accordance with section 15 of this Agreement.

 

  12. Confidentiality .

 

Each Party acknowledges that Confidential Information may be disclosed to the other Party during the course of this Agreement. Each Party agrees that it shall take steps, which shall include, at a minimum, the steps it takes to protect its own Confidential Information, to prevent the duplication or disclosure of Confidential Information. Except as expressly permitted by this Agreement, all Confidential Information shall be held and protected by the recipient in strict confidence, shall be used by the recipient only as required to render performance or to exercise rights and remedies under this Agreement, and shall not be disclosed to any other third parties without the prior written consent of the owner of the Confidential Information thereof. Each Party agrees that it will use the other Party’s Confidential Information solely in connection with the aforementioned discussions and that it will not, except as required by law, disclose any of the other Party’s Confidential Information to any of its affiliates, directors, officers or employees, or to any Third Party, except on a “need to know” basis to perform such Party’s obligations hereunder, who shall each agree to comply with the terms of this Section 12. Each Party shall retain exclusive ownership and use of its Confidential Information with the right to demand return or proof of destruction of Confidential Information from the other Party at any time.

 

5


Each Party may disclose the Confidential Information of the other Party in response to a request for disclosure by a court or another governmental authority, including a subpoena, court order, or audit-related request by a taxing authority, if that party: (i) promptly notifies the other Party of the terms and the circumstances of that request, (ii) consults with the other Party, and cooperates with the other Party’s requests to resist or narrow that request, (iii) furnishes only information that, according to written advice of its legal counsel, that the Party is legally compelled to disclose, and (iv) uses efforts to obtain an order or other reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded the information disclosed.

 

  13. Performance of Duties; Limitation of Liability; Disclaimer; Indemnification .

 

  13.1 Performance of Duties .

 

Company agrees to perform all duties and provide all products and services under this agreement in a commercially acceptable manner. Additionally, Company agrees to comply with the Service Level Requirements set forth in Exhibit E of this Agreement.

 

  13.2 Limitation of Liability .

 

In no event shall either Party be liable to the other Party for any loss of profits, loss of business, loss of use or data, interruption of business, or for indirect special, incidental, exemplary, multiple, punitive or consequential damages of any kind, whether based on contract, tort (including without limitation, negligence), warranty, guarantee or any other legal or equitable grounds, even if such Party has been advised of the possibility of such damages. In no event will either Party be liable to the other Party for any representation or warranty made end user/consumer or Third Party by the other Party. These limitations shall survive and apply notwithstanding the validity of the limited remedies provided for in the Agreement. The limitations set forth in this Section 13.2 shall not apply to the Parties’ indemnification obligations set forth in section 13.4 below and shall not affect either Party’s right to seek injunctive relief.

 

  13.3 Disclaimer .

 

Except as expressly set forth in the Agreement, neither party makes, and each Party hereby specifically disclaims, any representations or warranties regarding Company’s products and/or services or otherwise relating to these Agreement, including any implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose and implied warranties arising from course of dealing or course of performance.

 

  13.4 Indemnity .

 

Each Party agrees to indemnify, and hold harmless the other Party and its officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns from and against any and all losses, liabilities, damages, penalties and claims and all related costs and expenses (including attorney’s fees) related to claims made by Third Parties against the indemnified party arising from allegations that the indemnifying party’s Marks or other intellectual property infringe the patents, copyrights, trademarks, or service marks or other intellectual property rights of such Third Parties. Each Party agrees to promptly notify the indemnifying party in writing of any indemnifiable claim. The indemnified party shall cooperate in all reasonable respects with the indemnifying party and its attorneys in the investigation, trial, defense and settlement of such claim and any appeal arising therefrom. The indemnified party may participate in such investigation, trial, defense and settlement of such claim and any appeal arising therefrom, through its attorneys or otherwise, at its own cost and expense. No settlement of a claim shall be entered into without the consent of the indemnified party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, unless the settlement includes an unconditional general release of the indemnified party.

 

6


  14. Obligations of the Parties .

 

  14.1 DFSI’s Obligations .

 

In performing under this Agreement, DFSI shall:

 

  (a) Comply with all applicable laws and regulations;

 

  (b) Not use the trademarks, trade names, service marks, or logos of Company except as expressly authorized by Company;

 

  (c) Not create, publish or distribute any written material that makes reference to Company without first obtaining its consent.

 

  14.2 Company’s Obligations .

 

In performing under this Agreement, Company shall:

 

  (a) Comply with industry standards for providing and/or distributing Company’s products and/or services

 

  (b) Comply with all applicable laws and regulations;

 

  (c) Not use the trademarks, trade names, service marks, or logos of DFSI except as expressly authorized by DFSI

 

  (d) Not create, publish or distribute any written material that makes reference to DFSI except as expressly authorized by DFSI

 

  (e) Provide proof of and hold general liability insurance coverage in an amount of not less than $[*].

 

  15. Term and Termination .

 

  15.1 Term .

 

The initial term of this Agreement shall be [*] from the Effective Date of this Agreement (the “ Term ”) and may renew for separate, consecutive [*] terms only upon the written, signed authority of both parties.

 

  15.2 Termination .

 

This Agreement may be terminated by the Parties as follows: (a) either Party may terminate this Agreement at any time in the event of a material breach by the other Party of this Agreement that remains uncured [*] after the breaching Party’s receipt of written notice of the breach; (b) either Party may terminate this Agreement immediately if the other Party is unable to pay its debts as due, or enters into or files (or has filed or commenced against it) a petition, arrangement, action or other proceeding seeking relief or protection under the bankruptcy laws of the United States or similar laws of the United States or any state of the United States; and (c) either Party may terminate this Agreement, at its option and for any reason without cause or penalty, upon [*] written notice to the other Party.

 

[*] = CERTAIN INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

7


  15.3 Effects of Expiration or Termination .

 

Upon any expiration or termination of this Agreement, (a) DFSI will cease and discontinue all promotions of Company and Company products and/or services, including any promotional materials which include Company; (b) all commissions/referral fees earned by DFSI prior to the date of any such expiration or termination will be paid to DFSI according to the terms of this Agreement; if DFSI terminates the Agreement; or within [*] of the termination if Company terminates the Agreement; (c) Company shall no longer use any DFSI Customer lists to market Company products and/or services and shall, [*] of the termination return or provide proof of destruction of any such lists that Company has in its possession as of the date of said termination; (d) Company shall cease all marketing to DFSI Customers, remove any co-branded web sites or web sites referencing DFSI; (e) fulfill all remaining orders that have been placed as of the Termination Date by DFSI Customers in accordance with the Agreement; and (f) DFSI will continue to provide billing, collection, and related funds settlement services as defined in this agreement so long as there are active merchants participating in this program.

 

  16. General Provisions .

 

  16.1 Entire Agreement .

 

The Agreement, including any Exhibits attached hereto, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement with respect to its subject matter, and supersedes any and all prior or contemporaneous representations, understandings and agreements whether oral or written between the Parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

  16.2 Severability of Provisions .

 

In the event that any provision of this Agreement is found to be invalid or unenforceable pursuant to judicial decree or decision by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions shall nonetheless remain enforceable according to their terms and such invalid provision shall be deemed amended to narrow its application to the extent necessary to make the provision enforceable according to applicable law, and enforced as amended.

 

  16.3 Assignment .

 

Neither Party shall, directly or indirectly, though any sale, assignment, merger or other transaction or by operation of law, assign or transfer this Agreement or any of its rights hereunder, or delegate any of its obligations hereunder, to any Third Party without the prior written consent of the other Party. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each Party and its permitted successors and assigns.

 

  16.4 Governing Law .

 

This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois without giving effect to applicable conflict of law provisions.

 

  16.5 Taxes .

 

All fees and payments stated herein exclude, and each Party will pay, any taxes related to its exercise of its rights under this Agreement and any related duties, tariffs, imposts and similar charges.

 

[*] = CERTAIN INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

8


  16.6 Designated Account Manager .

 

Within five (5) business days of the execution of this Agreement, each Party agrees to designate an account manager or supervisor who shall have primary responsibility of the day-to-day management of the duties required to effectively execute the terms and conditions of this Agreement. In the event that either Party should change account managers, that Party will promptly notify the other Party within five (5) business days of such change.

 

  16.7 Incurred Costs .

 

Each Party hereto shall pay and be responsible for their own costs and expenses incurred or arising in connection with their own performance hereunder.

 

  16.8 Modification .

 

No course of dealing between the Parties will be deemed effective to modify, amend or discharge any provision of this Agreement or any rights or obligations of any Party hereunder. No waiver, amendment or modification of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and signed by both Parties.

 

  16.9 Survivability .

 

Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, all rights and duties of the parties terminate, except the following survive: sections, 10, 12, 13, and 15 of this Agreement. The parties must cooperate to fulfill all surviving obligations in a timely manner.

 

  16.10 Notices .

 

All notices, requests, demands, and other communications hereunder must be in writing and will be deemed given if personally delivered or mailed, certified mail, return receipt requested, or sent by nationally recognized overnight carrier to the following address:

 

(1)

    

If to Company:

    

Website Pros, Inc.

             

Chief Financial Officer

             

12735 Gran Bay Parkway West

             

Jacksonville, FL 32258

(2)

    

If to DFSI:

    

Discover Financial Services, Inc.

      

by US Mail

    

Attn: Gerry Wagner

             

2500 Lake Cook Road

             

Building 2, 3B

             

Riverwoods, Illinois 60015

      

If to DFSI:

    

Discover Financial Services, Inc.

      

by Overnight

    

Attn: Gerry Wagner

      

Carrier

    

2500 Lake Cook Road

             

Building 2, 3B

             

Riverwoods, Illinois 60015

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties have duly caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of the Effective Date set forth Above.

 

Discover Financial Services, Inc.   Approved as to Legal Form
By:  

/s/ Gerry Wagner


 

[unintelligible]


Name:   Gerry Wagner   Signature
Title:   Vice President    
Address:  

2500 Lake Cook Road

Building 2, 3B

Riverwoods, Illinois 60015

 

10-9-03


    Date
     
Attn:  

____________________________________

   
(Company Name)   Website Pros, Inc.    
By:  

/s/ Kevin M. Carney


   
Name:  

Kevin M. Carney


   
Title:  

CFO


   
Address:  

____________________________________

 

____________________________________

 

____________________________________

   
Attn:  

____________________________________

   

 

10


Exhibit A

Discover Marks

 

NOTE: THIS EXHIBIT A MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME AS REQUIRED BY COMPANY AND ALL SUCH AMENDMENTS SHALL BE INCORPORATED HEREIN.

 

LOGO

BUSINESS SERVICES

 

11


Exhibit B

Company Marks

 

Website Pros. Inc.

QuikPage

Visibility Online

NetObjects Fusion

NetObjects Matrix

 

LOGO

 

12


Exhibit C

Mutual Marketing Plan

 

DFSI and Company shall work cooperatively to promote the sale or usage of the products and/or services offered by Company through this program. This plan may include, but is not limited to, the following:

 

    Communication of Company’s Offer to DFSI Merchants.

 

    Marketing Tests.

 

    Exposure on DFSI’s web site (www.discoverbiz.com).

 

    Exposure on Company’s web site (www.companysite.com).

 

    Messaging on DFSI monthly merchant statements.

 

    Inserts included in DFSI monthly merchant statements.

 

    Use of DFSI Merchant Lists for Direct Mail, email, or telemarketing campaigns to DFSI Merchants.

 

    Welcome letter promotions.

 

    Details of co-branding elements: (i.e., web sites, Direct Mail pieces, etc.)

 

    Minimum of [*] Merchant names. Company provided targeted industry categories will be included as part of the selection criteria but will not be limited to ensure quantity is achieved.

 

    Reasonable Marketing channels and human resources will be provided to assist in testing of new price points, new products, new targeted prospect categories or new services associated with the Company offerings.

 

    DFSI agrees to conduct at least [*] each of the following activities:

 

    A sales contest for Company sales and customer care staff with incentives provided by DFSI.

 

    A direct marketing effort to at least [*] merchants of Company’s products and services including either email marketing, direct mail marketing, and/or statement insert marketing.

 

[*] = CERTAIN INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

13


Exhibit D

Company Products And/Or Services

 

Company agrees to display the Discover Card as the first credit card appearing on the site built on behalf of the Discover Merchant for all products offered by Company.

 

QuikPage Website Product

 

    5 page Hosted Web Site with support (Up to 3 Content Pages, Map Page, & Contact Page) built on the Matrix Platform, with customer Self Edit capabilities.

 

    Visibility Online – A strong Internet promotional package (see below for more information).

 

    Infrastructure (Design, QA, Fulfillment, Customer Support, & Modifications by WSP)

 

    Customer Service, and Technical Support to be done by Website Pros

 

    Billing to be done by DFSI via Merchant Statement or relates processes or WSP via CC and ACH

 

    Welcome calls & welcome kits to be provided by WSP

 

    The product capabilities and features of this product may change from time to time without notice, and the most recent product description can always be found at www.qp.qpg.com

 

    Pricing: $[*] per month (Annual Prepay Discount on DFSI Billing $[*], Annual Prepay Discount on Company Billing $[*]). Pricing can be modified by mutual agreement of the parties.

 

    Position as a value offering ($2,000 of services for less than $[*]/year):

 

    Risk Free Offer – Save over $[*] on Design & Set-up

 

    Waiver of $[*] Design/Set-up Fee

 

    First [*] Free (a $[*] value)

 

Visibility On-Line (Focus on matching local buyers with local merchants!)

 

    Preferred Placement in a minimum of [*] of the Industry’s most prominent Internet Yellow Pages directories. Which directories are used at any given time may change subject to changes in the marketplace, but as of the time of this writing include Yahoo, Switchboard, and Citysearch. The most up to date list will be found at http://www.trafficbuilder.websitepros.com/.

 

    Search Engine Registration & Submission to Top Search Engines

 

    $[*] per month/ No [*] free

 

    Position as a value offering – Save over [*]% off MSRP @[*] MTM, Save [*]% off MSRP with Annual Prepay ([*]).

 

Custom Web Design Services

Custom Advantage Site

 

    $ [*] Set-up fee

 

    $ [*] Recurring Monthly

 

    10 Pages

 

    5 E-Mail Accounts (5 MB, 5 Forwarders, 5 Autoresponders per Account)

 

    10 GB/Month Data Transfer

 

    80 MB Disk Storage

 

    Site Manager (Administrative Web Site Control Panel)

 

Custom Premium Site

 

    $ [*] Set-up fee

 

    $ [*] Recurring Monthly

 

[*] = CERTAIN INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

14


    20 Pages

 

    5 E-Mail Accounts (5 MB, 5 Forwarders, 5 Autoresponders per Account)

 

    15 GB/Month Data Transfer

 

    150 MB Disk Storage

 

    Site Manager (Administrative Web Site Control Panel)

 

Enterprise Site

 

    $ [*]

 

    $ [*] Recurring Monthly

 

    40 Pages

 

    10 E-Mail Accounts (5 MB, 5 Forwarders, 5 Autoresponders per Account)

 

    20 GB/Month Data Transfer

 

    250 MB Disk Storage

 

    Site Manager (Administrative Web Site Control Panel)

 

Ecommerce

Shopkeeper

 

    Stand Alone Set-up fee – $[*]

 

    Stand Alone Monthly fee – $[*]

 

    Monthly fee (bundled) – $[*]

 

    Product set-up fee 1-99 $[*] per product; [*] > $[*] per product

 

    Products: [*]

 

Vendor

 

    Stand Alone Set-up fee – $[*]

 

    Stand Alone Monthly fee – $[*]

 

    Monthly fee (bundled) –$[*]

 

    Product set-up fee 1-99 $[*] per product; [*] > $[*] per product
    Products: [*]

 

Merchant

 

    Stand Alone Set-up fee – $[*]

 

    Stand Alone Monthly fee – $[*]

 

    Monthly fee (bundled) – $[*]

 

    Product set-up fee 1-99 $[*] per product; [*] > $[*] per product

 

    Products: [*]

 

Entrepreneur

 

    Stand Alone Set-up fee – $[*]

 

    Stand Alone Monthly fee –$[*]

 

    Monthly fee (bundled) – $[*]

 

    Product set-up fee 1-99 $[*] per product; [*] > $[*] per product

 

    Products: over [*]

 

[*] = CERTAIN INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

15


Exhibit E

Service Level Agreement

 

Area of Service


 

Service Level Requirement


Web Site Performance  

•      24/7 service, 365 days a year

 

•      Less than [*]% unscheduled downtime

System Performance Notification and

Escalation

 

•      Notify Discover within [*] of scheduled downtime

 

•      Notify Discover within [*] of outage, and provide the following information:

 

•      Severity of Incident (High=Total Outage, Medium=Degradation of Service, Low=No Functional Impact)

 

•      Impact to Discover Merchants relative to orders and status tracking.

 

•      Estimated Time to Repair

 

•      Toll-free number for users to report system problems and request technical support

 

•      E-mail address for users to report system problems and request technical support

Customer Service – Users  

Availability

 

•      Not less than Monday to Friday [*] ET except legal holidays

 

Phone Support Characteristics (Time to Respond)

 

•      Toll free line

 

•      [*]% within 60 seconds

 

•      [*]% within 5 minutes

 

•      Less than [*]% abandoned

 

Email Support Characteristics

 

•      Acknowledge [*]% of email immediately

 

•      Respond to [*]% of queries, complaints, and concerns within [*] of receipt and the remainder with status of issue and estimated time to resolve queries, complaints, and concerns within [*]

Customer Service – Discover (2 nd level)  

Availability

 

•      Monday to Friday [*] CT except legal holidays

 

Phone Support Characteristics (Time to Respond)

 

•      Toll line

 

•      [*]% within 60 Minutes

 

•      [*]% returned telephone call within [*]

Document Request – Dispute Resolution  

Response Time

Make reasonable commercial efforts to maintain an average [*] turnaround on all document requests and dispute correspondence.

 

[*] = CERTAIN INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

16


AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE TO

PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

 

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT (the First Amendment ) is made and entered into as of this              day of December, 2004 by and between Website Pros, Inc. ( Company ), a Delaware corporation located at 12735 Gran Bay Parkway West, Building 200, Jacksonville, FL 32258 and Discover Financial Services, Inc. ( DFSI ), a Delaware Corporation, located at 2500 Lake Cook Road, Riverwoods, IL 60015.

 

WHEREAS , Company and DFSI entered into a Partnership Agreement dated as of November 3, 2003 ( Partnership Agreement ); and

 

WHEREAS , DFSI and Company are agreeing to renew and extend this agreement as amended in this agreement effective November 3, 2004, for a period of [*]; and

 

WHEREAS , DFSI and Company wish to amend the terms of their Partnership Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

  1. The Section Entitled “Terms” will be modified to include these new or modified defined Terms in the Partnership Agreement. The following terms will have the following specified meanings:

 

a. New Terms

 

“Card” means a valid payment card or access device displaying a Discover or Discover Network logo, service mark or acceptance mark, or the Card Account if the Card is not present at a physical location.

 

“Card Account” means the account represented by a unique account number which the Cardmember may use as permitted by the Issuer.

 

“Company Products” means the products and services offered by Company under the Partnership Agreement, which includes but is not limited to, full-service website development, on-line marketing, internet advertising through local yellow pages directories and search engine registration.

 

“Discover Network” means the network that supports and services Merchants who accept Cards.

 

“Issuer” means a third party that DFSI has permitted to issue Cards.

 

“Merchant” means any business entity that accepts Cards as a form of payment.

 

“Net Collected Margin” means the net margin monies collected by DFSI or Company as payment for services rendered by Company on products as outlined in Exhibit D, Section 2 of this amendment. This is the total dollars received, less service fees to the third party provider of these service as described in Exhibit D Section 2 of this amendment, less chargebacks, policy adjustments, ACH returns, Company issued credits and refunds, and third party processing fees.

 

“Promotional Material” means welcome kit, e-newsletters, email updates and any marketing/advertising material that includes the other Party or the other Party’s Marks.

 

[*] = CERTAIN INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

1


b. Modified Terms

 

“Net Collected Monies” means the monies collected by DFSI or Company as payment for services rendered by Company on products as outlined in Exhibit D, Section 1 of this amendment. This is the total dollars received, less chargebacks, policy adjustments, ACH returns, Company issued credits and refunds, and third party processing fees.

 

  2. Section 6 “Commissions/Referral Fees/Billing Services” is replaced in its entirety with the following new language:

 

“6.1 Net Collected Monies.

 

For products and services rendered to Merchants as described in Exhibit D, Section 1 of this amendment, Company will pay DFSI commissions in an amount equal to a percentage of the Net Collected Monies received from the Merchants that are generated from DFSI customers in accordance with this Agreement, based on the schedule listed below. Net Collected Monies collected by DFSI via its billing methods will be paid to Company within [*] of the billing file receipt date, net of its commissions. Company will pay DFSI commissions on the Net Collected Monies collected by Company via its billing methods within [*] of the end of the calendar month in which these funds were received by the Company from the Merchant. The commission schedule is as follows:

 

    Net Collected Monies: [*]% on all monies collected from Merchants acquired before November 30, 2004 and associated with the products described in Exhibit D, Section 1.

 

    Net Collected Monies: [*]% on all monies collected from Merchants acquired between December 1, 2004 – November 30, 2005 and associated with the products described in Exhibit D, Section 1.

 

6.2 Net Collected Margin.

 

For products and services rendered to Merchants as described in Exhibit D, Section 2 of this amendment, Company will pay DFSI commissions in an amount equal to a percentage of the Net Collected Margin received from the Merchants that are generated from DFSI customers in accordance with this Agreement, based on the schedule listed below. Net Collected Margins collected by DFSI via its billing methods will be paid to Company within [*] of the billing file receipt date, net of its commissions. Company will pay DFSI commissions on the Net Collected Margins collected by Company via its billing methods within [*] of the end of the calendar month in which these funds were received by the Company from the Merchant. The commission schedule is as follows:

 

    Net Collected Margin: [*]% on all Net Collected Margin collected from Merchants associated with the products described in Exhibit D, Section 2.

 

6.3 Billing Services.

 

DFSI agrees to report [*]% of all DFSI initiated credits, policy adjustments, and ACH rejects or returns in an expeditious manner as the ACH returns are

 

[*] = CERTAIN INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

2


made available occurring with the Merchant and all such events reported regardless of time period will be deducted from any Net Collected Monies or Net Collected Margin regardless of when revenues are billed and reported. DFSI agrees to also provide the following billing services pursuant to this agreement:

 

(a) Within [*] after the end of each calendar month in which DFSI collects money from DFSI Merchants on behalf of Company, DFSI will send Company via electronic mail a report which includes all billing activities including collected accounts, policy adjustments, credits, ACH returns and other transactions that impact Net Collected Monies or Net Collected Margin that took place in the prior month including Merchant names and account numbers,

(b) Settlement and payment of Net Collected Monies or Net Collected Margin for any specific month within [*] days of the end of that month.

 

6.4 Monthly Telemarketing and Retention Fee .

 

DFSI agrees to pay Company $[*] per month for the telemarketing and retention efforts of Company and shall be contingent upon the successful implementation of the monthly programs. DFSI and Company will work together to define monthly programs.

 

6.5 Welcome Kit .

 

Private label Welcome Kit customization will be approved by DFSI prior to Company printing.

 

  3. Section 7 Reports will be replaced in its entirety with a new section 7 as below:

 

“7. Reports.

 

7.1 Merchant Reports .

 

Company shall provide [*] reports to DFSI, in a form and format reasonably designated by DFSI to: 1) facilitate DFSI’s billing of DFSI Merchants for Online Services; and 2) provide results for each DFSI Merchant account contacted by Company for the purpose of selling Online Services.

 

7.2 Additional Reports .

 

Company will provide the following reports on a [*] and/or [*] basis:

 

    [*] Retention and Renewal Reports

 

    By Maturity Month/Date

 

    By product line

 

    By billing method

 

    By billing frequency

 

    By List Source

 

    By Industry Classification

 

    Average Lifecycle Calculation

 

    [*] Cancellation Reports

 

    Cancellations by reason

 

    Tracked over time and within periods

 

[*] = CERTAIN INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

3


    [*] Sales Reports

 

    By day, week to date, month to date, and program to date

 

    By list source

 

    [*] Sales and Revenue Forecasts

 

    By Product Line

 

    By Month

 

    [*] Telemarketing and Retention Incentive Plans and Incentive Program Results

 

    [*] Website Traffic Report (to Micro-sites and other marketing sites)

 

    [*] Constant Contact

 

    [*] Customer Satisfaction Scores

 

    Proactive Telephone Survey Results

 

    Customer Care After Call Survey Results

 

    Cancelled Customer survey Results

 

    Executive Summary of Program – month to date

 

7.3 [*] Reports .

 

Company shall also provide [*] summaries of all the reports in Sections 7.1 and 7.2 for the [*] meetings between the Parties.

 

  4. Section 16.3 will be replaced in its entirety with the following language:

 

“16.3 Assignment .

 

Neither Party shall, directly or indirectly, through any sale, assignment, merger or other transaction or by operation of law, assign or transfer this Agreement or any of its rights hereunder, or delegate any of its obligations hereunder, to any Third Party without the prior written consent of the other Party that will not be unreasonably withheld. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each Party and its permitted successors and assigns.”

 

  5. Exhibit A will be replaced in its entirety with the new Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

  6. The second, third and fourth bullets on Exhibit C will be replaced with the following bullets:

 

    “Marketing/Billing, or other Tests.

 

    Exposure on DFSI’s web site (www.discovernetwork.com).

 

    Exposure on Company’s web site (www.websitepros.com).”

 

  7. Exhibit D will be replaced in its entirety with the new Exhibit D attached hereto.

 

[*] = CERTAIN INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

4


Exhibit A

Discover Marks

 

NOTE: THIS EXHIBIT A MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME AS REQUIRED BY COMPANY AND ALL SUCH AMENDMENTS SHALL BE INCORPORATED HEREIN.

 

LOGO

 

 

5


Exhibit D

Products And Services

 

  1. Products/Services Offered and Prices .

 

The Company Products and prices are listed on www.Discover.websitepros.com. Company may change the products and pricing upon [*] prior written approval by DFSI which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

  2. Promotion of Cards .

 

For all Company Products, Company agrees to display all Cards in the first position on the sites built on behalf of the Merchant.

 

  3. Commission Calculation .

 

Section 1: Company Products governed by the Net Collected Monies revenue calculations:

 

  A) Do-It-For-Me (DIFM) Website Design Packages:
  1. QuikPage Bundles
  2. GetSite Bundles

 

  B) Internet Advertising Packages:
  1. Visibility Online Bundles
  2. Additional Internet Advertising Options:
  a. Additional ‘Run of Network’ Banners
  b. Geo-Targeted Banners
  c. Constant Contact Upgrades

 

  C) Do-It-Yourself (DIY) Website Tools:
  1. Software Tools for Website Design including Matrix or Fusion software products at pricing as described at www.netobjects.com – co-branded version of this site including the Discover Network logo and product description would be provided as well
  2. Website Hosting Services. At pricing as described at www.websitepros.com – a co-branded version of the hosting section of the website and product description would be provided as well

 

Section 2: Products Governed by Net Collected Margin Revenue Share Calculations

 

A) Special Placement Internet Yellow Page Advertisements at Yahoo!, Switchboard, or other Properties.

 

B) Specialty Pay Per Click Advertising Search Engine Advertising (by category & industry)

 

  4. Additional Products

 

Additional Company Products to be considered for either Section 1 or 2 of this program will be presented by Company to DFSI in a timely fashion and Company must receive DFSI’s prior written approval before offering said products.

 

[*] = CERTAIN INFORMATION ON THIS PAGE HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED WITH RESPECT TO THE OMITTED PORTIONS.

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties have duly caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of the Effective Date set forth Above.

 

Discover Financial Services, Inc.

By:

 

/s/ Gerry Wagner


Name:

 

Gerry Wagner

Title:

 

Vice President

Address:

 

2500 Lake Cook Road

   

Building 2, 3B

   

Riverwoods, Illinois 60015

 

Website Pros, Inc.

By:

 

/s/ Kevin M. Carney


Name:

 

Kevin M. Carney

Title:

 

Chief Financial Officer

Address:

 

12735 Gran Bay Parkway West

   

Building 200

   

Jacksonville, FL 32258

 

7

Exhibit 10.12

 

Lease for 10021 Balls Ford Road, Manassas, Virginia

 

This Agreement of lease is made on this 8 th day of September, 2004 by and between GDR Manassas, LLLP, a Maryland limited partnership, hereinafter called “Landlord” and Lead Logic, Inc. hereinafter called “Tenant”.

 

1. Premises: Tenant leases from Landlord approximately 24,081 square feet on the second floor (hereinafter called the “Premises”) at 10021 Balls Ford Road, Manassas, Virginia (hereinafter called the “Building”).

 

2. Term: The term shall be for ten (10) years commencing on October 1, 2004 and ending on September 30, 2014.

 

3. Use: Tenant will use and occupy the Premises for general office use and related purposes that comply with all applicable laws and codes of Federal, State, and Prince William County.

 

4. Rental:

 

(a) The Rent (the “Base Rent”) shall be in the amount as set forth in Exhibit “B” and shall be payable, in advance, in equal monthly installments, subject to adjustment as provided in subparagraph (b) below, the first monthly installment to be due and payable on the date of Execution and each subsequent monthly installment to be due and payable on the first day of each and every month thereafter during the term of this Lease.

 

(b) For each Lease year after the first Lease Year, the Base Rent shall be the product obtained by multiplying the Base Rent for the immediately preceding Lease Year by Three Percent (3%)

 

(c) Tenant shall make all payments on a timely basis, without demand and without deduction, set off or counterclaim. All payments of shall be made by good and valid check, payable to GDR Manassas, LLLP, P.O. Box 800, Beltsville, MD 20704 or to such other party or to such other address as Landlord may designate from time to time by written notice to Tenant. If Landlord shall at any time or times accept Rent after it shall become due and payable, such acceptance shall not excuse delay upon subsequent occasions, or constitute, or be construed as, a waiver of any or all of Landlord’s rights hereunder. If any payment of Rent is not made within ten (10) days of when due, a late charge of five percent (5%) for the amount of such payment shall be imposed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no late charge shall be assessed for the first two (2) times in any twelve-month period the Base Rent is not paid when due, if such Base Rent is received by Landlord within five (5) days after notice thereof is sent to Tenant. If Tenant fails to timely pay the Base Rent three (3) times in any twelve-month period, thereafter Landlord shall be entitled to require the payment of Rent by certified check.

 

5. Option to Cancel the Lease: As long as Tenant is not in default beyond any applicable notice or cure periods, Tenant shall have the option to cancel this Lease at the end of the sixtieth lease month (Cancellation Date) by giving the Landlord written notice to cancel no earlier than fourteen (14) months and no later than nine (9) months’ prior to the Cancellation Date.

 

6. Option to Extend the Term: As long as Tenant is not then in default beyond any applicable notice and cure periods, Tenant shall have the option to extend the term of the Lease for one (1) additional five (5) year term by giving the Landlord a minimum of nine (9) months’ prior written notice. The rent for the option period shall be at the then escalated rental rate.

 

7. Right of First Offer: Subject to existing tenant’s renewal rights, Tenant shall have the one (1) time right on all contiguous space that becomes available on the second (2nd) floor of the Building through the initial Lease Term and any renewal terms at the then current base rent.

 

8. Penalty for Delayed Occupancy: If a lease document is not executed and tenant has not occupied the premises by October 1, 2004 due to Landlord delays, Landlord agrees to provide an additional two (2) months of Base Rent (calculated based upon 24,081 square feet at $7.50 per square foot per year). If a lease document is not executed and Tenant has not occupied the premises by November 1, 2004 due to Landlord delays, Tenant will have the option to terminate the Lease, upon written notice to Landlord. The security deposit will be returned to Tenant in its entirety within three (3) business days of Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s termination letter.

 

     Initials  

TD / Illegible

 

1


9. Parking: Tenant shall be entitled to use throughout the Lease Term, and any renewal term, 10.0 parking spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet of space leased at no charge throughout the initial lease term and the renewal term, if exercised. Landlord also grants to Tenant for Lease Term, and any renewal term, the right, in common with other tenants in the center, their employees and customers, the use of the parking areas in common. Tenant shall have the sole and exclusive rights throughout the Lease Term, and any renewal term, to use of the gated parking area adjacent to the second floor entrance in the back of the building.

 

10. Gas, Electricity and Cleaning: Tenant will pay the Landlord within thirty (30) days of receipt of invoices therefore, for Tenant’s own gas and electricity costs which shall be separately sub-metered (at Landlord’s expense) and Tenant shall pay directly for all janitorial services for the leased Premises. Tenant shall maintain a level of heat in said Premises to assure that pipes, including sprinkler system, will not freeze and agrees that any damage or loss caused by Tenant’s willful or negligent failure to comply with this requirement will be paid by Tenant.

 

11. Security Deposit: Tenant shall provide a cash security deposit equal to Seventy Five Thousand Two Hundred Fifty Three Dollars and Twelve Cents ($75,253.12). At the completion of the thirty sixth lease month, an amount equal to Sixty Thousand Two Hundred Two Dollars and Forty Eight cents ($60,202.48) will be returned to Tenant. The remainder of the Tenant’s deposit shall be held for the remainder of Tenant’s Lease Term. If Tenant is in default hereunder at the end of the thirty sixth lease month, beyond applicable notice and cure periods, Landlord shall not be obligated to reduce such deposit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall provide a cash security deposit in the aforementioned amount.

 

12. Tenant Improvements: Landlord will provide the Premises in an as-is condition with no additional improvements provided by Landlord.

 

13. Assignment and Subletting: Tenant will not assign, sublet, transfer, mortgage, or encumber this lease without the prior written consent of Landlord which consent shall not be unreasonably delayed or withheld by the Landlord and in no case shall Landlord approval exceed five (5) business days. In the event Landlord fails to approve any of the foregoing within such 5-business day period, Landlord shall be deemed to have consented to the assignment, sublease, transfer, mortgage or other encumbrance. Landlord will have no recapture rights and Tenant will be allowed to retain any and all profits. Tenant shall have the right to sublet or assign to a parent, subsidiary, or affiliate without Landlord’s prior written consent. Approval of an assignment will not release Tenant of its obligations to Landlord.

 

14. Maintenance: Tenant will keep the Premises in clean, safe, and sanitary condition. At the expiration of this Lease, Tenant will vacate the Premises in a broom clean condition which is substantially the same as at the commencement of this Lease, ordinary wear and usage and casualty and condemnation damage excepted. Landlord shall be responsible for maintaining and repairing all exterior portions of the Building including the roof, exterior walls, canopy, gutters and downspouts and all structural portions of the Building.

 

15. Phone System and Modular Furniture: Tenant shall have the use of the phone system and furniture located in the Premises as of the date of the Tenant’s execution of this Lease throughout the Lease term and any renewal term. Landlord provides no representations or warranties as to the condition of the phone system that Tenant shall have use of during its tenancy. Tenant shall have no liability or responsibility for repair or replacement of such phone system or furniture.

 

16. Alterations: Except for cosmetic alterations to the Premises (which shall not require Landlord’s consent), Tenant will not make or permit any alterations, decorations, additions or improvements to the Premises in excess of $25,000.00 without prior written consent of Landlord, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Tenant should keep property clear of mechanic’s lien.

 

(a) Except for Tenant’s trade fixtures, all improvements, decorations, additions or alterations that are attached to the Premises and all of the original leasehold improvements shall belong to Landlord.

 

(b) Any improvement, alteration, decoration, or addition costing in excess of $25,000.00 that was made without Landlord’s consent must either remain with the Premises or be removed at the Tenant’s expense at Landlord’s option. If Landlord chooses that the improvements, alterations, decorations, or additions be removed, the Premises must be repaired to its previous condition at Tenant’s expense.

 

     Initials  

TD / Illegible

 

2


(c) Any mechanic’s liens caused by Tenant’s work that Tenant fails to pay, or bond off, within ten (10) days after written demand may be paid by Landlord but then must be reimbursed to Landlord by Tenant.

 

17. Pre-Occupancy Tenant Work: The parties acknowledge that Tenant shall be granted full and free access to the Premises upon its execution of this Lease. The design of all work and installation undertaken by Tenant must be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

18. Signs and Furnishings:

 

(a) Tenant shall have the right to install an exterior sign of similar size on the same location as that of the Medical Careers Institute sign facing Route 66, subject to local codes and landlord approval, which will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Any other signs or advertisements of Tenant that are visible from the exterior of the Premises must have prior written approval of Landlord and appropriate authorities. Any signs permitted by Landlord will be at the sole expense of Tenant.

 

(b) Any damage to the Premises caused by movement or placement of signs or furnishings by Tenant shall be repaired and paid for by Tenant.

 

19. Entry for Repairs and Inspection: Tenant will permit Landlord, or its representative, to enter the Premises, at all reasonable times upon at least twenty-four (24) hours advance notice (except in the event of an emergency), without charge therefore to Landlord, to examine, inspect and protect the same, and to make such alterations and/or repairs as in the judgement of the Landlord may be deemed necessary, or to exhibit the same to prospective tenants during the last one hundred twenty (20) (120) days of the term of this Lease.

 

20. Insurance Rating: Tenant will not conduct or permit to be conducted any activity, or place any equipment in or about the demised Premises, which will, in any way increase the rate of fire insurance or other insurance on the Building; and if any increase in the rate of fire insurance or other insurance is stated by any insurance company or by the applicable Insurance Rating Bureau to be due to equipment in or about the demised Premises, such statement shall be presumptive evidence that the increase in such rate is due to such activity or equipment and, as a result thereof, Tenant shall either cease such activity and/or remove such equipment, or be liable for such increase and shall reimburse Landlord therefore, at Tenant’s option.

 

(a) At all times during the term of this Lease, Tenant at its sole cost and expense shall provide and keep in force insurance against liability for bodily injury, death and property damage with single limit coverage of at least $1,000,000.00 for any occurrence involving bodily injury and/or personal injury or death, or property damage. Such policy(s) shall be written with company(s) satisfactory to Landlord (exercising its reasonable discretion) and shall name Landlord as additional insured and shall provide that there shall be no cancellation except upon at least ten (10) days prior written notice to Landlord. Tenant shall promptly deliver to Landlord a certificate evidencing the coverage required in this Section.

 

(b) Landlord shall maintain throughout the Lease Term insurance coverage on the Building in such amounts as that carried by owners of other comparable buildings in the same general area of the Building, including, without limitation, commercial general liability insurance and insurance on the Building and the structural improvements therein.

 

21. Indemnities:

 

(a) Tenant will indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any loss, damages or liability occasioned by or resulting from any default hereunder or any willful or negligent act on the part of Tenant, its agents, employees, or invitees, or persons permitted on the demised Premises by Tenant. In the event of the employment of any attorney or attorneys by Landlord because of the violation by Tenant of any obligation, covenant, condition or agreement under this Lease, including non payment of rent due, Tenant shall pay and hereby agrees to pay reasonable attorney’s fees and all other costs incurred by the Landlord as the result of such default by Tenant.

 

(b) Landlord will indemnify and hold harmless Tenant from and against any loss, damages or liability occasioned by or resulting from any default hereunder or any willful or negligent act on the part of Landlord, its agents, employees, or invitees, or persons permitted in the building by Landlord. In the event of the employment of any attorney or attorneys by Tenant because of the violation by Landlord of any obligation, covenant, condition or agreement under this Lease, Landlord shall pay and hereby agrees to pay reasonable attorney’s fees and all other costs incurred by the Tenant as the result of such default by Landlord.

 

     Initials  

TD / Illegible

 

3


22. Operating Expenses and Utilities: Landlord shall furnish cold water for the Premises and electricity for the parking lot lights during normal business hours that occur before sunrise or after sunset. Included as part of the Operating Costs, Landlord will maintain all doors, window glass, heating and air conditioning, electrical wiring and plumbing which is used exclusively for Tenant’s Premises. Building operating systems (including, without limitation, all heating, ventilation, air-conditioning, electric and plumbing equipment), elevators, sewer lines, water lines, roof, outside walls (except door and glass), pavement, landscaping, sprinkler systems, sidewalks, driveways, curbs, and lighting systems in the common areas and parking lots will also be maintained by Landlord.

 

(a) Landlord will provide access to the Premises via an electronic perimeter access card reader system (for which Tenant needs to arrange with the Security Company at Tenant’s cost), passenger elevators, and parking areas twenty-four (24) hours per day, three hundred sixty-five (365) days per year. The elevator shall be in service at all times.

 

(b) Landlord shall provide electricity to the Premises twenty-four (24) hours per day, three hundred sixty-five (365) days per year at Tenant’s expense.

 

(c) Landlord will supply and maintain a mechanical system to provide heating, ventilating and air conditioning (HVAC) solely to the Premises, at levels consistent with a first class office building in the area, and the cost of the electricity or gas therefor shall be at Tenant’s expense.

 

(d) In addition to the rental otherwise provided in this Lease, and as of the commencement date of this Lease and each and every month during the term of this Lease, along with the monthly rent as aforesaid and as they become due, Tenant shall pay to the Landlord its pro rata share of the following operating costs herein called “Additional Rent”. Tenant’s pro rata share shall be a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the rentable square footage of Premises (i.e., 24,081) and the denominator of which shall be the total rentable area within this building (i.e., 71,563). The initial Tenant’s pro rata share shall be 33.65%. The initial “Additional Rent” shall be estimated to be a total of $6.42 per square foot, consisting of the current Operating Costs of $3.82 per square foot, plus reimbursement of actual electricity costs, estimated to be $2.25 (payable as provided in Paragraph 10 above), and the 4% Management Fee of $0.35. Janitorial costs shall be paid by the Tenant directly.

 

(e) “Operating Costs”, for the purposes of this Lease, shall include, without limitation, the cost to Landlord of insurance, real estate taxes, other taxes, utilities (to the extent not paid directly or reimbursed by Tenant or any other tenant of the building), common area cleaning services, routine common area maintenance and repairs, trash removal, salaries of personnel, management fees equal to 4% of Base rents (escalated) and all operating costs, security services, routine maintenance of Tenant’s HVAC systems, the cost of maintaining, and repairing the parking area; the storm water management facility; maintaining and repairing sprinkler systems; and cutting the grass and caring for the replanting (when necessary) all “shrubbery and landscape areas. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event the system of real estate taxation or levy shall be altered or varied and any new tax or levy shall be imposed or levied on the building and/or on the land on which the building is situation and/or on the related exterior appurtenances and parking or on Landlord in substitution for real estate taxes presently levied or which would otherwise have been levied, then such new tax or levy shall be included in the term “Operating Costs”.

 

Operating Costs shall not include the items outlined on Exhibit C attached hereto.

 

(f) Tenant’s share of Operating Costs shall be adjusted annually as follows: Within ninety (90) days after the expiration of the lease year, Landlord shall submit to Tenant a statement of Tenant’s share of operating costs for the previous calendar year, and if Tenant’s share of such costs shall be more or less than the aggregate amount paid by Tenant as herein provided during the previous calendar year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the deficiency or Landlord shall refund to Tenant the excess with such statement.

 

(g) Landlord shall maintain at all times during the term of this Lease, within the Metropolitan Washington, D.C. area, full, complete and accurate books of account and records with respect to Operating Costs, including real estate taxes, and shall retain such books and records, as well as contracts, bills, vouchers, and checks, and such other documents as are reasonably necessary to properly authenticate the Operating Costs. Upon reasonable notice from Tenant, Landlord shall make available for Tenant’s inspection (or inspection performed by Tenant’s accountant

 

     Initials  

TD / Illegible

 

4


and/or consultants) Landlord’s books and records relating to the Operating Costs for the immediately preceding year. In the event that Tenant’s inspection discloses that Landlord’s billings to Tenant for Operating Costs exceeded the actual operating expenses attributable to Tenant, then Landlord shall refund the difference and, in the event Landlord’s billings exceeded by five percent (5%) the actual Operating Costs attributable to Tenant, Landlord will pay Tenant for the reasonable expense incurred for an independent third-party in performing such inspection.

 

23. Landlord’s Failure: Failure by Landlord to any extent to furnish these defined services, or any cessation thereof, resulting from causes beyond the control of Landlord, shall not render Landlord liable in any respect for damages to either person or property, nor be construed as an eviction of Tenant, nor relieve Tenant from fulfillment of any covenant or agreement hereof, should any of the building equipment or machinery break down, which Landlord is required to maintain, or for any cause cease to function properly, and Tenant’s sole remedy in such instance shall be the abatement of rent during the period of such failure. Landlord shall use best efforts to repair the same promptly.

 

24. Liability For Damages To Personal Property and Person: Except for the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its employees, agents, or invitees: (a) all personal property of the Tenant, its employees, agents, business invitees, licensees, customers, clients, family members, guests or trespassers, in and on said demised Premises, shall be and remain at their sole risk, and Landlord shall not be liable to them for any damage to, loss of such personal property arising from any act of negligence of any other persons nor from the leaking of the roof, or from the bursting, leaking or overflowing of water, sprinkler, sewer, or steam pipes, or from heating or plumbing fixtures, or from electrical wires of fixtures, or from air conditioning failure, or from any other cause whatsoever; and (b) shall the Landlord be liable for the interruption or loss to Tenant’s business arising from any of the above described acts or causes, nor shall the Landlord be liable for any personal injury to the Tenant, its employees, agents, business invitees, licensees, customers, clients, family members, guests or trespassers arising from the use, occupancy and condition of the demised Premises; the Tenant especially agreeing to save the Landlord harmless in all such cases.

 

25. Damage To The Demised Premises: If the demised Premises shall be partially damaged by fire or other cause, Landlord shall diligently and as soon as practicable after such damage occurs (taking into account the time necessary to effectuate a satisfactory settlement with any insurance company) repair such damage at the expense of the Landlord, and the rent shall be reduced in proportion to the extent the demised Premises are rendered untenantable until such repairs are completed, provided, however, that if the building is damaged by fire or other cause to such extent that the damage cannot be fully repaired within sixty (60) days from the date of such damage, Landlord or Tenant each shall have the option of terminating this Lease by giving written notice to the other of such decision and the term of this Lease shall terminate effective as of the date of the damage. Provided Landlord uses reasonable efforts to minimize disruption to Tenant’s business, no compensation or claim or reduction of rent will be allowed or paid by Landlord by reason of inconvenience, annoyance or injury to business arising from the necessity of repairing the demised Premises or any portion of the building of which they are a part however the necessity may occur.

 

26. Default of Tenant: If Tenant shall fail to pay any monthly installment of rent when due as aforesaid and such failure shall continue for a period of ten (10) days after written notice thereof to the Tenant by Landlord, or shall violate or fail to perform any of the other conditions, covenants or agreements herein made by Tenant, and such violation or failure shall continue for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof to the Tenant by Landlord (unless Tenant has commenced and is diligently pursuing completion of such cure within the 30-day period, Tenant shall have such time as is reasonably necessary to complete such cure), then and in any of said events this Lease shall, at the option of Landlord, cease and terminate and shall operate as a notice to quit, any notice to quit or of Landlord’s intention to re-enter being hereby expressly waived, and Landlord may proceed to recover possession under and by virtue of the provisions of the laws of the State of Virginia or by such other legal proceedings, as may be applicable. If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, everything herein contained on the part of Landlord to be done and performed shall cease without prejudice, however, to the right of Landlord to recover from Tenant all rental accrued up to the time of termination of recovery of possession by Landlord, whichever is later. Should this Lease be terminated before the expiration of the term of this Lease by reason of Tenant’s default as hereinabove provided, or if Tenant shall abandon or vacate the demised Premises before the expiration or termination of the term of this Lease, the demised Premises may be relet by Landlord for such rent and upon such terms as are not unreasonable under the circumstance, and if the full rental hereinabove provided shall not be realized by Landlord, Tenant shall be liable for all damages sustained by Landlord, including, without limitation, deficiency in rent, reasonable attorney’s fees, brokerage fees, and expenses of placing the Premises in rentable condition. Any damage or loss of rental sustained by Landlord may be recovered by Landlord, at Tenant’s option, at the time of the re-letting, or in separate actions, from time to time, as said expiration of the term of this Lease, in which event the cause of action shall not be deemed to have accrued until the date of expiration of said

 

     Initials  

TD / Illegible

 

5


term. If Landlord should commence any summary proceeding for non-payment of rent by Tenant, Tenant shall not interpose any non-compulsory counterclaim of any nature or description in any such proceeding. The provisions contained in this paragraph shall be in addition to and shall not prevent the enforcement of any claim Landlord may have against Tenant for anticipatory breach of the unexpired term of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall be obligated to mitigate any damages it may incur as a result of Tenant’s default hereunder. All rights and remedies of Landlord under this Lease shall be cumulative and shall not be exclusive of any other rights and remedies provided to Landlord under applicable law.

 

27. Waiver: If under the provisions hereof Landlord or Tenant shall institute proceedings and a compromise or settlement thereof shall be made, the same shall not constitute a waiver of any covenant herein contained nor of any of Landlord’s or Tenant’s rights hereunder, as applicable. No waiver by either party of any breach of any covenant, condition or agreement herein contained shall operate as a waiver of such covenant, condition, or agreement herein contained, or of any subsequent breach thereof. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a Tenant amount than the monthly installments of rent herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest stipulated rent nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or letter accompanying a check for payment of rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such rent or to pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease. No re-entry by Landlord, and no acceptance by Landlord of keys from Tenant, shall be considered an acceptance of a surrender of the Lease.

 

28. Subordination: Subject to Tenant’s receipt of a non-disturbance agreement, acceptable to Tenant in its reasonable discretion, this Lease is subject and subordinate to all underlying leases, and the lien of all and any first mortgages (which term “mortgages” shall include both construction and permanent financing and shall include deeds of trust and similar security instruments) which may now or hereafter encumber or otherwise affect the real estate (including the Building) of which the demised Premises form a part or Landlord’s leasehold interest therein, and to all and any renewals, extensions, modifications, recasting or refinancing thereof. In confirmation of such subordination, Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, promptly execute any requisite or appropriate certificates for or on behalf of Tenant. Provided that Tenant is given a non-disturbance agreement, Tenant agrees that in the event that any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any such mortgage, Tenant shall attorn to the purchaser at such foreclosure sale, if requested to do so by such purchaser and to recognize such purchaser as the Landlord under this Lease, and Tenant waives the provisions of any statutes or rule of law, now or hereafter in effect, which may give or purport to give Tenant any right to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of Tenant hereunder in the event that any such foreclosure proceeding is prosecuted or completed.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord agrees: (a) to subordinate any liens to which it may be entitled under this Lease or under applicable law to any lien or security interest granted by Tenant in or to any of its personal property, equipment or fixtures as security for indebtedness incurred by Tenant for the purpose of financing or refinancing its business, including, but not limited to, the purchase or leasing of any such personal property, equipment or fixtures; and (b) that it shall not have any lien or security interest in any personal property belonging to Tenant’s employees or the owners of any beneficial interest in Tenant.

 

29. Condemnation: If the whole or a substantial part of the demised Premises shall be taken or condemned by any governmental authority for any public or quasi public use or purpose, then the term of this Lease shall cease and terminate as of the date when such governmental authority takes actual possession. If less than a substantial part of the Premises (or Tenant’s rights or use of the common areas and/or parking areas is affected by any such condemnation) is taken or condemned by any governmental authority for public or quasi public use or purpose as determined by Tenant, the rent shall be equitably adjusted on the date when title vests in such governmental authority for any portion of the amount that may be awarded as damages as a result of such taking or condemnation or for the value of any unexpired term of the Lease.

 

30. Rules and Regulations: Tenant, its agents and employees shall abide by and observe the rules and regulations attached hereto as Exhibit “A” . Tenant, its agents and employees, shall abide by and observe such reasonable rules and regulations as may be promulgated from time to time by Landlord for the operation and maintenance of the Building provided that the same are in conformity with common practice and usage in similar buildings and are not inconsistent with provisions of this Lease and a copy thereof is sent to Tenant. Nothing contained in this Lease shall be construed to impose upon Landlord any duty or obligation to enforce such rules and regulations, or the terms, conditions or covenants contained in any other lease, as against any other tenant, and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for violation of the same by any other tenant, its employees, agents, business invitees, licensees, customers, clients, family members or

 

     Initials  

TD / Illegible

 

6


guests; provided, however, that Landlord agrees to enforce all such rules and regulations in a uniform and non-discriminatory fashion.

 

31. Right of Landlord to Cure Tenant’s Default: If Tenant defaults in the making of any payment or in the doing of any act herein required to be made or done by Tenant beyond applicable notice and cure periods, then Landlord may, but shall not be required to, make such payment or do such act, and the amount of the expense thereof, if made or done by Landlord, with interest thereon at the rate of Bank of American, or its successors, prime rate per annum from the date paid by Landlord, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord and shall constitute additional rent hereunder due and payable with the next monthly installment of rent; but the making of such payment or the doing of such act by Landlord shall not operate to cure such default or to stop Landlord from the pursuit of any remedy to which Landlord would otherwise be entitled. Any installment of rent which is not paid by Tenant within ten (10) days after Tenant receives written notice from Landlord that same is delinquent shall bear the interest at the rate of Bank of America prime rate per annum from the date such installment became due and payable to the date of payment thereof by Tenant, and such interest shall constitute additional rent hereunder due and payable with the next monthly installment of rent.

 

32. Representations By Landlord: Landlord represents and warrants that the building and all building operating systems serving the common areas and the Premises are in good working order and condition as of the date of the execution of this Lease by Tenant. Landlord represents and warrants that the common areas of the building and the Premises are in material compliance with all applicable laws, codes, regulations and ordinances, including, without limitation, the American’s with Disabilities Act and all environmental laws.

 

33. Waiver of Trial By Jury: Landlord and Tenant hereby waive trail by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of the parties hereto against the other on or in respect of any matter whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant hereunder, or Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises.

 

34. Notices: All notices or other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given if delivered in person by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, first-class, postage prepaid, (i) GDR Manassas, LLLP., 4600 Powder Mill Road, Beltsville, MD 20705 (ii) if to Tenant, at the Premises, unless notice of a change of address is given pursuant to the provisions of this article.

 

35. Estoppel Certifications: Tenant agrees, at any time and from time to time, upon not less than fifteen (15) days prior written notice by Landlord, to execute, acknowledge, and deliver to Landlord a statement in writing (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect, or if there have been modifications, that the Lease is in full force and affect as modified and stating the modification(s), (ii) stating the dates to which the rent and other charges hereunder have been paid by Tenant, (iii) stating whether or not to the best actual knowledge of Tenant, Landlord is in default in the performance of any covenant, agreement or condition contained in this Lease, and, if so, specifying each such default of which Tenant may have actual knowledge, and (iv) stating the address to which notices to Tenant should be sent. Any such statement delivered pursuant hereto may be relied upon by any owner of the building, any prospective purchaser of the building, any mortgagee or prospective mortgagee of the building or of Landlord’s interest, or any prospective assignee of any such mortgage.

 

36. Holding Over: In the event that Tenant continues to occupy the Premises after the expiration of the term of this Lease, with the express or implied consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be from month to month at 150% of the monthly rental in effect during the last month of the term, and shall not be a renewal of the term of this Lease or a tenancy from year to year, which said monthly tenancy shall commence with the first day next after the expiration of the term of this Lease. The Tenant as a monthly Tenant shall be subject to all of the conditions and covenants of this Lease as though the same had originally been a monthly tenancy.

 

37. Covenants of Landlord: Landlord covenants that it has the right to make this Lease for the term aforesaid, and that so long as Tenant is not in default beyond any applicable notice and cure periods, Tenant shall, during the term hereby created, freely, peaceably and quietly occupy and enjoy the full possession of the demised Premises without molestation or hindrance by Landlord or any party claiming through or under the Landlord.

 

38. Gender: Feminine of neuter pronouns shall be substituted for those of the masculine form, and context may require such substitution or substitutions.

 

     Initials  

TD / Illegible

 

7


39. Benefit and Burden: The provisions of this Lease shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and each of their respective representatives, successors and assigns. Landlord may freely and fully assign its interest hereunder.

 

40. Entire Agreement: This Lease, together with Exhibits A and B attached hereto and made a part hereof, contain and embody the entire agreement of the parties hereto, and no presentations, inducements, or agreements, oral or otherwise between the parties not contained and embodied in said Lease and Exhibits, shall be of any force and effect, and that same may not be modified, changed or terminated in whole or in part in any manner other than by an agreement in writing duly signed by all parties hereto.

 

41. Sale or Transfer: In the event of a making of a Lease of the building or the land on which it stands or in the event of any sale, transfer or conveyance of such Lease or of the building or said land, the Landlord or the seller, as the case may be, shall (except for Tenant’s security deposit) be entirely freed and relieved of all covenants and obligations of Landlord hereunder which accrue after the date of such sale or transfer and it shall be deemed and construed without further agreement between the parties and the purchaser at any such sale, the transferee or conveyee or the Tenant under such Lease, as the case may be, that the said purchaser, transferee or conveyee or the said Tenant, as the case may be, has assumed and agreed to carry out any and all covenants and obligations of Landlord hereunder. Likewise any mortgagee who may have acquired title to the leasehold interest of the Landlord by foreclosure or other similar action shall have no responsibility under this Lease upon the transfer by it of all of its interest in this Lease.

 

42. Brokers: Landlord is represented by Atlantic Real Estate Group, Inc. and Tenant by Transwestern Commercial Services. Atlantic Real Estate Group, Inc. and Transwestern Commercial Services (hereinafter “Brokers’) will be paid in accordance with separate agreements entered into between Landlord and Brokers.

 

43. Governing Law: This Lease shall be governed by the laws of the State of Virginia. Should any provision of this Lease and/or its conditions be illegal or unenforceable under the laws of the State of Virginia, it or they shall be considered severable, and the Lease and its conditions shall remain in force and be binding upon the parties as though said provisions and conditions had never been included.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease under seal on the day and year first hereinabove written.

 

LANDLORD       TENANT
GDR Manassas, LLLP       Lead Logic, Inc.

/s/ Illegible

     

/s/ Tobias Dengil

Signature       Signature
9/8/04       9/8/04
Date       Date

 

     Initials  

TD / Illegible

 

8


EXHIBIT “A”

 

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

1. The sidewalks, entrances, passages, courts, vestibules, and other public parts of the building not occupied by Tenant under the Lease shall not be obstructed by any Tenant or used for any purpose for which such public areas are intended and, subject to Tenant’s right to use such common areas in common with the other tenants of the Building, Landlord shall have the right to control and operate such areas and the facilities furnished for the common use of the Tenants of the building, including the outside appurtenances and parking areas. Except as otherwise set forth in the Lease, Tenant and Tenant’s employees shall park in the areas(s) designated for Tenant parking by Landlord and Tenant shall be responsible to notify all Tenant’s employees of such area(s) and Tenant for himself, and for his employees, consents to the Landlord having any vehicle belonging to Tenant or to Tenant’s employees parking in violation of this rule towed at Tenant’s expense and without liability to the owner or operator of the vehicle by Landlord Tenant’s agent for such towing. Any hand trucks or other devices used by Tenant or any other person in delivering any merchandise or equipment or supplies to Tenant shall be equipped with rubber ties and side guards.

 

2. No awnings or other projections shall be attached to the outside walls of the building, and no drapes, blinds, shades, screens or other window coverings shall be used in connection with any windows or doors of the building without the prior written consent of Landlord and Tenant shall be the sole judge of the color, quality, type and design of such drapes, blinds, shades, screens, or other window coverings.

 

3. The water and wash closets and other plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purposes other than the purposes for which they were constructed and designed and now sweepings, rubbish, rags or other substances shall be thrown therein. All damages resulting from any misuse of such fixtures shall be borne by the Tenant who, or whose employee, agent, guest, visitor, or licensees shall have caused such damages.

 

4. There shall be no marking, drilling into or in any material way defacing any part of the demised premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. Televisions or similar device shall be operated without any unreasonable disturbance to any other Tenant in the building nor shall Tenant make or permit to be made any unseemly or unreasonably disturbing noises of any kind, and Landlord, in its commercially reasonably judgment, shall be the sole judge as the loudness, unseemliness, disturbance or undesirability of such noises.

 

5. No animals of any kind (other than assistance animals) and no vehicles of any kind whatsoever, except for bicycles, shall be brought into or kept in the building. No cooking shall be done on the premises nor shall any unusual or objectionable odors be produced upon or permeate from the demised premises. Maintaining a coffee maker in the demised premises shall be permitted provided any such maker is approved by Landlord and is not allowed to remain in operation while the demised premises shall be unoccupied.

 

6. No part of the demised premises may be used for the storage, sale or manufacture of any product or service at auction.

 

7. No flammable, combustible or explosive fluid or substance shall be brought into nor maintained in the demised premises.

 

8. No additional locking devices shall be attached to any of the doors or windows of the demised premises nor shall any changes be made in existing locking devices without the providing a key for same to Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible for and return to Landlord at the termination of this Lease all keys to the demised premises and any public areas furnished by Landlord or otherwise procured by Tenant or any of Tenant’s agents, employees or other person authorized by Tenant to have the same.

 

9. Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by any Tenant which, in Landlord’s sole judgement, tends to impair the reputation of the building or its desirability as a building for offices and its intended uses and Tenant agrees to cease any such advertising immediately, upon written notice from Landlord.

 

10. The demised premises and building shall not be used at any time for lodging, sleeping or any immoral or illegal purposes.

 

11. Tenant shall not employ or request any employee of Landlord to do any work for Tenant.

 

12. Canvassing, soliciting and peddling of any kind is strictly prohibited in all parts of the building and Tenant agrees to cooperate in preventing any occurrence of the same.

 

13. Violation of any of these Rules and Regulations shall be deemed default under the Lease to which these Rules and Regulations are attached.

 

14. Waiver by Landlord of compliance with any one or more of these Rules and Regulations shall not be deemed to relieve Tenant from the obligation to comply with such rules and regulations in the future not relieve any other Tenant to whom a waiver was not specifically granted from his obligations to comply. No waiver shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by Landlord or Landlord’s designated representative.

 

15. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of these Rules and Regulations and the terms of the Lease, the terms of the Lease shall prevail.

 

     Initials  

TD / Illegible

 

9


EXHIBIT B

 

RENT SCHEDULE

 

Lease Year


   Square
Footage


  Base
Rent


   Annual
Base Rent


   Monthly
Base Rent


10/1/04 - 9/30/05

   24,081
(abate l5,081)
  $7.50    $ 67,500.00    $ 5,625.00

10/1/05 - 9/30/06

   24,081
(abate 6,081)
  7.73      139,050.00      11,587.50

10/1/06 - 9/30/07

   24,081   7.96      191,606.50      15,967.21

10/1/07 - 9/30/08

   24,081   8.20      197,354.69      16,446.22

10/1/08 - 9/30/09

   24,081   8.44      203,275.33      16,939.61

10/1/09 - 9/30/10

   24,081   8.69      209,373.59      17,447.80

10/1/10 - 9/30/11

   24,081   8.96      215,654.80      17,971.23

10/1/11 - 9/30/12

   24,081   9.22      222,124.44      18,510.37

10/1/12 - 9/30/13

   24,081   9.50      228,788.18      19,065.68

10/1/13 - 9/30/14

   24,081   9.79      235,651.82      19,637.65

 

     Initials  

TD / Illegible

 

10


Exhibit C

 

EXCLUSIONS FROM OPERATING COSTS

 

Operating Costs shall not include any of the following:

 

(1) Payments of principal, interest, or other finance charges made on any debt, or the amortization of funds borrowed by Landlord;

 

(2) Ground rent or other rental payments made under any ground lease or underlying lease;

 

(3) Costs of structural repairs to the Building including structural repairs to the roof, curtain wall, foundation, floor slabs (except for normal caulking and maintenance);

 

(4) Costs of leasing commissions, legal, space planning, construction, and other expenses incurred in procuring tenants for the Building or with respect to individual tenants or occupants of the Building;

 

(5) Costs of painting, redecorating, or other services or work performed for the benefit of another tenant, prospective tenant or occupant (other than for Common Areas);

 

(6) Salaries, wages, or other compensation paid to officers or executives of Landlord;

 

(7) Salaries, wages, or other compensation or benefits paid to off-site employees or other employees of Landlord who are not assigned full-time to the operation, management, maintenance, or repair of the Building; provided however, expenses shall include Landlord’s reasonable allocation of compensation paid for the wages, salary, or other compensation or benefits paid to the Building manager or other staff, if off site, who are assigned part-time to the operation, management, maintenance, or repair of the Building;

 

(8) Costs of advertising and public relations and promotional costs associated with the promotion or leasing of the Building and costs of signs in or on the Building identifying the owners of the Building or any tenant of the Building;

 

(9) Utilities and other similar expenses incurred directly by or on behalf of retail tenants in the Building;

 

(10) Any costs, fines or penalties incurred due to the violation by Landlord of any governmental rule or authority;

 

(11) Any other expenses included in operating expenses for which Landlord actually receives reimbursement from insurance, condemnation awards, other tenants or any other source;

 

(12) Costs of repairs, restoration, replacements or other work occasioned by (A) fire, windstorm or other casualty (whether such destruction be total or partial) and (B) the exercise by governmental authorities of the right of eminent domain (whether such taking be total or partial);

 

(13) Costs incurred in connection with disputes with tenants, other occupants, or prospective tenants, or costs and expenses incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with employees, consultants, management agents, leasing agents, purchasers or mortgagees of the Building;

 

(14) Costs incurred in connection with the original construction of the Building or in connection with any change in the Building including but not limited to construction, alteration, improvement, consultation, architectural or engineering reconfiguration associated with compliance with the Americans With Disabilities Act and the Clean Air Act or the installation of a fire safety and life support system in the Building and the Premises;

 

(15) Costs of repairing, replacing or otherwise correcting defects (including latent defects) in or inadequacies of (but not the costs of ordinary and customary repair for normal wear and tear) the initial design or construction of the Building or the costs of repairing, replacing or correcting defects in the initial design or construction of any tenant improvements;

 

     Initials  

TD / Illegible

 

11


(16) Costs relating to another tenant’s or occupant’s space which (A) were incurred in rendering any service or benefit to such tenant that Landlord was not required, or were for a service in excess of the service that the Landlord was required to provide Tenant hereunder, or (B) were otherwise in excess of the Building standard services then being provided by Landlord to all tenants or other occupants in the Building, whether or not such other tenant or occupant is actually charged therefor by Landlord;

 

(17) Costs incurred in connection with the sale, financing, refinancing, mortgaging, selling or change of ownership of the Building;

 

(18) Costs, fines, interest, penalties, legal fees or costs of litigation incurred due to the late payments of taxes, utility bills and other costs incurred by Landlord’s failure to make such payments when due;

 

(19) General overhead and general administrative expenses and accounting, record-keeping and clerical support of Landlord or the management agent;

 

(20) All amounts which would otherwise be included in expenses which are paid to any affiliate or subsidiary of Landlord, or any representative, employee or agent of same, to the extent of the costs of such services exceed the competitive rates for similar services of comparable quality rendered by persons or entities of similar skill, competence and experience;

 

(21) Increased insurance premiums caused by Landlord’s or any other tenant’s hazardous acts;

 

(22) Costs incurred to correct violations by Landlord of any law, rule, order or regulation which was in effect as of the date that the Building’s Certificate of Occupancy was validly issued;

 

(23) Costs arising from the presence of Hazardous Substances in or about or below the land or Building, including without limitation, hazardous substances in the groundwater or soil (unless caused by Tenant);

 

(24) Costs incurred for any items to the extent covered by a manufacturer’s materialman’s, vendor’s or contractor’s warranty (a “Warranty”) and the costs of any items that are not covered by a Warranty but for which a reasonable, prudent landlord would have obtained a Warranty;

 

(25) Rentals and other related expenses incurred in leasing air conditioning systems, elevators, or other equipment ordinarily considered to be of a capital nature, except equipment used in providing janitorial services that is not affixed to the Building; and

 

(26) Non-cash items, such as deductions for depreciation and amortization of the Building and the Building equipment, interest on capital invested, bad debt losses, rent losses and reserves for such losses; and

 

(27) Services provided and costs incurred in connection with the operation of retail or other ancillary operations owned, operated or subsidized by Landlord.

 

     Initials  

TD / Illegible

 

12

Exhibit 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated April 22, 2005, in Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Website Pros, Inc. dated June 8, 2005 for the registration of its common stock.

 

We also consent to the use of our report dated March 25, 2005 (except Note 11, as to which the date is April 22, 2005), with respect to the financial statements of Leads.com, Inc. included in Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Website Pros, Inc. dated June 8, 2005 for the registration of its common stock.

 

 

Jacksonville, FL       /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

June 3, 2005